Fossil with Commonmark

span.diffln {
  color: white;
}

#canvas {
  background-color: #485D7B;
}

span.diffln {
  color: white;
}

#canvas {
  background-color: #485D7B;
}

.fileage tr:hover {
  background-color: #7EA2D9;
}

.fileage td {
  font-family: "courier new";
}

div.filetreeline:hover {
  background-color: #7EA2D9;
}

div.selectedText {
  background-color: #7EA2D9;
}

.statistics-report-graph-line {
  background-color: #7EA2D9;
}

"xekri" is a Lojban word that means "extermely dark-colored".
This skin was contributed by Andrew Moore.

/**************************************
 * Xekri
 */


/**************************************
 * General HTML
 */

html {
  background-color: #333;
  color: #eee;
  font-family: Monospace;
  font-size: 1em;
  min-height: 100%;
}

body {
  margin: 0;
  padding: 0;
}

a {
  color: #44e;
}

a:hover {
  font-weight: bold;
}

blockquote pre {
  border: 1px dashed #ee0;
}

blockquote pre, pre.verbatim {
  background-color: #000;
  border-radius: 0.75rem;
  padding: 0.5rem;
  white-space: pre-wrap;
}

input[type="password"], input[type="text"], textarea {
  background-color: #111;
  color: #fff;
  font-size: 1rem;
}

h1 {
  font-size: 2rem;
}

h2 {
  font-size: 1.5rem;
}

h3 {
  font-size: 1.25rem;
}


/**************************************
 * Main Area
 */

div.header, div.mainmenu, div.submenu, div.content, div.footer {
  clear: both;
  margin: 0 auto;
  max-width: 80%;
  padding: 0.25rem 1rem;
}


/**************************************
 * Main Area: Header
 */

div.header {
  margin: 0.5rem auto 0 auto;
}

div.logo img {
  float: left;
  padding: 0;
  box-shadow: 3px 3px 1px #000;
  margin: 0 6px 6px 0;
}

div.logo br {
  display: none;
}

div.logo nobr {
  color: #eee;
  font-size: 1.2rem;
  font-weight: bold;
  padding: 0;
  text-shadow: 3px 3px 1px #000;
  vertical-align: top;
  white-space: nowrap;
}

div.title {
  color: #22e;
  font-family: Verdana, sans-serif;
  font-weight: bold;
  font-size: 2.5rem;
  padding: 0.5rem;
  text-align: center;
  text-shadow: 3px 3px 1px #000;
}

div.status {
  color: #ee0;
  font-size: 1rem;
  padding: 0.25rem;
  text-align: right;
  text-shadow: 2px 2px 1px #000;
}


/**************************************
 * Main Area: Global Menu
 */

div.mainmenu, div.submenu {
  background-color: #080;
  border-radius: 1rem 1rem 0 0;
  box-shadow: 3px 4px 1px #000;
  color: #000;
  font-weight: bold;
  font-size: 1.1rem;
  text-align: center;
}

div.mainmenu {
  padding-bottom: 0.25rem;
}

div.submenu {
  border-top: 1px solid #0a0;
  border-radius: 0;
  display: flex;
  justify-content: space-around;
}

div.mainmenu a, div.submenu a {
  color: #000;
  padding: 0 0.75rem;
  text-decoration: none;
  vertical-align: middle;
}

div.mainmenu a:hover, div.submenu a:hover {
  color: #fff;
  text-shadow: 0px 0px 6px #0f0;
}

div.submenu select {
  background-color: #090;
}

/**************************************
 * Main Area: Content
 */

div.content {
  background-color: #222;
  border-radius: 0 0 1rem 1rem;
  box-shadow: 3px 3px 1px #000;
  min-height:40%;
  padding-bottom: 1rem;
  padding-top: 0.5rem;
}

div.content table[bgcolor="white"] {
  color: #000;
}

/**************************************
 * Main Area: Footer
 */

div.footer {
  color: #ee0;
  font-size: 0.75rem;
  padding: 0;
  text-align: right;
  width: 75%;
}


div.footer div {
  background-color: #222;
  box-shadow: 3px 3px 1px #000;
  border-radius: 0 0 1rem 1rem;
  margin: 0 0 10px 0;
  padding: 0.5rem 0.75rem;
}

div.footer div.page-time {
  float: left;
}

div.footer div.fossil-info {
  float: right;
}

div.footer a, div.footer a:link, div.footer a:visited {
  color: #ee0;
}

div.footer a:hover {
  color: #fff;
  text-shadow: 0px 0px 6px #ee0;
}


/**************************************
 * Check-in
 */

table.label-value th {
  vertical-align: top;
  text-align: right;
  padding: 0.1rem 1rem;
}


/**************************************
 * Diffs
 */

/* Code Added */
span.diffadd {
  background-color: #7f7;
  color: #000;
}

/* Code Changed */
span.diffchng {
  background-color: #77f;
  color: #000;
}

/* Code Deleted */
span.diffrm {
  background-color: #f77;
  color: #000;
}


/**************************************
 * Diffs : Side-By-Side
 */

/* display (column-based) */
table.sbsdiffcols {
  border-spacing: 0;
  font-size: 0.75em;
  width: 90%;
}

table.sbsdiffcols pre {
  border: 0;
  margin: 0;
  padding: 0;
}

table.sbsdiffcols td {
  padding: 0;
  vertical-align: top;
}

/* line number column */
div.difflncol {
  color: #ee0;
  padding-right: 0.75em;
  text-align: right;
}

/* diff text column */
div.difftxtcol {
  background-color: #111;
  overflow-x: auto;
  width: 45em;
}

/* suppressed lines */
span.diffhr {
  display: inline-block;
  margin-bottom: 0.75em;
  color: #ff0;
}

/* diff marker column */
div.diffmkrcol {
  padding: 0 0.5em;
}


/**************************************
 * Diffs : Unified
 */

pre.udiff {
  background-color: #111;
}

/* line numbers */
span.diffln {
  background-color: #222;
  color: #ee0;
}


/**************************************
 * File List : Flat
 */

table.browser {
  width: 100%;
  border: 0;
}

td.browser {
  width: 24%;
  vertical-align: top;
}

ul.browser {
  margin: 0.5rem;
  padding: 0.5rem;
  white-space: nowrap;
}

ul.browser li.dir {
  font-style: italic
}


/**************************************
 * File List : Tree
 */

.filetree {
  line-height: 1.5;
  margin: 1rem 0;
}

/* list */
.filetree ul {
  list-style: none;
  margin: 0;
  padding: 0;
}

/* collapsed list */
.filetree ul.collapsed {
  display: none;
}

/* lists below the root */
.filetree ul ul {
  margin: 0 0 0 21px;
  position: relative;
}

/* lists items */
.filetree li {
  margin: 0;
  padding: 0;
  position: relative;
}

/* node lines */
.filetree li li:before {
  border-bottom: 2px solid #000;
  border-left: 2px solid #000;
  content: '';
  height: 1.5rem;
  left: -14px;
  position: absolute;
  top: -0.8rem;
  width: 14px;
}

/* directory lines */
.filetree li > ul:before {
  border-left: 2px solid #000;
  bottom: 0;
  content: '';
  left: -35px;
  position: absolute;
  top: -1.5rem;
}

/* hide lines for last-child directories */
.filetree li.last > ul:before {
  display: none;
}

.filetree a {
  background-image: url(data:image/gif;base64,R0lGODlhEAAQAJEAAP\/\/\/yEhIf\/\/\/wAAACH5BAEHAAIALAAAAAAQABAAAAIvlIKpxqcfmgOUvoaqDSCxrEEfF14GqFXImJZsu73wepJzVMNxrtNTj3NATMKhpwAAOw==);
  background-position: center left;
  background-repeat: no-repeat;
  display: inline-block;
  min-height: 16px;
  padding-left: 21px;
  position: relative;
  z-index: 1;
}

.filetree .dir > a {
  background-image: url(data:image/gif;base64,R0lGODlhEAAQAJEAAP/WVCIiIv\/\/\/wAAACH5BAEHAAIALAAAAAAQABAAAAInlI9pwa3XYniCgQtkrAFfLXkiFo1jaXpo+jUs6b5Z/K4siDu5RPUFADs=);
  font-style: italic
}


/**************************************
 * Logout
 */

span.loginError {
  color: #f00;
}

table.login_out {
  margin: 10px;
  text-align: left;
}

td.login_out_label {
  text-align: center;
}

div.captcha {
  padding: 1rem;
  text-align: center;
}

table.captcha {
  background-color: #111;
  border-color: #111;
  border-style: inset;
  border-width: 2px;
  margin: auto;
  padding: 0.5rem;
}

table.captcha pre {
  color: #ee0;
}


/**************************************
 * Statistics Reports
 */

.statistics-report-graph-line {
  background-color: #22e;
}

.statistics-report-table-events th {
  padding: 0 1rem;
}

.statistics-report-table-events td {
  padding: 0.1rem 1rem;
}

.statistics-report-row-year {
  color: #ee0;
  text-align: left;
}

.statistics-report-week-number-label {
  font-size: 0.8rem;
  text-align: right;
}

.statistics-report-week-of-year-list {
  font-size: 0.8rem;
}


/**************************************
 * Sections
 */

div.section, div.sectionmenu {
  color: #eee;
  background-color: #22e;
  border-radius: 0 3rem;
  box-shadow: 2px 2px #000;
  display: flex;
  font-size: 1.1rem;
  font-weight: bold;
  justify-content: space-around;
  margin: 1.2rem auto 0.75rem auto;
  padding: 0.2rem;
  text-align: center;
}

div.sectionmenu {
  border-radius: 0 0 3rem 3rem;
  margin-top: -0.75rem;
  width: 75%;
}

div.sectionmenu > a:link, div.sectionmenu > a:visited {
  color: #000;
  text-decoration: none;
}

div.sectionmenu > a:hover {
  color: #eee;
  text-shadow: 0px 0px 6px #eee;
}


/**************************************
 * Sidebox
 */

div.sidebox {
  background-color: #333;
  border-radius: 0.5rem;
  box-shadow: 3px 3px 1px #000;
  float: right;
  margin: 1rem 0.5rem;
  padding: 0.5rem;
}

div.sidebox ol {
  margin: 0 0 0.5rem 2.5rem;
  padding: 0 0;
}

div.sidebox ol li {
  margin-top: 0.75rem;
}

div.sideboxTitle {
  background-color: #ee0;
  border-radius: 0.5rem 0.5rem 0 0;
  color: #000;
  font-weight: bold;
  margin: -0.5rem -0.5rem 0 -0.5rem;
  padding: 0.25rem;
  text-align: center;
}

div.sideboxDescribed {
  display: inline;
}

/* --- Untested : Begin --- */
/* The defined element in sideboxes for branches,.. */
span.disabled {
  color: #f00;
}
/* --- Untested : End --- */


/**************************************
 * Tag
 */

/* --- Untested : Begin --- */
/* the format for the tag links */
a.tagLink {
}
/* the format for the tag display(no history permission!) */
span.tagDsp {
  font-weight: bold;
}
/* the format for fixed/canceled tags,.. */
span.infoTagCancelled {
  font-weight: bold;
  text-decoration: line-through;
}
/* --- Untested : End --- */


/**************************************
 * Ticket
 */

table.report {
  color: #000;
  border: 1px solid #999;
  border-collapse: collapse;
  margin: 1rem 0;
}

table.report tr th {
  color: #eee;
  padding: 3px 5px;
  text-transform : capitalize;
}

table.report tr td {
  padding: 3px 5px;
}

/* example ticket colors */
table.rpteditex {
  border-collapse: collapse;
  border-spacing: 0;
  color: #000;
  float: right;
  margin: 0;
  padding: 0;
  text-align: center;
  width: 125px;
}

td.rpteditex {
  border-color: #000;
  border-style: solid;
  border-width: thin;
}

#reportTable {
}

/* format for labels on ticket display page */
td.tktDspLabel {
  text-align: right;
}

/* format for values on ticket display page */
td.tktDspValue {
  background-color: #111;
  text-align: left;
  vertical-align: top;
}

/* format for ticket error messages */
span.tktError {
  color: #f00;
  font-weight: bold;
}


/**************************************
 * Timeline
 */

#canvas {
  color: #000;
  background-color: #fff;
}

div.divider {
  color: #ee0;
  font-size: 1.2rem;
  font-weight: bold;
  margin-top: 1rem;
  white-space: nowrap;
}

/* The suppressed duplicates lines in timeline, .. */
span.timelineDisabled {
  font-size: 0.5rem;
  font-style: italic;
}

/* the format for the timeline data table */
table.timelineTable {
  border: 0;
}

/* The row in the timeline table that contains the entry of interest */
tr.timelineSelected {
  border: 1px solid #eee;
  border-radius: 1rem;
}

tr.timelineSelected td.timelineTime
, tr.timelineSelected td.timelineTableCell {
  background-color: #333;
  box-shadow: 2px 2px 1px #000;
  padding: 0.5rem;
}

tr.timelineSelected td.timelineTime {
  border-radius: 1rem 0 0 1rem;
}

tr.timelineSelected td.timelineTableCell {
  border-radius: 0 1rem 1rem 0;
}

/* the format for the timeline data cells */
td.timelineTableCell {
  padding: 0.3rem;
  text-align: left;
  vertical-align: top;
}

td.timelineTableCell[style] {
  color: #000;
}

/* the format for the timeline data cell of the current checkout */
tr.timelineCurrent td.timelineTableCell {
  border: 0;
  border-radius: 1em 0em;
}

/* the format for the timeline leaf marks */
span.timelineLeaf {
  font-weight: bold;
}

/* the format for the timeline version links */
a.timelineHistLink {
}

/* the format for the timeline version display(no history permission!) */
span.timelineHistDsp {
  font-weight: bold;
}

/* the format for the timeline time display */
td.timelineTime {
  text-align: right;
  vertical-align: top;
  white-space: nowrap;
}

/* the format for the grap placeholder cells in timelines */
td.timelineGraph {
  text-align: left;
  vertical-align: top;
  width: 20px;
}


/**************************************
 * User Edit
 */

/* layout definition for the capabilities box on the user edit detail page */
div.ueditCapBox {
  float: left;
  margin: 0 20px 20px 0;
}

/* format of the label cells in the detailed user edit page */
td.usetupEditLabel {
  text-align: right;
  vertical-align: top;
  white-space: nowrap;
}

/* color for capabilities, inherited by nobody */
span.ueditInheritNobody {
  color: #0f0;
}

/* color for capabilities, inherited by developer */
span.ueditInheritDeveloper {
  color: #f00;
}

/* color for capabilities, inherited by reader */
span.ueditInheritReader {
  color: black;
}

/* color for capabilities, inherited by anonymous */
span.ueditInheritAnonymous {
  color: #00f;
}

/* format for capabilities */
span.capability {
  font-weight: bold;
}

/* format for different user types */
span.usertype {
  font-weight: bold;
}

span.usertype:before {
  content:"'";
}

span.usertype:after {
  content:"'";
}


/**************************************
 * User List
 */

table.usetupLayoutTable {
  margin: 0.5rem;
  outline-style: none;
  padding: 0;
}

td.usetupColumnLayout {
  vertical-align: top
}

td.usetupColumnLayout ol th {
  padding: 0 0.75rem 0.5rem 0;
}

span.note {
  color: #ee0;
  font-weight: bold;
}

table.usetupUserList {
  margin: 0.5rem;
}

.usetupListUser {
  padding-right: 20px;
  text-align: right;
}

.usetupListCap {
  padding-right: 15px;
  text-align: center;
}

.usetupListCon {
  text-align: left;
}


/**************************************
 * Wiki
 */

span.wikiError {
  font-weight: bold;
  color: #f00;
}

/* the format for fixed/cancelled tags */
span.wikiTagCancelled {
  text-decoration: line-through;
}


/**************************************
 * Did not encounter these
 */

/* selected lines of text within a linenumbered artifact display */
div.selectedText {
  font-weight: bold;
  color: #00f;
  background-color: #d5d5ff;
  border: 1px #00f solid;
}

/* format for missing privileges note on user setup page */
p.missingPriv {
  color: #00f;
}

/* format for leading text in wikirules definitions */
span.wikiruleHead {
  font-weight: bold;
}


/* format for user color input on checkin edit page */
input.checkinUserColor {
  /* no special definitions, class defined, to enable color pickers, 
  * f.e.:
  * ** add the color picker found at http:jscolor.com as java script 
  * include
  * ** to the header and configure the java script file with
  * ** 1. use as bindClass :checkinUserColor
  * ** 2. change the default hash adding behaviour to ON
  * ** or change the class defition of element identified by 
  * id="clrcust"
  * ** to a standard jscolor definition with java script in the footer. 
  * */
}

/* format for end of content area, to be used to clear page flow. */
div.endContent {
  clear: both;
}

/* format for general errors */
p.generalError {
  color: #f00;
}

/* format for tktsetup errors */
p.tktsetupError {
  color: #f00;
  font-weight: bold;
}
/* format for xfersetup errors */
p.xfersetupError {
  color: #f00;
  font-weight: bold;
}
/* format for th script errors */
p.thmainError {
  color: #f00;
  font-weight: bold;
}
/* format for th script trace messages */
span.thTrace {
  color: #f00;
}
/* format for report configuration errors */
p.reportError {
  color: #f00;
  font-weight: bold;
}
/* format for report configuration errors */
blockquote.reportError {
  color: #f00;
  font-weight: bold;
}
/* format for artifact lines, no longer shunned */
p.noMoreShun {
  color: #00f;
}
/* format for artifact lines beeing shunned */
p.shunned {
  color: #00f;
}
/* a broken hyperlink */
span.brokenlink {
  color: #f00;
}
/* List of files in a timeline */
ul.filelist {
  margin-top: 3px;
  line-height: 100%;
}
/* Moderation Pending message on timeline */
span.modpending {
  color: #b30;
  font-style: italic;
}
/* format for textarea labels */
span.textareaLabel {
  font-weight: bold;
}
/* format for th1 script results */
pre.th1result {
  white-space: pre-wrap;
  word-wrap: break-word;
}
/* format for th1 script errors */
pre.th1error {
  white-space: pre-wrap;
  word-wrap: break-word;
  color: #f00;
}

/* even table row color */
tr.row0 {
  /* use default */
}
/* odd table row color */
tr.row1 {
  /* Use default */
}

</div>
<div class="footer">
<div class="page-time">
Generated in <th1>puts [expr {([utime]+[stime]+1000)/1000*0.001}]</th1>s
</div>
<div class="fossil-info">
Fossil v$release_version $manifest_version
</div>
</div>
</body>
</html>

<html>
<head>
<base href="$baseurl/$current_page" />
<title>$<project_name>: $<title></title>
<link rel="alternate" type="application/rss+xml" title="RSS Feed"
      href="$home/timeline.rss" />
<link rel="stylesheet" href="$stylesheet_url" type="text/css"
      media="screen" />
</head>
<body>
<div class="header">
  <div class="logo">
    <th1>
    ##
    ## NOTE: The purpose of this procedure is to take the base URL of the
    ##       Fossil project and return the root of the entire web site using
    ##       the same URI scheme as the base URL (e.g. http or https).
    ##
    proc getLogoUrl { baseurl } {
      set idx(first) [string first // $baseurl]
      if {$idx(first) != -1} {
        ##
        ## NOTE: Skip second slash.
        ##
        set idx(first+1) [expr {$idx(first) + 2}]
        ##
        ## NOTE: (part 1) The [string first] command does NOT actually
        ##       support the optional startIndex argument as specified
        ##       in the TH1 support manual; therefore, we fake it by
        ##       using the [string range] command and then adding the
        ##       necessary offset to the resulting index manually
        ##       (below).  In Tcl, we could use the following instead:
        ##
        ##       set idx(next) [string first / $baseurl $idx(first+1)]
        ##
        set idx(nextRange) [string range $baseurl $idx(first+1) end]
        set idx(next) [string first / $idx(nextRange)]
        if {$idx(next) != -1} {
          ##
          ## NOTE: (part 2) Add the necessary offset to the result of
          ##       the search for the next slash (i.e. the one after
          ##       the initial search for the two slashes).
          ##
          set idx(next) [expr {$idx(next) + $idx(first+1)}]
          ##
          ## NOTE: Back up one character from the next slash.
          ##
          set idx(next-1) [expr {$idx(next) - 1}]
          ##
          ## NOTE: Extract the URI scheme and host from the base URL.
          ##
          set scheme [string range $baseurl 0 $idx(first)]
          set host [string range $baseurl $idx(first+1) $idx(next-1)]
          ##
          ## NOTE: Try to stay in SSL mode if we are there now.
          ##
          if {[string compare $scheme http:/] == 0} {
            set scheme http://
          } else {
            set scheme https://
          }
          set logourl $scheme$host/
        } else {
          set logourl $baseurl
        }
      } else {
        set logourl $baseurl
      }
      return $logourl
    }
    set logourl [getLogoUrl $baseurl]
    </th1>
    <a href="$logourl">
      <img src="$logo_image_url" border="0" alt="$project_name">
    </a>
  </div>
  <div class="title">$<title></div>
  <div class="status"><nobr><th1>
     if {[info exists login]} {
       puts "Logged in as $login"
     } else {
       puts "Not logged in"
     }
  </th1></nobr><small><div id="clock"></div></small></div>
</div>
<script>
function updateClock(){
  var e = document.getElementById("clock");
  if(e){
    var d = new Date();
    function f(n) {
      return n < 10 ? '0' + n : n;
    }
    e.innerHTML = d.getUTCFullYear()+ '-' +
      f(d.getUTCMonth() + 1) + '-' +
      f(d.getUTCDate())      + ' ' +
      f(d.getUTCHours())     + ':' +
      f(d.getUTCMinutes());
    setTimeout("updateClock();",(60-d.getUTCSeconds())*1000);
  }
}
updateClock();
</script>
<div class="mainmenu">
<th1>
html "<a href='$home$index_page'>Home</a>\n"
html "<a href='$home/help'>Help</a>\n"
if {[anycap jor]} {
  html "<a href='$home/timeline'>Timeline</a>\n"
}
if {[anoncap oh]} {
  html "<a href='$home/tree?ci=tip'>Files</a>\n"
}
if {[anoncap o]} {
  html "<a href='$home/brlist'>Branches</a>\n"
  html "<a href='$home/taglist'>Tags</a>\n"
}
if {[anoncap r]} {
  html "<a href='$home/ticket'>Tickets</a>\n"
}
if {[anoncap j]} {
  html "<a href='$home/wiki'>Wiki</a>\n"
}
if {[hascap s]} {
  html "<a href='$home/setup'>Admin</a>\n"
} elseif {[hascap a]} {
  html "<a href='$home/setup_ulist'>Users</a>\n"
}
if {[info exists login]} {
  html "<a href='$home/login'>Logout</a>\n"
} else {
  html "<a href='$home/login'>Login</a>\n"
}
</th1></div>

  add_files_in_sfile(vid);
  db_end_transaction(0);
}

/*
** COMMAND: rm
** COMMAND: delete*

**
** Usage: %fossil rm FILE1 ?FILE2 ...?
**    or: %fossil delete FILE1 ?FILE2 ...?
**
** Remove one or more files or directories from the repository.
**
** This command does NOT remove the files from disk.  It just marks the
** files as no longer being part of the project.  In other words, future
** changes to the named files will not be versioned.
**
................................................................................
**    or: %fossil mv|rename OLDNAME... DIR
**
** Move or rename one or more files or directories within the repository tree.
** You can either rename a file or directory or move it to another subdirectory.
**
** This command does NOT rename or move the files on disk.  This command merely
** records the fact that filenames have changed so that appropriate notations
** can be made at the next commit/checkin.
**
** Options:
**   --case-sensitive <BOOL> Override the case-sensitive setting.
**
** See also: changes, status
*/
void mv_cmd(void){

  add_files_in_sfile(vid);
  db_end_transaction(0);
}

/*
** COMMAND: rm
** COMMAND: delete
** COMMAND: forget*
**
** Usage: %fossil rm|delete|forget FILE1 ?FILE2 ...?

**
** Remove one or more files or directories from the repository.
**
** This command does NOT remove the files from disk.  It just marks the
** files as no longer being part of the project.  In other words, future
** changes to the named files will not be versioned.
**
................................................................................
**    or: %fossil mv|rename OLDNAME... DIR
**
** Move or rename one or more files or directories within the repository tree.
** You can either rename a file or directory or move it to another subdirectory.
**
** This command does NOT rename or move the files on disk.  This command merely
** records the fact that filenames have changed so that appropriate notations
** can be made at the next commit/check-in.
**
** Options:
**   --case-sensitive <BOOL> Override the case-sensitive setting.
**
** See also: changes, status
*/
void mv_cmd(void){

    if( moderation_pending(attachid) ){
      @ <span class="modpending">*** Awaiting Moderator Approval ***</span>
    }
    @ <br><a href="%R/attachview?%s(zUrlTail)">%h(zFilename)</a>
    @ [<a href="%R/attachdownload/%t(zFilename)?%s(zUrlTail)">download</a>]<br />
    if( zComment ) while( fossil_isspace(zComment[0]) ) zComment++;
    if( zComment && zComment[0] ){
      @ %!w(zComment)<br />
    }
    if( zPage==0 && zTkt==0 ){
      if( zSrc==0 || zSrc[0]==0 ){
        zSrc = "Deleted from";
      }else {
        zSrc = "Added to";
      }

    if( moderation_pending(attachid) ){
      @ <span class="modpending">*** Awaiting Moderator Approval ***</span>
    }
    @ <br><a href="%R/attachview?%s(zUrlTail)">%h(zFilename)</a>
    @ [<a href="%R/attachdownload/%t(zFilename)?%s(zUrlTail)">download</a>]<br />
    if( zComment ) while( fossil_isspace(zComment[0]) ) zComment++;
    if( zComment && zComment[0] ){
      @ %!W(zComment)<br />
    }
    if( zPage==0 && zTkt==0 ){
      if( zSrc==0 || zSrc[0]==0 ){
        zSrc = "Deleted from";
      }else {
        zSrc = "Added to";
      }

  db_multi_exec("INSERT OR IGNORE INTO unsent VALUES(%d)", brid);
  if( manifest_crosslink(brid, &branch, MC_PERMIT_HOOKS)==0 ){
    fossil_fatal("%s\n", g.zErrMsg);
  }
  assert( blob_is_reset(&branch) );
  content_deltify(rootid, brid, 0);
  zUuid = db_text(0, "SELECT uuid FROM blob WHERE rid=%d", brid);
  fossil_print("New branch: %S\n", zUuid);
  if( g.argc==3 ){
    fossil_print(
      "\n"
      "Note: the local check-out has not been updated to the new\n"
      "      branch.  To begin working on the new branch, do this:\n"
      "\n"
      "      %s update %s\n",
................................................................................

  db_prepare(&q, brlistQuery/*works-like:""*/);
  rNow = db_double(0.0, "SELECT julianday('now')");
  @ <div class="brlist"><table id="branchlisttable">
  @ <thead><tr>
  @ <th>Branch Name</th>
  @ <th>Age</th>
  @ <th>Checkins</th>
  @ <th>Status</th>
  @ <th>Resolution</th>
  @ </tr></thead><tbody>
  while( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
    const char *zBranch = db_column_text(&q, 0);
    double rMtime = db_column_double(&q, 1);
    int isClosed = db_column_int(&q, 2);
................................................................................
  }
  if( !colorTest ){
    style_submenu_element("Color-Test", "Color-Test", "brlist?colortest");
  }else{
    style_submenu_element("All", "All", "brlist?all");
  }
  login_anonymous_available();

  style_sidebox_begin("Nomenclature:", "33%");
  @ <ol>
  @ <li> An <div class="sideboxDescribed">%z(href("brlist"))
  @ open branch</a></div> is a branch that has one or more
  @ <div class="sideboxDescribed">%z(href("leaves"))open leaves.</a></div>
  @ The presence of open leaves presumably means
  @ that the branch is still being extended with new check-ins.</li>
................................................................................
  @ closed branch</a></div> is a branch with only
  @ <div class="sideboxDescribed">%z(href("leaves?closed"))
  @ closed leaves</a></div>.
  @ Closed branches are fixed and do not change (unless they are first
  @ reopened).</li>
  @ </ol>
  style_sidebox_end();


  branch_prepare_list_query(&q, brFlags);
  cnt = 0;
  while( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
    const char *zBr = db_column_text(&q, 0);
    if( cnt==0 ){
      if( colorTest ){

  db_multi_exec("INSERT OR IGNORE INTO unsent VALUES(%d)", brid);
  if( manifest_crosslink(brid, &branch, MC_PERMIT_HOOKS)==0 ){
    fossil_fatal("%s\n", g.zErrMsg);
  }
  assert( blob_is_reset(&branch) );
  content_deltify(rootid, brid, 0);
  zUuid = db_text(0, "SELECT uuid FROM blob WHERE rid=%d", brid);
  fossil_print("New branch: %s\n", zUuid);
  if( g.argc==3 ){
    fossil_print(
      "\n"
      "Note: the local check-out has not been updated to the new\n"
      "      branch.  To begin working on the new branch, do this:\n"
      "\n"
      "      %s update %s\n",
................................................................................

  db_prepare(&q, brlistQuery/*works-like:""*/);
  rNow = db_double(0.0, "SELECT julianday('now')");
  @ <div class="brlist"><table id="branchlisttable">
  @ <thead><tr>
  @ <th>Branch Name</th>
  @ <th>Age</th>
  @ <th>Check-ins</th>
  @ <th>Status</th>
  @ <th>Resolution</th>
  @ </tr></thead><tbody>
  while( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
    const char *zBranch = db_column_text(&q, 0);
    double rMtime = db_column_double(&q, 1);
    int isClosed = db_column_int(&q, 2);
................................................................................
  }
  if( !colorTest ){
    style_submenu_element("Color-Test", "Color-Test", "brlist?colortest");
  }else{
    style_submenu_element("All", "All", "brlist?all");
  }
  login_anonymous_available();
#if 0
  style_sidebox_begin("Nomenclature:", "33%");
  @ <ol>
  @ <li> An <div class="sideboxDescribed">%z(href("brlist"))
  @ open branch</a></div> is a branch that has one or more
  @ <div class="sideboxDescribed">%z(href("leaves"))open leaves.</a></div>
  @ The presence of open leaves presumably means
  @ that the branch is still being extended with new check-ins.</li>
................................................................................
  @ closed branch</a></div> is a branch with only
  @ <div class="sideboxDescribed">%z(href("leaves?closed"))
  @ closed leaves</a></div>.
  @ Closed branches are fixed and do not change (unless they are first
  @ reopened).</li>
  @ </ol>
  style_sidebox_end();
#endif

  branch_prepare_list_query(&q, brFlags);
  cnt = 0;
  while( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
    const char *zBr = db_column_text(&q, 0);
    if( cnt==0 ){
      if( colorTest ){

  }else{
    zClass = mprintf("file");
  }
  return zClass;
}

/*
** SQL used to compute the age of all files in checkin :ckin whose
** names match :glob
*/
static const char zComputeFileAgeSetup[] =
@ CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS temp.fileage(
@   fnid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY,
@   fid INTEGER,
@   mid INTEGER,
................................................................................
@  ORDER BY event.mtime ASC;
;

/*
** Look at all file containing in the version "vid".  Construct a
** temporary table named "fileage" that contains the file-id for each
** files, the pathname, the check-in where the file was added, and the
** mtime on that checkin. If zGlob and *zGlob then only files matching
** the given glob are computed.
*/
int compute_fileage(int vid, const char* zGlob){
  Stmt q;
  db_multi_exec(zComputeFileAgeSetup /*works-like:"constant"*/);
  db_prepare(&q, zComputeFileAgeRun  /*works-like:"constant"*/);
  db_bind_int(&q, ":ckin", vid);
................................................................................
  db_finalize(&q);
}

/*
** WEBPAGE:  fileage
**
** Parameters:
**   name=VERSION   Selects the checkin version (default=tip).
**   glob=STRING    Only shows files matching this glob pattern
**                  (e.g. *.c or *.txt).
**   showid         Show RID values for debugging
*/
void fileage_page(void){
  int rid;
  const char *zName;
  const char *zGlob;
  const char *zUuid;
  const char *zNow;            /* Time of checkin */
  int showId = PB("showid");
  Stmt q1, q2;
  double baseTime;
  login_check_credentials();
  if( !g.perm.Read ){ login_needed(g.anon.Read); return; }
  zName = P("name");
  if( zName==0 ) zName = "tip";
................................................................................
  @ <h2>Files in
  @ %z(href("%R/info/%!S",zUuid))[%S(zUuid)]</a>
  if( zGlob && zGlob[0] ){
    @ that match "%h(zGlob)" and
  }
  @ ordered by check-in time</h2>
  @
  @ <p>Times are relative to the checkin time for
  @ %z(href("%R/ci/%!S",zUuid))[%S(zUuid)]</a> which is
  @ %z(href("%R/timeline?c=%t",zNow))%s(zNow)</a>.</p>
  @
  @ <div class='fileage'><table>
  @ <tr><th>Time</th><th>Files</th><th>Checkin</th></tr>
  db_prepare(&q1,
    "SELECT event.mtime, event.objid, blob.uuid,\n"
    "       coalesce(event.ecomment,event.comment),\n"
    "       coalesce(event.euser,event.user),\n"
    "       coalesce((SELECT value FROM tagxref\n"
    "                  WHERE tagtype>0 AND tagid=%d\n"
    "                    AND rid=event.objid),'trunk')\n"

  }else{
    zClass = mprintf("file");
  }
  return zClass;
}

/*
** SQL used to compute the age of all files in check-in :ckin whose
** names match :glob
*/
static const char zComputeFileAgeSetup[] =
@ CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS temp.fileage(
@   fnid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY,
@   fid INTEGER,
@   mid INTEGER,
................................................................................
@  ORDER BY event.mtime ASC;
;

/*
** Look at all file containing in the version "vid".  Construct a
** temporary table named "fileage" that contains the file-id for each
** files, the pathname, the check-in where the file was added, and the
** mtime on that check-in. If zGlob and *zGlob then only files matching
** the given glob are computed.
*/
int compute_fileage(int vid, const char* zGlob){
  Stmt q;
  db_multi_exec(zComputeFileAgeSetup /*works-like:"constant"*/);
  db_prepare(&q, zComputeFileAgeRun  /*works-like:"constant"*/);
  db_bind_int(&q, ":ckin", vid);
................................................................................
  db_finalize(&q);
}

/*
** WEBPAGE:  fileage
**
** Parameters:
**   name=VERSION   Selects the check-in version (default=tip).
**   glob=STRING    Only shows files matching this glob pattern
**                  (e.g. *.c or *.txt).
**   showid         Show RID values for debugging
*/
void fileage_page(void){
  int rid;
  const char *zName;
  const char *zGlob;
  const char *zUuid;
  const char *zNow;            /* Time of check-in */
  int showId = PB("showid");
  Stmt q1, q2;
  double baseTime;
  login_check_credentials();
  if( !g.perm.Read ){ login_needed(g.anon.Read); return; }
  zName = P("name");
  if( zName==0 ) zName = "tip";
................................................................................
  @ <h2>Files in
  @ %z(href("%R/info/%!S",zUuid))[%S(zUuid)]</a>
  if( zGlob && zGlob[0] ){
    @ that match "%h(zGlob)" and
  }
  @ ordered by check-in time</h2>
  @
  @ <p>Times are relative to the check-in time for
  @ %z(href("%R/ci/%!S",zUuid))[%S(zUuid)]</a> which is
  @ %z(href("%R/timeline?c=%t",zNow))%s(zNow)</a>.</p>
  @
  @ <div class='fileage'><table>
  @ <tr><th>Time</th><th>Files</th><th>Check-in</th></tr>
  db_prepare(&q1,
    "SELECT event.mtime, event.objid, blob.uuid,\n"
    "       coalesce(event.ecomment,event.comment),\n"
    "       coalesce(event.euser,event.user),\n"
    "       coalesce((SELECT value FROM tagxref\n"
    "                  WHERE tagtype>0 AND tagid=%d\n"
    "                    AND rid=event.objid),'trunk')\n"

**
** The bblob.delta field can be an integer, a text string, or NULL.
** If an integer, then the corresponding blobid is the delta basis.
** If a text string, then that string is a SHA1 hash for the delta
** basis, which is presumably in the master repository.  If NULL, then
** data contains contain without delta compression.
*/
static const char zBundleInit[] = 
@ CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS "%w".bconfig(
@   bcname TEXT,
@   bcvalue ANY
@ );
@ CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS "%w".bblob(
@   blobid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY,      -- Blob ID
@   uuid TEXT NOT NULL,              -- SHA1 hash of expanded blob
................................................................................
static void bundle_append_cmd(void){
  Blob content, hash;
  int i;
  Stmt q;

  verify_all_options();
  bundle_attach_file(g.argv[3], "b1", 1);
  db_prepare(&q, 
    "INSERT INTO bblob(blobid, uuid, sz, delta, data, notes) "
    "VALUES(NULL, $uuid, $sz, NULL, $data, $filename)");
  db_begin_transaction();
  for(i=4; i<g.argc; i++){
    int sz;
    blob_read_from_file(&content, g.argv[i]);
    sz = blob_size(&content);
................................................................................
    blob_reset(&hash);
  }
  db_end_transaction(0);
  db_finalize(&q);
}

/*
** Identify a subsection of the checkin tree using command-line switches.
** There must be one of the following switch available:
**
**     --branch BRANCHNAME          All checkins on the most recent
**                                  instance of BRANCHNAME
**     --from TAG1 [--to TAG2]      Checkin TAG1 and all primary descendants
**                                  up to and including TAG2
**     --checkin TAG                Checkin TAG only
**
** Store the RIDs for all applicable checkins in the zTab table that 
** should already exist.  Invoke fossil_fatal() if any kind of error is
** seen.
*/
void subtree_from_arguments(const char *zTab){
  const char *zBr;
  const char *zFrom;
  const char *zTo;
................................................................................
}

/*
** COMMAND: test-subtree
**
** Usage: %fossil test-subtree ?OPTIONS?
**
** Show the subset of checkins that match the supplied options.  This
** command is used to test the subtree_from_options() subroutine in the
** implementation and does not really have any other practical use that
** we know of.
**
** Options:
**    --branch BRANCH           Include only checkins on BRANCH
**    --from TAG                Start the subtree at TAG
**    --to TAG                  End the subtree at TAG
**    --checkin TAG             The subtree is the single checkin TAG
**    --all                     Include FILE and TAG artifacts
**    --exclusive               Include FILES exclusively on checkins
*/
void test_subtree_cmd(void){
  int bAll = find_option("all",0,0)!=0;
  int bExcl = find_option("exclusive",0,0)!=0;
  db_find_and_open_repository(0,0);
  db_begin_transaction();
  db_multi_exec("CREATE TEMP TABLE tobundle(rid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY);");
................................................................................
  assert( pBasis!=0 || iSrc==0 );
  if( iSrc>0 ){
    if( bag_find(&busy, iSrc) ){
      fossil_fatal("delta loop while uncompressing bundle artifacts");
    }
    bag_insert(&busy, iSrc);
  }
  db_prepare(&q, 
     "SELECT uuid, data, bblob.delta, bix.blobid"
     "  FROM bix, bblob"
     " WHERE bix.delta=%d"
     "   AND bix.blobid=bblob.blobid;",
     iSrc
  );
  while( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
................................................................................
    "   WHERE NOT EXISTS(SELECT 1 FROM blob WHERE uuid=bblob.uuid AND size>=0);"
    "CREATE TEMP TABLE got(rid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY ON CONFLICT IGNORE);"
  );
  manifest_crosslink_begin();
  bundle_import_elements(0, 0, isPriv);
  manifest_crosslink_end(0);
  describe_artifacts_to_stdout("IN got", "Imported content:");
  db_end_transaction(0);    
}

/* fossil bundle purge BUNDLE
**
** Try to undo a prior "bundle import BUNDLE".
**
** If the --force option is omitted, then this will only work if
** there have been no checkins or tags added that use the import.
**
** This routine never removes content that is not already in the bundle
** so the bundle serves as a backup.  The purge can be undone using
** "fossil bundle import BUNDLE".
*/
static void bundle_purge_cmd(void){
  int bForce = find_option("force",0,0)!=0;
................................................................................
  int bTest = find_option("test",0,0)!=0;  /* Undocumented --test option */
  const char *zFile = g.argv[3];
  verify_all_options();
  if ( g.argc!=4 ) usage("purge BUNDLE ?OPTIONS?");
  bundle_attach_file(zFile, "b1", 0);
  db_begin_transaction();

  /* Find all checkins of the bundle */
  db_multi_exec(
    "CREATE TEMP TABLE ok(rid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY);"
    "INSERT OR IGNORE INTO ok SELECT blob.rid FROM bblob, blob, plink"
    " WHERE bblob.uuid=blob.uuid"
    "   AND plink.cid=blob.rid;"
  );

  /* Check to see if new checkins have been committed to checkins in
  ** the bundle.  Do not allow the purge if that is true and if --force
  ** is omitted.
  */
  if( !bForce ){
    Stmt q;
    int n = 0;
    db_prepare(&q,
................................................................................
    while( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
      whatis_rid(db_column_int(&q,0),0);
      fossil_print("%.78c\n", '-');
      n++;
    }
    db_finalize(&q);
    if( n>0 ){
      fossil_fatal("checkins above are derived from checkins in the bundle.");
    }
  }

  /* Find all files associated with those check-ins that are used
  ** nowhere else. */
  find_checkin_associates("ok", 1);

................................................................................
       "INSERT INTO err1 "
       " SELECT blob.rid FROM ok CROSS JOIN blob"
       "     WHERE blob.rid=ok.rid"
       "       AND blob.uuid NOT IN (SELECT uuid FROM bblob);"
    );
    if( db_changes() ){
      describe_artifacts_to_stdout("IN err1", 0);
      fossil_fatal("artifacts above associated with bundle checkins "
                   " are not in the bundle");
    }else{
      db_multi_exec("DROP TABLE err1;");
    }
  }

  if( bTest ){
................................................................................
**      consecutively on standard output.  This subcommand was designed
**      for testing and introspection of bundles and is not something
**      commonly used.
**
**   fossil bundle export BUNDLE ?OPTIONS?
**
**      Generate a new bundle, in the file named BUNDLE, that contains a
**      subset of the checkins in the repository (usually a single branch)
**      described by the --branch, --from, --to, and/or --checkin options,
**      at least one of which is required.  If BUNDLE already exists, the
**      specified content is added to the bundle.
**
**         --branch BRANCH            Package all check-ins on BRANCH.
**         --from TAG1 --to TAG2      Package checkins between TAG1 and TAG2.
**         --checkin TAG              Package the single checkin TAG
**         --standalone               Do no use delta-encoding against
**                                      artifacts not in the bundle
**
**   fossil bundle extend BUNDLE
**
**      The BUNDLE must already exist.  This subcommand adds to the bundle
**      any checkins that are descendants of checkins already in the bundle,
**      and any tags that apply to artifacts in the bundle.
**
**   fossil bundle import BUNDLE ?--publish?
**
**      Import all content from BUNDLE into the repository.  By default, the
**      imported files are private and will not sync.  Use the --publish
**      option makes the import public.
................................................................................
**
**   fossil bundle ls BUNDLE
**
**      List the contents of BUNDLE on standard output
**
**   fossil bundle purge BUNDLE
**
**      Remove from the repository all files that are used exclusively 
**      by checkins in BUNDLE.  This has the effect of undoing a
**      "fossil bundle import".
**
** SUMMARY:
**   fossil bundle append BUNDLE FILE...              Add files to BUNDLE
**   fossil bundle cat BUNDLE UUID...                 Extract file from BUNDLE
**   fossil bundle export BUNDLE ?OPTIONS?            Create a new BUNDLE
**          --branch BRANCH --from TAG1 --to TAG2       Checkins to include
**          --checkin TAG                               Use only checkin TAG
**          --standalone                                Omit dependencies
**   fossil bundle extend BUNDLE                      Update with newer content
**   fossil bundle import BUNDLE ?OPTIONS?            Import a bundle
**          --publish                                   Publish the import
**          --force                                     Cross-repo import
**   fossil bundle ls BUNDLE                          List content of a bundle
**   fossil bundle purge BUNDLE                       Undo an import


*/
void bundle_cmd(void){
  const char *zSubcmd;
  int n;
  if( g.argc<4 ) usage("SUBCOMMAND BUNDLE ?OPTIONS?");
  zSubcmd = g.argv[2];
  db_find_and_open_repository(0,0);

**
** The bblob.delta field can be an integer, a text string, or NULL.
** If an integer, then the corresponding blobid is the delta basis.
** If a text string, then that string is a SHA1 hash for the delta
** basis, which is presumably in the master repository.  If NULL, then
** data contains contain without delta compression.
*/
static const char zBundleInit[] =
@ CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS "%w".bconfig(
@   bcname TEXT,
@   bcvalue ANY
@ );
@ CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS "%w".bblob(
@   blobid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY,      -- Blob ID
@   uuid TEXT NOT NULL,              -- SHA1 hash of expanded blob
................................................................................
static void bundle_append_cmd(void){
  Blob content, hash;
  int i;
  Stmt q;

  verify_all_options();
  bundle_attach_file(g.argv[3], "b1", 1);
  db_prepare(&q,
    "INSERT INTO bblob(blobid, uuid, sz, delta, data, notes) "
    "VALUES(NULL, $uuid, $sz, NULL, $data, $filename)");
  db_begin_transaction();
  for(i=4; i<g.argc; i++){
    int sz;
    blob_read_from_file(&content, g.argv[i]);
    sz = blob_size(&content);
................................................................................
    blob_reset(&hash);
  }
  db_end_transaction(0);
  db_finalize(&q);
}

/*
** Identify a subsection of the check-in tree using command-line switches.
** There must be one of the following switch available:
**
**     --branch BRANCHNAME          All check-ins on the most recent
**                                  instance of BRANCHNAME
**     --from TAG1 [--to TAG2]      Check-in TAG1 and all primary descendants
**                                  up to and including TAG2
**     --checkin TAG                Check-in TAG only
**
** Store the RIDs for all applicable check-ins in the zTab table that
** should already exist.  Invoke fossil_fatal() if any kind of error is
** seen.
*/
void subtree_from_arguments(const char *zTab){
  const char *zBr;
  const char *zFrom;
  const char *zTo;
................................................................................
}

/*
** COMMAND: test-subtree
**
** Usage: %fossil test-subtree ?OPTIONS?
**
** Show the subset of check-ins that match the supplied options.  This
** command is used to test the subtree_from_options() subroutine in the
** implementation and does not really have any other practical use that
** we know of.
**
** Options:
**    --branch BRANCH           Include only check-ins on BRANCH
**    --from TAG                Start the subtree at TAG
**    --to TAG                  End the subtree at TAG
**    --checkin TAG             The subtree is the single check-in TAG
**    --all                     Include FILE and TAG artifacts
**    --exclusive               Include FILES exclusively on check-ins
*/
void test_subtree_cmd(void){
  int bAll = find_option("all",0,0)!=0;
  int bExcl = find_option("exclusive",0,0)!=0;
  db_find_and_open_repository(0,0);
  db_begin_transaction();
  db_multi_exec("CREATE TEMP TABLE tobundle(rid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY);");
................................................................................
  assert( pBasis!=0 || iSrc==0 );
  if( iSrc>0 ){
    if( bag_find(&busy, iSrc) ){
      fossil_fatal("delta loop while uncompressing bundle artifacts");
    }
    bag_insert(&busy, iSrc);
  }
  db_prepare(&q,
     "SELECT uuid, data, bblob.delta, bix.blobid"
     "  FROM bix, bblob"
     " WHERE bix.delta=%d"
     "   AND bix.blobid=bblob.blobid;",
     iSrc
  );
  while( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
................................................................................
    "   WHERE NOT EXISTS(SELECT 1 FROM blob WHERE uuid=bblob.uuid AND size>=0);"
    "CREATE TEMP TABLE got(rid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY ON CONFLICT IGNORE);"
  );
  manifest_crosslink_begin();
  bundle_import_elements(0, 0, isPriv);
  manifest_crosslink_end(0);
  describe_artifacts_to_stdout("IN got", "Imported content:");
  db_end_transaction(0);
}

/* fossil bundle purge BUNDLE
**
** Try to undo a prior "bundle import BUNDLE".
**
** If the --force option is omitted, then this will only work if
** there have been no check-ins or tags added that use the import.
**
** This routine never removes content that is not already in the bundle
** so the bundle serves as a backup.  The purge can be undone using
** "fossil bundle import BUNDLE".
*/
static void bundle_purge_cmd(void){
  int bForce = find_option("force",0,0)!=0;
................................................................................
  int bTest = find_option("test",0,0)!=0;  /* Undocumented --test option */
  const char *zFile = g.argv[3];
  verify_all_options();
  if ( g.argc!=4 ) usage("purge BUNDLE ?OPTIONS?");
  bundle_attach_file(zFile, "b1", 0);
  db_begin_transaction();

  /* Find all check-ins of the bundle */
  db_multi_exec(
    "CREATE TEMP TABLE ok(rid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY);"
    "INSERT OR IGNORE INTO ok SELECT blob.rid FROM bblob, blob, plink"
    " WHERE bblob.uuid=blob.uuid"
    "   AND plink.cid=blob.rid;"
  );

  /* Check to see if new check-ins have been committed to check-ins in
  ** the bundle.  Do not allow the purge if that is true and if --force
  ** is omitted.
  */
  if( !bForce ){
    Stmt q;
    int n = 0;
    db_prepare(&q,
................................................................................
    while( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
      whatis_rid(db_column_int(&q,0),0);
      fossil_print("%.78c\n", '-');
      n++;
    }
    db_finalize(&q);
    if( n>0 ){
      fossil_fatal("check-ins above are derived from check-ins in the bundle.");
    }
  }

  /* Find all files associated with those check-ins that are used
  ** nowhere else. */
  find_checkin_associates("ok", 1);

................................................................................
       "INSERT INTO err1 "
       " SELECT blob.rid FROM ok CROSS JOIN blob"
       "     WHERE blob.rid=ok.rid"
       "       AND blob.uuid NOT IN (SELECT uuid FROM bblob);"
    );
    if( db_changes() ){
      describe_artifacts_to_stdout("IN err1", 0);
      fossil_fatal("artifacts above associated with bundle check-ins "
                   " are not in the bundle");
    }else{
      db_multi_exec("DROP TABLE err1;");
    }
  }

  if( bTest ){
................................................................................
**      consecutively on standard output.  This subcommand was designed
**      for testing and introspection of bundles and is not something
**      commonly used.
**
**   fossil bundle export BUNDLE ?OPTIONS?
**
**      Generate a new bundle, in the file named BUNDLE, that contains a
**      subset of the check-ins in the repository (usually a single branch)
**      described by the --branch, --from, --to, and/or --checkin options,
**      at least one of which is required.  If BUNDLE already exists, the
**      specified content is added to the bundle.
**
**         --branch BRANCH            Package all check-ins on BRANCH.
**         --from TAG1 --to TAG2      Package check-ins between TAG1 and TAG2.
**         --checkin TAG              Package the single check-in TAG
**         --standalone               Do no use delta-encoding against
**                                      artifacts not in the bundle
**
**   fossil bundle extend BUNDLE
**
**      The BUNDLE must already exist.  This subcommand adds to the bundle
**      any check-ins that are descendants of check-ins already in the bundle,
**      and any tags that apply to artifacts in the bundle.
**
**   fossil bundle import BUNDLE ?--publish?
**
**      Import all content from BUNDLE into the repository.  By default, the
**      imported files are private and will not sync.  Use the --publish
**      option makes the import public.
................................................................................
**
**   fossil bundle ls BUNDLE
**
**      List the contents of BUNDLE on standard output
**
**   fossil bundle purge BUNDLE
**
**      Remove from the repository all files that are used exclusively
**      by check-ins in BUNDLE.  This has the effect of undoing a
**      "fossil bundle import".
**
** SUMMARY:
**   fossil bundle append BUNDLE FILE...              Add files to BUNDLE
**   fossil bundle cat BUNDLE UUID...                 Extract file from BUNDLE
**   fossil bundle export BUNDLE ?OPTIONS?            Create a new BUNDLE
**          --branch BRANCH --from TAG1 --to TAG2       Check-ins to include
**          --checkin TAG                               Use only check-in TAG
**          --standalone                                Omit dependencies
**   fossil bundle extend BUNDLE                      Update with newer content
**   fossil bundle import BUNDLE ?OPTIONS?            Import a bundle
**          --publish                                   Publish the import
**          --force                                     Cross-repo import
**   fossil bundle ls BUNDLE                          List content of a bundle
**   fossil bundle purge BUNDLE                       Undo an import
**
** See also: publish
*/
void bundle_cmd(void){
  const char *zSubcmd;
  int n;
  if( g.argc<4 ) usage("SUBCOMMAND BUNDLE ?OPTIONS?");
  zSubcmd = g.argv[2];
  db_find_and_open_repository(0,0);

**    --mimetype MIMETYPE        mimetype of check-in comment
**    -n|--dry-run               If given, display instead of run actions
**    --no-warnings              omit all warnings about file contents
**    --nosign                   do not attempt to sign this commit with gpg
**    --private                  do not sync changes and their descendants
**    --sha1sum                  verify file status using SHA1 hashing rather
**                               than relying on file mtimes
**    --tag TAG-NAME             assign given tag TAG-NAME to the checkin
**
** See also: branch, changes, checkout, extras, sync
*/
void commit_cmd(void){
  int hasChanges;        /* True if unsaved changes exist */
  int vid;               /* blob-id of parent version */
  int nrid;              /* blob-id of a modified file */
................................................................................
  }

  /*
  ** Do not allow a commit against a closed leaf unless the commit
  ** ends up on a different branch.
  */
  if(
      /* parent checkin has the "closed" tag... */
      db_exists("SELECT 1 FROM tagxref"
                " WHERE tagid=%d AND rid=%d AND tagtype>0",
                TAG_CLOSED, vid)
      /* ... and the new checkin has no --branch option or the --branch
      ** option does not actually change the branch */
   && (sCiInfo.zBranch==0
       || db_exists("SELECT 1 FROM tagxref"
                    " WHERE tagid=%d AND rid=%d AND tagtype>0"
                    "   AND value=%Q", TAG_BRANCH, vid, sCiInfo.zBranch))
  ){
    fossil_fatal("cannot commit against a closed leaf");
................................................................................
      pBaseline = pParent;
    }
    if( pBaseline ){
      Blob delta;
      create_manifest(&delta, zBaselineUuid, pBaseline, vid, &sCiInfo, &szD);
      /*
      ** At this point, two manifests have been constructed, either of
      ** which would work for this checkin.  The first manifest (held
      ** in the "manifest" variable) is a baseline manifest and the second
      ** (held in variable named "delta") is a delta manifest.  The
      ** question now is: which manifest should we use?
      **
      ** Let B be the number of F-cards in the baseline manifest and
      ** let D be the number of F-cards in the delta manifest, plus one for
      ** the B-card.  (B is held in the szB variable and D is held in the
................................................................................
  zUuid = db_text(0, "SELECT uuid FROM blob WHERE rid=%d", nvid);

  db_prepare(&q, "SELECT uuid,merge FROM vmerge JOIN blob ON merge=rid"
                 " WHERE id=-4");
  while( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
    const char *zIntegrateUuid = db_column_text(&q, 0);
    if( is_a_leaf(db_column_int(&q, 1)) ){
      fossil_print("Closed: %S\n", zIntegrateUuid);
    }else{
      fossil_print("Not_Closed: %S (not a leaf any more)\n", zIntegrateUuid);
    }
  }
  db_finalize(&q);

  fossil_print("New_Version: %S\n", zUuid);
  if( outputManifest ){
    zManifestFile = mprintf("%smanifest.uuid", g.zLocalRoot);
    blob_zero(&muuid);
    blob_appendf(&muuid, "%s\n", zUuid);
    blob_write_to_file(&muuid, zManifestFile);
    free(zManifestFile);
    blob_reset(&muuid);
................................................................................
    " WHERE is_selected(id);"
    , vid, nvid
  );
  db_lset_int("checkout", nvid);

  if( useCksum ){
    /* Verify that the repository checksum matches the expected checksum
    ** calculated before the checkin started (and stored as the R record
    ** of the manifest file).
    */
    vfile_aggregate_checksum_repository(nvid, &cksum2);
    if( blob_compare(&cksum1, &cksum2) ){
      vfile_compare_repository_to_disk(nvid);
      fossil_fatal("working checkout does not match what would have ended "
                   "up in the repository:  %b versus %b",

**    --mimetype MIMETYPE        mimetype of check-in comment
**    -n|--dry-run               If given, display instead of run actions
**    --no-warnings              omit all warnings about file contents
**    --nosign                   do not attempt to sign this commit with gpg
**    --private                  do not sync changes and their descendants
**    --sha1sum                  verify file status using SHA1 hashing rather
**                               than relying on file mtimes
**    --tag TAG-NAME             assign given tag TAG-NAME to the check-in
**
** See also: branch, changes, checkout, extras, sync
*/
void commit_cmd(void){
  int hasChanges;        /* True if unsaved changes exist */
  int vid;               /* blob-id of parent version */
  int nrid;              /* blob-id of a modified file */
................................................................................
  }

  /*
  ** Do not allow a commit against a closed leaf unless the commit
  ** ends up on a different branch.
  */
  if(
      /* parent check-in has the "closed" tag... */
      db_exists("SELECT 1 FROM tagxref"
                " WHERE tagid=%d AND rid=%d AND tagtype>0",
                TAG_CLOSED, vid)
      /* ... and the new check-in has no --branch option or the --branch
      ** option does not actually change the branch */
   && (sCiInfo.zBranch==0
       || db_exists("SELECT 1 FROM tagxref"
                    " WHERE tagid=%d AND rid=%d AND tagtype>0"
                    "   AND value=%Q", TAG_BRANCH, vid, sCiInfo.zBranch))
  ){
    fossil_fatal("cannot commit against a closed leaf");
................................................................................
      pBaseline = pParent;
    }
    if( pBaseline ){
      Blob delta;
      create_manifest(&delta, zBaselineUuid, pBaseline, vid, &sCiInfo, &szD);
      /*
      ** At this point, two manifests have been constructed, either of
      ** which would work for this check-in.  The first manifest (held
      ** in the "manifest" variable) is a baseline manifest and the second
      ** (held in variable named "delta") is a delta manifest.  The
      ** question now is: which manifest should we use?
      **
      ** Let B be the number of F-cards in the baseline manifest and
      ** let D be the number of F-cards in the delta manifest, plus one for
      ** the B-card.  (B is held in the szB variable and D is held in the
................................................................................
  zUuid = db_text(0, "SELECT uuid FROM blob WHERE rid=%d", nvid);

  db_prepare(&q, "SELECT uuid,merge FROM vmerge JOIN blob ON merge=rid"
                 " WHERE id=-4");
  while( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
    const char *zIntegrateUuid = db_column_text(&q, 0);
    if( is_a_leaf(db_column_int(&q, 1)) ){
      fossil_print("Closed: %s\n", zIntegrateUuid);
    }else{
      fossil_print("Not_Closed: %s (not a leaf any more)\n", zIntegrateUuid);
    }
  }
  db_finalize(&q);

  fossil_print("New_Version: %s\n", zUuid);
  if( outputManifest ){
    zManifestFile = mprintf("%smanifest.uuid", g.zLocalRoot);
    blob_zero(&muuid);
    blob_appendf(&muuid, "%s\n", zUuid);
    blob_write_to_file(&muuid, zManifestFile);
    free(zManifestFile);
    blob_reset(&muuid);
................................................................................
    " WHERE is_selected(id);"
    , vid, nvid
  );
  db_lset_int("checkout", nvid);

  if( useCksum ){
    /* Verify that the repository checksum matches the expected checksum
    ** calculated before the check-in started (and stored as the R record
    ** of the manifest file).
    */
    vfile_aggregate_checksum_repository(nvid, &cksum2);
    if( blob_compare(&cksum1, &cksum2) ){
      vfile_compare_repository_to_disk(nvid);
      fossil_fatal("working checkout does not match what would have ended "
                   "up in the repository:  %b versus %b",

      fossil_fatal("server returned an error - clone aborted");
    }
    db_open_repository(g.argv[3]);
  }
  db_begin_transaction();
  fossil_print("Rebuilding repository meta-data...\n");
  rebuild_db(0, 1, 0);









  fossil_print("project-id: %s\n", db_get("project-code", 0));
  fossil_print("server-id:  %s\n", db_get("server-code", 0));
  zPassword = db_text(0, "SELECT pw FROM user WHERE login=%Q", g.zLogin);
  fossil_print("admin-user: %s (password is \"%s\")\n", g.zLogin, zPassword);
  db_end_transaction(0);
}

/*
** If user chooses to use HTTP Authentication over unencrypted HTTP,
** remember decision.  Otherwise, if the URL is being changed and no
** preference has been indicated, err on the safe side and revert the
** decision. Set the global preference if the URL is not being changed.

      fossil_fatal("server returned an error - clone aborted");
    }
    db_open_repository(g.argv[3]);
  }
  db_begin_transaction();
  fossil_print("Rebuilding repository meta-data...\n");
  rebuild_db(0, 1, 0);
  fossil_print("Extra delta compression... "); fflush(stdout);
  extra_deltification();
  db_end_transaction(0);
  fossil_print("\nVacuuming the database... "); fflush(stdout);
  if( db_int(0, "PRAGMA page_count")>1000 
   && db_int(0, "PRAGMA page_size")<8192 ){
     db_multi_exec("PRAGMA page_size=8192;");
  }
  db_multi_exec("VACUUM");
  fossil_print("\nproject-id: %s\n", db_get("project-code", 0));
  fossil_print("server-id:  %s\n", db_get("server-code", 0));
  zPassword = db_text(0, "SELECT pw FROM user WHERE login=%Q", g.zLogin);
  fossil_print("admin-user: %s (password is \"%s\")\n", g.zLogin, zPassword);

}

/*
** If user chooses to use HTTP Authentication over unencrypted HTTP,
** remember decision.  Otherwise, if the URL is being changed and no
** preference has been indicated, err on the safe side and revert the
** decision. Set the global preference if the URL is not being changed.

** their associated permissions will not be copied; however, the system
** default users "anonymous", "nobody", "reader", "developer", and their
** associated permissions will be copied.
**
** Options:
**    --template      FILE      copy settings from repository file
**    --admin-user|-A USERNAME  select given USERNAME as admin user
**    --date-override DATETIME  use DATETIME as time of the initial checkin
**                              (default: do not create an initial checkin)
**
** See also: clone
*/
void create_repository_cmd(void){
  char *zPassword;
  const char *zTemplate;      /* Repository from which to copy settings */
  const char *zDate;          /* Date of the initial check-in */

** their associated permissions will not be copied; however, the system
** default users "anonymous", "nobody", "reader", "developer", and their
** associated permissions will be copied.
**
** Options:
**    --template      FILE      copy settings from repository file
**    --admin-user|-A USERNAME  select given USERNAME as admin user
**    --date-override DATETIME  use DATETIME as time of the initial check-in
**                              (default: do not create an initial check-in)
**
** See also: clone
*/
void create_repository_cmd(void){
  char *zPassword;
  const char *zTemplate;      /* Repository from which to copy settings */
  const char *zDate;          /* Date of the initial check-in */

** already exist.  Load this table with the RID of all
** check-ins that are leaves which are descended from
** check-in iBase.
**
** A "leaf" is a check-in that has no children in the same branch.
** There is a separate permanent table LEAF that contains all leaves
** in the tree.  This routine is used to compute a subset of that
** table consisting of leaves that are descended from a single checkin.
**
** The closeMode flag determines behavior associated with the "closed"
** tag:
**
**    closeMode==0       Show all leaves regardless of the "closed" tag.
**
**    closeMode==1       Show only leaves without the "closed" tag.
................................................................................
}

/*
** COMMAND: descendants*
**
** Usage: %fossil descendants ?CHECKIN? ?OPTIONS?
**
** Find all leaf descendants of the checkin specified or if the argument
** is omitted, of the checkin currently checked out.
**
** Options:
**    -R|--repository FILE       Extract info from repository FILE
**    -W|--width <num>           Width of lines (default is to auto-detect).
**                               Must be >20 or 0 (= no limit, resulting in a
**                               single line per entry).
**
................................................................................
    style_submenu_element("Closed", "Closed", "leaves?closed");
  }
  if( showClosed || showAll ){
    style_submenu_element("Open", "Open", "leaves");
  }
  style_header("Leaves");
  login_anonymous_available();

  style_sidebox_begin("Nomenclature:", "33%");
  @ <ol>
  @ <li> A <div class="sideboxDescribed">leaf</div>
  @ is a check-in with no descendants in the same branch.</li>
  @ <li> An <div class="sideboxDescribed">open leaf</div>
  @ is a leaf that does not have a "closed" tag
  @ and is thus assumed to still be in use.</li>
  @ <li> A <div class="sideboxDescribed">closed leaf</div>
  @ has a "closed" tag and is thus assumed to
  @ be historical and no longer in active use.</li>
  @ </ol>
  style_sidebox_end();


  if( showAll ){
    @ <h1>All leaves, both open and closed:</h1>
  }else if( showClosed ){
    @ <h1>Closed leaves:</h1>
  }else{
    @ <h1>Open leaves:</h1>

** already exist.  Load this table with the RID of all
** check-ins that are leaves which are descended from
** check-in iBase.
**
** A "leaf" is a check-in that has no children in the same branch.
** There is a separate permanent table LEAF that contains all leaves
** in the tree.  This routine is used to compute a subset of that
** table consisting of leaves that are descended from a single check-in.
**
** The closeMode flag determines behavior associated with the "closed"
** tag:
**
**    closeMode==0       Show all leaves regardless of the "closed" tag.
**
**    closeMode==1       Show only leaves without the "closed" tag.
................................................................................
}

/*
** COMMAND: descendants*
**
** Usage: %fossil descendants ?CHECKIN? ?OPTIONS?
**
** Find all leaf descendants of the check-in specified or if the argument
** is omitted, of the check-in currently checked out.
**
** Options:
**    -R|--repository FILE       Extract info from repository FILE
**    -W|--width <num>           Width of lines (default is to auto-detect).
**                               Must be >20 or 0 (= no limit, resulting in a
**                               single line per entry).
**
................................................................................
    style_submenu_element("Closed", "Closed", "leaves?closed");
  }
  if( showClosed || showAll ){
    style_submenu_element("Open", "Open", "leaves");
  }
  style_header("Leaves");
  login_anonymous_available();
#if 0
  style_sidebox_begin("Nomenclature:", "33%");
  @ <ol>
  @ <li> A <div class="sideboxDescribed">leaf</div>
  @ is a check-in with no descendants in the same branch.</li>
  @ <li> An <div class="sideboxDescribed">open leaf</div>
  @ is a leaf that does not have a "closed" tag
  @ and is thus assumed to still be in use.</li>
  @ <li> A <div class="sideboxDescribed">closed leaf</div>
  @ has a "closed" tag and is thus assumed to
  @ be historical and no longer in active use.</li>
  @ </ol>
  style_sidebox_end();
#endif

  if( showAll ){
    @ <h1>All leaves, both open and closed:</h1>
  }else if( showClosed ){
    @ <h1>Closed leaves:</h1>
  }else{
    @ <h1>Open leaves:</h1>

** COMMAND: praise
**
** %fossil (annotate|blame|praise) ?OPTIONS? FILENAME
**
** Output the text of a file with markings to show when each line of
** the file was last modified.  The "annotate" command shows line numbers
** and omits the username.  The "blame" and "praise" commands show the user
** who made each checkin and omits the line number.
**
** Options:
**   --filevers                 Show file version numbers rather than check-in versions
**   -l|--log                   List all versions analyzed
**   -n|--limit N               Only look backwards in time by N versions
**   -w|--ignore-all-space      Ignore white space when comparing lines
**   -Z|--ignore-trailing-space Ignore whitespace at line end

** COMMAND: praise
**
** %fossil (annotate|blame|praise) ?OPTIONS? FILENAME
**
** Output the text of a file with markings to show when each line of
** the file was last modified.  The "annotate" command shows line numbers
** and omits the username.  The "blame" and "praise" commands show the user
** who made each check-in and omits the line number.
**
** Options:
**   --filevers                 Show file version numbers rather than check-in versions
**   -l|--log                   List all versions analyzed
**   -n|--limit N               Only look backwards in time by N versions
**   -w|--ignore-all-space      Ignore white space when comparing lines
**   -Z|--ignore-trailing-space Ignore whitespace at line end

bind . <Return> {
  event generate .bb.files <1>
  event generate .bb.files <ButtonRelease-1>
  break
}
foreach {key axis args} {
  Up    y {scroll -5 units}

  Down  y {scroll 5 units}

  Left  x {scroll -5 units}

  Right x {scroll 5 units}

  Prior y {scroll -1 page}

  Next  y {scroll 1 page}

  Home  y {moveto 0}

  End   y {moveto 1}
} {
  bind . <$key> "scroll-$axis $args; break"
  bind . <Shift-$key> continue
}

frame .bb

bind . <Return> {
  event generate .bb.files <1>
  event generate .bb.files <ButtonRelease-1>
  break
}
foreach {key axis args} {
  Up    y {scroll -5 units}
  k     y {scroll -5 units}
  Down  y {scroll 5 units}
  j     y {scroll 5 units}
  Left  x {scroll -5 units}
  h     x {scroll -5 units}
  Right x {scroll 5 units}
  l     x {scroll 5 units}
  Prior y {scroll -1 page}
  b     y {scroll -1 page}
  Next  y {scroll 1 page}
  space y {scroll 1 page}
  Home  y {moveto 0}
  g     y {moveto 0}
  End   y {moveto 1}
} {
  bind . <$key> "scroll-$axis $args; break"
  bind . <Shift-$key> continue
}

frame .bb

      if( seenClass ) return 1;
    }
  }
  return seenClass;
}

/*
** Look for a file named zName in the checkin with RID=vid.  Load the content
** of that file into pContent and return the RID for the file.  Or return 0
** if the file is not found or could not be loaded.
*/
int doc_load_content(int vid, const char *zName, Blob *pContent){
  int rid;   /* The RID of the file being loaded */
  if( !db_table_exists("repository","vcache") ){
    db_multi_exec(
      "CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS vcache(\n"
      "  vid INTEGER,         -- checkin ID\n"
      "  fname TEXT,          -- filename\n"
      "  rid INTEGER,         -- artifact ID\n"
      "  PRIMARY KEY(vid,fname)\n"
      ") WITHOUT ROWID"
    );
  }
  if( !db_exists("SELECT 1 FROM vcache WHERE vid=%d", vid) ){
................................................................................
** then FILE is completely replaced by "404.md" and tried.  If that is
** not found, then a default 404 screen is generated.
*/
void doc_page(void){
  const char *zName;                /* Argument to the /doc page */
  const char *zOrigName = "?";      /* Original document name */
  const char *zMime;                /* Document MIME type */
  char *zCheckin = "tip";           /* The checkin holding the document */
  int vid = 0;                      /* Artifact of checkin */
  int rid = 0;                      /* Artifact of file */
  int i;                            /* Loop counter */
  Blob filebody;                    /* Content of the documentation file */
  Blob title;                       /* Document title */
  int nMiss = (-1);                 /* Failed attempts to find the document */
  static const char *const azSuffix[] = {
     "index.html", "index.wiki", "index.md"

      if( seenClass ) return 1;
    }
  }
  return seenClass;
}

/*
** Look for a file named zName in the check-in with RID=vid.  Load the content
** of that file into pContent and return the RID for the file.  Or return 0
** if the file is not found or could not be loaded.
*/
int doc_load_content(int vid, const char *zName, Blob *pContent){
  int rid;   /* The RID of the file being loaded */
  if( !db_table_exists("repository","vcache") ){
    db_multi_exec(
      "CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS vcache(\n"
      "  vid INTEGER,         -- check-in ID\n"
      "  fname TEXT,          -- filename\n"
      "  rid INTEGER,         -- artifact ID\n"
      "  PRIMARY KEY(vid,fname)\n"
      ") WITHOUT ROWID"
    );
  }
  if( !db_exists("SELECT 1 FROM vcache WHERE vid=%d", vid) ){
................................................................................
** then FILE is completely replaced by "404.md" and tried.  If that is
** not found, then a default 404 screen is generated.
*/
void doc_page(void){
  const char *zName;                /* Argument to the /doc page */
  const char *zOrigName = "?";      /* Original document name */
  const char *zMime;                /* Document MIME type */
  char *zCheckin = "tip";           /* The check-in holding the document */
  int vid = 0;                      /* Artifact of check-in */
  int rid = 0;                      /* Artifact of file */
  int i;                            /* Loop counter */
  Blob filebody;                    /* Content of the documentation file */
  Blob title;                       /* Document title */
  int nMiss = (-1);                 /* Failed attempts to find the document */
  static const char *const azSuffix[] = {
     "index.html", "index.wiki", "index.md"

** to stdout.  The -p mode is another form of the "cat" command.
**
** Options:
**   -b|--brief           display a brief (one line / revision) summary
**   --case-sensitive B   Enable or disable case-sensitive filenames.  B is a
**                        boolean: "yes", "no", "true", "false", etc.
**   -l|--log             select log mode (the default)
**   -n|--limit N         display the first N changes. N=0 means no limit.

**   --offset P           skip P changes
**   -p|--print           select print mode
**   -r|--revision R      print the given revision (or ckout, if none is given)
**                        to stdout (only in print mode)
**   -s|--status          select status mode (print a status indicator for FILE)
**   -W|--width <num>     Width of lines (default is to auto-detect). Must be
**                        >22 or 0 (= no limit, resulting in a single line per
................................................................................
    }
    zLimit = find_option("limit","n",1);
    zWidth = find_option("width","W",1);
    iLimit = zLimit ? atoi(zLimit) : -1;
    zOffset = find_option("offset",0,1);
    iOffset = zOffset ? atoi(zOffset) : 0;
    iBrief = (find_option("brief","b",0) == 0);



    if( zWidth ){
      iWidth = atoi(zWidth);
      if( (iWidth!=0) && (iWidth<=22) ){
        fossil_fatal("-W|--width value must be >22 or 0");
      }
    }else{
      iWidth = -1;
................................................................................
    }
    gidx = graph_add_row(pGraph, frid>0 ? frid : fpid+1000000000,
                         nParent, aParent, zBr, zBgClr,
                         zUuid, 0);
    if( strncmp(zDate, zPrevDate, 10) ){
      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zPrevDate), zPrevDate, "%.10s", zDate);
      @ <tr><td>
      @   <div class="divider">%s(zPrevDate)</div>
      @ </td><td></td><td></td></tr>
    }
    memcpy(zTime, &zDate[11], 5);
    zTime[5] = 0;
    @ <tr><td class="timelineTime">
    @ %z(href("%R/timeline?c=%t",zDate))%s(zTime)</a></td>
    @ <td class="timelineGraph"><div id="m%d(gidx)"></div></td>
................................................................................
    @ branch: %z(href("%R/timeline?t=%T&n=200",zBr))%h(zBr)</a>)
    if( g.perm.Hyperlink && zUuid ){
      const char *z = zFilename;
      @ %z(href("%R/annotate?filename=%h&checkin=%s",z,zCkin))
      @ [annotate]</a>
      @ %z(href("%R/blame?filename=%h&checkin=%s",z,zCkin))
      @ [blame]</a>
      @ %z(href("%R/timeline?n=200&uf=%!S",zUuid))[checkins&nbsp;using]</a>
      if( fpid ){
        @ %z(href("%R/fdiff?sbs=1&v1=%!S&v2=%!S",zPUuid,zUuid))[diff]</a>
      }
    }
    if( fDebug & FINFO_DEBUG_MLINK ){
      int ii;
      char *zAncLink;

** to stdout.  The -p mode is another form of the "cat" command.
**
** Options:
**   -b|--brief           display a brief (one line / revision) summary
**   --case-sensitive B   Enable or disable case-sensitive filenames.  B is a
**                        boolean: "yes", "no", "true", "false", etc.
**   -l|--log             select log mode (the default)
**   -n|--limit N         Display the first N changes (default unlimited).
**                        N<=0 means no limit.
**   --offset P           skip P changes
**   -p|--print           select print mode
**   -r|--revision R      print the given revision (or ckout, if none is given)
**                        to stdout (only in print mode)
**   -s|--status          select status mode (print a status indicator for FILE)
**   -W|--width <num>     Width of lines (default is to auto-detect). Must be
**                        >22 or 0 (= no limit, resulting in a single line per
................................................................................
    }
    zLimit = find_option("limit","n",1);
    zWidth = find_option("width","W",1);
    iLimit = zLimit ? atoi(zLimit) : -1;
    zOffset = find_option("offset",0,1);
    iOffset = zOffset ? atoi(zOffset) : 0;
    iBrief = (find_option("brief","b",0) == 0);
    if( iLimit==0 ){
      iLimit = -1;
    }
    if( zWidth ){
      iWidth = atoi(zWidth);
      if( (iWidth!=0) && (iWidth<=22) ){
        fossil_fatal("-W|--width value must be >22 or 0");
      }
    }else{
      iWidth = -1;
................................................................................
    }
    gidx = graph_add_row(pGraph, frid>0 ? frid : fpid+1000000000,
                         nParent, aParent, zBr, zBgClr,
                         zUuid, 0);
    if( strncmp(zDate, zPrevDate, 10) ){
      sqlite3_snprintf(sizeof(zPrevDate), zPrevDate, "%.10s", zDate);
      @ <tr><td>
      @   <div class="divider timelineDate">%s(zPrevDate)</div>
      @ </td><td></td><td></td></tr>
    }
    memcpy(zTime, &zDate[11], 5);
    zTime[5] = 0;
    @ <tr><td class="timelineTime">
    @ %z(href("%R/timeline?c=%t",zDate))%s(zTime)</a></td>
    @ <td class="timelineGraph"><div id="m%d(gidx)"></div></td>
................................................................................
    @ branch: %z(href("%R/timeline?t=%T&n=200",zBr))%h(zBr)</a>)
    if( g.perm.Hyperlink && zUuid ){
      const char *z = zFilename;
      @ %z(href("%R/annotate?filename=%h&checkin=%s",z,zCkin))
      @ [annotate]</a>
      @ %z(href("%R/blame?filename=%h&checkin=%s",z,zCkin))
      @ [blame]</a>
      @ %z(href("%R/timeline?n=200&uf=%!S",zUuid))[check-ins&nbsp;using]</a>
      if( fpid ){
        @ %z(href("%R/fdiff?sbs=1&v1=%!S&v2=%!S",zPUuid,zUuid))[diff]</a>
      }
    }
    if( fDebug & FINFO_DEBUG_MLINK ){
      int ii;
      char *zAncLink;

** Author contact information:
**   drh@hwaci.com
**   http://www.hwaci.com/drh/
**
*******************************************************************************
**
** This routine implements an SQLite virtual table that gives all of the
** files associated with a single checkin.
**
** The filename "foci" is short for "Files Of CheckIn".
**
** Usage example:
**
**    CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE temp.foci USING files_of_checkin;
**                      -- ^^^^--- important!
**    SELECT * FROM foci WHERE checkinID=symbolic_name_to_rid('trunk');
**
** The symbolic_name_to_rid('trunk') function finds the BLOB.RID value 
** corresponding to the 'trunk' tag.  Then the files_of_checkin virtual table
** decodes the manifest defined by that BLOB and returns all files described
** by that manifest.  The "schema" for the temp.foci table is:
**
**     CREATE TABLE files_of_checkin(
**       checkinID    INTEGER,    -- RID for the checkin manifest
**       filename     TEXT,       -- Name of a file
**       uuid         TEXT,       -- SHA1 hash of the file
**       previousName TEXT,       -- Name of the file in previous checkin
**       perm         TEXT        -- Permissions on the file
**     );
**
*/
#include "config.h"
#include "foci.h"
#include <assert.h>

/*
** The schema for the virtual table:
*/
static const char zFociSchema[] =
@ CREATE TABLE files_of_checkin(
@  checkinID    INTEGER,    -- RID for the checkin manifest
@  filename     TEXT,       -- Name of a file
@  uuid         TEXT,       -- SHA1 hash of the file
@  previousName TEXT,       -- Name of the file in previous checkin
@  perm         TEXT        -- Permissions on the file
@ );
;

#if INTERFACE
/*
** The subclasses of sqlite3_vtab  and sqlite3_vtab_cursor tables

** Author contact information:
**   drh@hwaci.com
**   http://www.hwaci.com/drh/
**
*******************************************************************************
**
** This routine implements an SQLite virtual table that gives all of the
** files associated with a single check-in.
**
** The filename "foci" is short for "Files of Check-in".
**
** Usage example:
**
**    CREATE VIRTUAL TABLE temp.foci USING files_of_checkin;
**                      -- ^^^^--- important!
**    SELECT * FROM foci WHERE checkinID=symbolic_name_to_rid('trunk');
**
** The symbolic_name_to_rid('trunk') function finds the BLOB.RID value
** corresponding to the 'trunk' tag.  Then the files_of_checkin virtual table
** decodes the manifest defined by that BLOB and returns all files described
** by that manifest.  The "schema" for the temp.foci table is:
**
**     CREATE TABLE files_of_checkin(
**       checkinID    INTEGER,    -- RID for the check-in manifest
**       filename     TEXT,       -- Name of a file
**       uuid         TEXT,       -- SHA1 hash of the file
**       previousName TEXT,       -- Name of the file in previous check-in
**       perm         TEXT        -- Permissions on the file
**     );
**
*/
#include "config.h"
#include "foci.h"
#include <assert.h>

/*
** The schema for the virtual table:
*/
static const char zFociSchema[] =
@ CREATE TABLE files_of_checkin(
@  checkinID    INTEGER,    -- RID for the check-in manifest
@  filename     TEXT,       -- Name of a file
@  uuid         TEXT,       -- SHA1 hash of the file
@  previousName TEXT,       -- Name of the file in previous check-in
@  perm         TEXT        -- Permissions on the file
@ );
;

#if INTERFACE
/*
** The subclasses of sqlite3_vtab  and sqlite3_vtab_cursor tables

**
** This command uses the Fuse Filesystem to mount a directory at
** DIRECTORY that contains the content of all check-ins in the
** repository.  The names of files are DIRECTORY/checkins/VERSION/PATH
** where DIRECTORY is the root of the mount, VERSION is any valid
** check-in name (examples: "trunk" or "tip" or a tag or any unique
** prefix of a SHA1 hash, etc) and PATH is the pathname of the file
** in the checkin.  If DIRECTORY does not exist, then an attempt is
** made to create it.
**
** The DIRECTORY/checkins directory is not searchable so one cannot
** do "ls DIRECTORY/checkins" to get a listing of all possible checkin
** names.  There are countless variations on checkin names and it is
** impractical to list them all.  But all other directories are searchable
** and so the "ls" command will work everywhere else in the fusefs
** file hierarchy.
**
** The FuseFS typically only works on Linux, and then only on Linux
** systems that have the right kernel drivers and have install the
** appropriate support libraries.

**
** This command uses the Fuse Filesystem to mount a directory at
** DIRECTORY that contains the content of all check-ins in the
** repository.  The names of files are DIRECTORY/checkins/VERSION/PATH
** where DIRECTORY is the root of the mount, VERSION is any valid
** check-in name (examples: "trunk" or "tip" or a tag or any unique
** prefix of a SHA1 hash, etc) and PATH is the pathname of the file
** in the check-in.  If DIRECTORY does not exist, then an attempt is
** made to create it.
**
** The DIRECTORY/checkins directory is not searchable so one cannot
** do "ls DIRECTORY/checkins" to get a listing of all possible check-in
** names.  There are countless variations on check-in names and it is
** impractical to list them all.  But all other directories are searchable
** and so the "ls" command will work everywhere else in the fusefs
** file hierarchy.
**
** The FuseFS typically only works on Linux, and then only on Linux
** systems that have the right kernel drivers and have install the
** appropriate support libraries.

  }
  p->mxRail = -1;

  /* Purge merge-parents that are out-of-graph if descenders are not
  ** drawn.
  **
  ** Each node has one primary parent and zero or more "merge" parents.
  ** A merge parent is a prior checkin from which changes were merged into
  ** the current check-in.  If a merge parent is not in the visible section
  ** of this graph, then no arrows will be drawn for it, so remove it from
  ** the aParent[] array.
  */
  if( omitDescenders ){
    for(pRow=p->pFirst; pRow; pRow=pRow->pNext){
      for(i=1; i<pRow->nParent; i++){

  }
  p->mxRail = -1;

  /* Purge merge-parents that are out-of-graph if descenders are not
  ** drawn.
  **
  ** Each node has one primary parent and zero or more "merge" parents.
  ** A merge parent is a prior check-in from which changes were merged into
  ** the current check-in.  If a merge parent is not in the visible section
  ** of this graph, then no arrows will be drawn for it, so remove it from
  ** the aParent[] array.
  */
  if( omitDescenders ){
    for(pRow=p->pFirst; pRow; pRow=pRow->pNext){
      for(i=1; i<pRow->nParent; i++){

    ** The XMARK table provides a mapping from fast-import "marks" and symbols
    ** into artifact ids (UUIDs - the 40-byte hex SHA1 hash of artifacts).
    ** Given any valid fast-import symbol, the corresponding fossil rid and
    ** uuid can found by searching against the xmark.tname field.
    **
    ** The XBRANCH table maps commit marks and symbols into the branch those
    ** commits belong to.  If xbranch.tname is a fast-import symbol for a
    ** checkin then xbranch.brnm is the branch that checkin is part of.
    **
    ** The XTAG table records information about tags that need to be applied
    ** to various branches after the import finishes.  The xtag.tcontent field
    ** contains the text of an artifact that will add a tag to a check-in.
    ** The git-fast-export file format might specify the same tag multiple
    ** times but only the last tag should be used.  And we do not know which
    ** occurrence of the tag is the last until the import finishes.

    ** The XMARK table provides a mapping from fast-import "marks" and symbols
    ** into artifact ids (UUIDs - the 40-byte hex SHA1 hash of artifacts).
    ** Given any valid fast-import symbol, the corresponding fossil rid and
    ** uuid can found by searching against the xmark.tname field.
    **
    ** The XBRANCH table maps commit marks and symbols into the branch those
    ** commits belong to.  If xbranch.tname is a fast-import symbol for a
    ** check-in then xbranch.brnm is the branch that check-in is part of.
    **
    ** The XTAG table records information about tags that need to be applied
    ** to various branches after the import finishes.  The xtag.tcontent field
    ** contains the text of an artifact that will add a tag to a check-in.
    ** The git-fast-export file format might specify the same tag multiple
    ** times but only the last tag should be used.  And we do not know which
    ** occurrence of the tag is the last until the import finishes.

      fossil_print("config-db:    %s\n", g.zConfigDbName);
    }
    fossil_print("project-code: %s\n", db_get("project-code", ""));
    vid = g.localOpen ? db_lget_int("checkout", 0) : 0;
    if( vid ){
      show_common_info(vid, "checkout:", 1, 1);
    }
    fossil_print("checkins:     %d\n",
                 db_int(-1, "SELECT count(*) FROM event WHERE type='ci' /*scan*/"));
  }else{
    int rid;
    rid = name_to_rid(g.argv[2]);
    if( rid==0 ){
      fossil_fatal("no such object: %s\n", g.argv[2]);
    }
................................................................................
void ci_page(void){
  Stmt q1, q2, q3;
  int rid;
  int isLeaf;
  int verboseFlag;     /* True to show diffs */
  int sideBySide;      /* True for side-by-side diffs */
  u64 diffFlags;       /* Flag parameter for text_diff() */
  const char *zName;   /* Name of the checkin to be displayed */
  const char *zUuid;   /* UUID of zName */
  const char *zParent; /* UUID of the parent checkin (if any) */
  const char *zRe;     /* regex parameter */
  ReCompiled *pRe = 0; /* regex */
  const char *zW;      /* URL param for ignoring whitespace */
  const char *zPage = "vinfo";  /* Page that shows diffs */
  const char *zPageHide = "ci"; /* Page that hides diffs */

  login_check_credentials();
................................................................................
      @ <tr><th>Original&nbsp;User:</th><td>
      hyperlink_to_user(zUser,zDate,"</td></tr>");
    }else{
      @ <tr><th>User:</th><td>
      hyperlink_to_user(zUser,zDate,"</td></tr>");
    }
    if( zEComment ){
      @ <tr><th>Edited&nbsp;Comment:</th><td class="infoComment">%!w(zEComment)</td></tr>
      @ <tr><th>Original&nbsp;Comment:</th><td class="infoComment">%!w(zComment)</td></tr>
    }else{
      @ <tr><th>Comment:</th><td class="infoComment">%!w(zComment)</td></tr>
    }
    if( g.perm.Admin ){
      db_prepare(&q2,
         "SELECT rcvfrom.ipaddr, user.login, datetime(rcvfrom.mtime)"
         "  FROM blob JOIN rcvfrom USING(rcvid) LEFT JOIN user USING(uid)"
         " WHERE blob.rid=%d",
         rid
................................................................................
  style_header("URL Error");
  @ <h1>Error</h1>
  @ <p>%h(z)</p>
  style_footer();
}

/*
** Find an checkin based on query parameter zParam and parse its
** manifest.  Return the number of errors.
*/
static Manifest *vdiff_parse_manifest(const char *zParam, int *pRid){
  int rid;

  *pRid = rid = name_to_rid_www(zParam);
  if( rid==0 ){
................................................................................
      webpage_error("Missing \"%s\" query parameter.", zParam);
    }else{
      webpage_error("No such artifact: \"%s\"", z);
    }
    return 0;
  }
  if( !is_a_version(rid) ){
    webpage_error("Artifact %s is not a checkin.", P(zParam));
    return 0;
  }
  return manifest_get(rid, CFTYPE_MANIFEST, 0);
}

/*
** Output a description of a check-in
................................................................................
**   to=TAG          Right side of the comparison
**   branch=TAG      Show all changes on a particular branch
**   v=BOOLEAN       Default true.  If false, only list files that have changed
**   sbs=BOOLEAN     Side-by-side diff if true.  Unified diff if false
**   glob=STRING     only diff files matching this glob
**
**
** Show all differences between two checkins.
*/
void vdiff_page(void){
  int ridFrom, ridTo;
  int verboseFlag = 0;
  int sideBySide = 0;
  u64 diffFlags = 0;
  Manifest *pFrom, *pTo;
................................................................................
        @ <ul>
      }
      prevName = fossil_strdup(zName);
    }
    if( showDetail ){
      @ <li>
      hyperlink_to_date(zDate,"");
      @ &mdash; part of checkin
      hyperlink_to_uuid(zVers);
    }else{
      @ &mdash; part of checkin
      hyperlink_to_uuid(zVers);
      @ at
      hyperlink_to_date(zDate,"");
    }
    if( zBr && zBr[0] ){
      @ on branch %z(href("%R/timeline?r=%T",zBr))%h(zBr)</a>
    }
    @ &mdash; %!w(zCom) (user:
    hyperlink_to_user(zUser,zDate,")");
    if( g.perm.Hyperlink ){
      @ %z(href("%R/finfo?name=%T&ci=%!S",zName,zVers))[ancestry]</a>
      @ %z(href("%R/annotate?filename=%T&checkin=%!S",zName,zVers))
      @ [annotate]</a>
      @ %z(href("%R/blame?filename=%T&checkin=%!S",zName,zVers))
      @ [blame]</a>
................................................................................
        hyperlink_to_event_tagid(db_column_int(&q, 5));
      }else{
        @ Control file referencing
      }
      if( zType[0]!='e' ){
        hyperlink_to_uuid(zUuid);
      }
      @ - %!w(zCom) by
      hyperlink_to_user(zUser,zDate," on");
      hyperlink_to_date(zDate, ".");
      if( pDownloadName && blob_size(pDownloadName)==0 ){
        blob_appendf(pDownloadName, "%S.txt", zUuid);
      }
      tag_private_status(rid);
      cnt++;
................................................................................
  @ <blockquote><pre>
  hexdump(&content);
  @ </pre></blockquote>
  style_footer();
}

/*
** Attempt to lookup the specified checkin and file name into an rid.
*/
int artifact_from_ci_and_filename(
  const char *zCI,
  const char *zFilename
){
  int cirid;
  Manifest *pManifest;
................................................................................
/*
** The "z" argument is a string that contains the text of a source code
** file.  This routine appends that text to the HTTP reply with line numbering.
**
** zLn is the ?ln= parameter for the HTTP query.  If there is an argument,
** then highlight that line number and scroll to it once the page loads.
** If there are two line numbers, highlight the range of lines.


*/
void output_text_with_line_numbers(
  const char *z,
  const char *zLn
){
  int iStart, iEnd;    /* Start and end of region to highlight */
  int n = 0;           /* Current line number */
  int i;               /* Loop index */
  int iTop = 0;        /* Scroll so that this line is on top of screen. */


  iStart = iEnd = atoi(zLn);


  if( iStart>0 ){

    for(i=0; fossil_isdigit(zLn[i]); i++){}
    if( zLn[i]==',' || zLn[i]=='-' || zLn[i]=='.' ){
      i++;
      while( zLn[i]=='.' ){ i++; }
      iEnd = atoi(&zLn[i]);

    }

    if( iEnd<iStart ) iEnd = iStart;










    iTop = iStart - 15 + (iEnd-iStart)/4;
    if( iTop>iStart - 2 ) iTop = iStart-2;
  }

  @ <pre>
  while( z[0] ){
    n++;








    for(i=0; z[i] && z[i]!='\n'; i++){}
    if( n==iTop ) cgi_append_content("<span id=\"topln\">", -1);
    if( n==iStart ){
      cgi_append_content("<div class=\"selectedText\">",-1);
    }
    cgi_printf("%6d  ", n);
    if( i>0 ){
      char *zHtml = htmlize(z, i);
      cgi_append_content(zHtml, -1);
      fossil_free(zHtml);
    }
    if( n==iStart-15 ) cgi_append_content("</span>", -1);
    if( n==iEnd ) cgi_append_content("</div>", -1);
    else cgi_append_content("\n", 1);
    z += i;
    if( z[0]=='\n' ) z++;
  }
  if( n<iEnd ) cgi_printf("</div>");
  @ </pre>
  if( iStart ){
    @ <script>gebi('topln').scrollIntoView(true);</script>
  }
}


/*
** WEBPAGE: whatis
................................................................................
** URL: /whatis/SHA1HASH
**
** Additional query parameters:
**
**   ln              - show line numbers
**   ln=N            - highlight line number N
**   ln=M-N          - highlight lines M through N inclusive

**   verbose         - show more detail in the description
**
** The /artifact page show the complete content of a file
** identified by SHA1HASH as preformatted text.  The
** /whatis page shows only a description of the file.
*/
void artifact_page(void){
................................................................................
    @ <h2>Artifact %s(zUuid):</h2>
  }
  blob_zero(&downloadName);
  objType = object_description(rid, objdescFlags, &downloadName);
  style_submenu_element("Download", "Download",
          "%R/raw/%T?name=%s", blob_str(&downloadName), zUuid);
  if( db_exists("SELECT 1 FROM mlink WHERE fid=%d", rid) ){
    style_submenu_element("Checkins Using", "Checkins Using",
          "%R/timeline?n=200&uf=%s",zUuid);
  }
  asText = P("txt")!=0;
  zMime = mimetype_from_name(blob_str(&downloadName));
  if( zMime ){
    if( fossil_strcmp(zMime, "text/html")==0 ){
      if( asText ){
................................................................................
    @ <blockquote>
    @ <table border=0>
    if( zNewColor && zNewColor[0] ){
      @ <tr><td style="background-color: %h(zNewColor);">
    }else{
      @ <tr><td>
    }
    @ %!w(blob_str(&comment))
    blob_zero(&suffix);
    blob_appendf(&suffix, "(user: %h", zNewUser);
    db_prepare(&q, "SELECT substr(tagname,5) FROM tagxref, tag"
                   " WHERE tagname GLOB 'sym-*' AND tagxref.rid=%d"
                   "   AND tagtype>1 AND tag.tagid=tagxref.tagid",
                   rid);
    while( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){

      fossil_print("config-db:    %s\n", g.zConfigDbName);
    }
    fossil_print("project-code: %s\n", db_get("project-code", ""));
    vid = g.localOpen ? db_lget_int("checkout", 0) : 0;
    if( vid ){
      show_common_info(vid, "checkout:", 1, 1);
    }
    fossil_print("check-ins:    %d\n",
                 db_int(-1, "SELECT count(*) FROM event WHERE type='ci' /*scan*/"));
  }else{
    int rid;
    rid = name_to_rid(g.argv[2]);
    if( rid==0 ){
      fossil_fatal("no such object: %s\n", g.argv[2]);
    }
................................................................................
void ci_page(void){
  Stmt q1, q2, q3;
  int rid;
  int isLeaf;
  int verboseFlag;     /* True to show diffs */
  int sideBySide;      /* True for side-by-side diffs */
  u64 diffFlags;       /* Flag parameter for text_diff() */
  const char *zName;   /* Name of the check-in to be displayed */
  const char *zUuid;   /* UUID of zName */
  const char *zParent; /* UUID of the parent check-in (if any) */
  const char *zRe;     /* regex parameter */
  ReCompiled *pRe = 0; /* regex */
  const char *zW;      /* URL param for ignoring whitespace */
  const char *zPage = "vinfo";  /* Page that shows diffs */
  const char *zPageHide = "ci"; /* Page that hides diffs */

  login_check_credentials();
................................................................................
      @ <tr><th>Original&nbsp;User:</th><td>
      hyperlink_to_user(zUser,zDate,"</td></tr>");
    }else{
      @ <tr><th>User:</th><td>
      hyperlink_to_user(zUser,zDate,"</td></tr>");
    }
    if( zEComment ){
      @ <tr><th>Edited&nbsp;Comment:</th><td class="infoComment">%!W(zEComment)</td></tr>
      @ <tr><th>Original&nbsp;Comment:</th><td class="infoComment">%!W(zComment)</td></tr>
    }else{
      @ <tr><th>Comment:</th><td class="infoComment">%!W(zComment)</td></tr>
    }
    if( g.perm.Admin ){
      db_prepare(&q2,
         "SELECT rcvfrom.ipaddr, user.login, datetime(rcvfrom.mtime)"
         "  FROM blob JOIN rcvfrom USING(rcvid) LEFT JOIN user USING(uid)"
         " WHERE blob.rid=%d",
         rid
................................................................................
  style_header("URL Error");
  @ <h1>Error</h1>
  @ <p>%h(z)</p>
  style_footer();
}

/*
** Find an check-in based on query parameter zParam and parse its
** manifest.  Return the number of errors.
*/
static Manifest *vdiff_parse_manifest(const char *zParam, int *pRid){
  int rid;

  *pRid = rid = name_to_rid_www(zParam);
  if( rid==0 ){
................................................................................
      webpage_error("Missing \"%s\" query parameter.", zParam);
    }else{
      webpage_error("No such artifact: \"%s\"", z);
    }
    return 0;
  }
  if( !is_a_version(rid) ){
    webpage_error("Artifact %s is not a check-in.", P(zParam));
    return 0;
  }
  return manifest_get(rid, CFTYPE_MANIFEST, 0);
}

/*
** Output a description of a check-in
................................................................................
**   to=TAG          Right side of the comparison
**   branch=TAG      Show all changes on a particular branch
**   v=BOOLEAN       Default true.  If false, only list files that have changed
**   sbs=BOOLEAN     Side-by-side diff if true.  Unified diff if false
**   glob=STRING     only diff files matching this glob
**
**
** Show all differences between two check-ins.
*/
void vdiff_page(void){
  int ridFrom, ridTo;
  int verboseFlag = 0;
  int sideBySide = 0;
  u64 diffFlags = 0;
  Manifest *pFrom, *pTo;
................................................................................
        @ <ul>
      }
      prevName = fossil_strdup(zName);
    }
    if( showDetail ){
      @ <li>
      hyperlink_to_date(zDate,"");
      @ &mdash; part of check-in
      hyperlink_to_uuid(zVers);
    }else{
      @ &mdash; part of check-in
      hyperlink_to_uuid(zVers);
      @ at
      hyperlink_to_date(zDate,"");
    }
    if( zBr && zBr[0] ){
      @ on branch %z(href("%R/timeline?r=%T",zBr))%h(zBr)</a>
    }
    @ &mdash; %!W(zCom) (user:
    hyperlink_to_user(zUser,zDate,")");
    if( g.perm.Hyperlink ){
      @ %z(href("%R/finfo?name=%T&ci=%!S",zName,zVers))[ancestry]</a>
      @ %z(href("%R/annotate?filename=%T&checkin=%!S",zName,zVers))
      @ [annotate]</a>
      @ %z(href("%R/blame?filename=%T&checkin=%!S",zName,zVers))
      @ [blame]</a>
................................................................................
        hyperlink_to_event_tagid(db_column_int(&q, 5));
      }else{
        @ Control file referencing
      }
      if( zType[0]!='e' ){
        hyperlink_to_uuid(zUuid);
      }
      @ - %!W(zCom) by
      hyperlink_to_user(zUser,zDate," on");
      hyperlink_to_date(zDate, ".");
      if( pDownloadName && blob_size(pDownloadName)==0 ){
        blob_appendf(pDownloadName, "%S.txt", zUuid);
      }
      tag_private_status(rid);
      cnt++;
................................................................................
  @ <blockquote><pre>
  hexdump(&content);
  @ </pre></blockquote>
  style_footer();
}

/*
** Attempt to lookup the specified check-in and file name into an rid.
*/
int artifact_from_ci_and_filename(
  const char *zCI,
  const char *zFilename
){
  int cirid;
  Manifest *pManifest;
................................................................................
/*
** The "z" argument is a string that contains the text of a source code
** file.  This routine appends that text to the HTTP reply with line numbering.
**
** zLn is the ?ln= parameter for the HTTP query.  If there is an argument,
** then highlight that line number and scroll to it once the page loads.
** If there are two line numbers, highlight the range of lines.
** Multiple ranges can be highlighed by adding additional line numbers
** separated by a non-digit character (also not one of [-,.]).
*/
void output_text_with_line_numbers(
  const char *z,
  const char *zLn
){
  int iStart, iEnd;    /* Start and end of region to highlight */
  int n = 0;           /* Current line number */
  int i = 0;           /* Loop index */
  int iTop = 0;        /* Scroll so that this line is on top of screen. */
  Stmt q;

  iStart = iEnd = atoi(zLn);
  db_multi_exec(
    "CREATE TEMP TABLE lnos(iStart INTEGER PRIMARY KEY, iEnd INTEGER)");
  if( iStart>0 ){
    do{
      while( fossil_isdigit(zLn[i]) ) i++;
      if( zLn[i]==',' || zLn[i]=='-' || zLn[i]=='.' ){
        i++;
        while( zLn[i]=='.' ){ i++; }
        iEnd = atoi(&zLn[i]);
        while( fossil_isdigit(zLn[i]) ) i++;
      }
      while( fossil_isdigit(zLn[i]) ) i++;
      if( iEnd<iStart ) iEnd = iStart;
      db_multi_exec(
        "INSERT OR REPLACE INTO lnos VALUES(%d,%d)", iStart, iEnd
      );
      iStart = iEnd = atoi(&zLn[i++]);
    }while( zLn[i] && iStart && iEnd );
  }
  db_prepare(&q, "SELECT min(iStart), iEnd FROM lnos");
  if( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
    iStart = db_column_int(&q, 0);
    iEnd = db_column_int(&q, 1);
    iTop = iStart - 15 + (iEnd-iStart)/4;
    if( iTop>iStart - 2 ) iTop = iStart-2;
  }
  db_finalize(&q);
  @ <pre>
  while( z[0] ){
    n++;
    db_prepare(&q,
      "SELECT min(iStart), max(iEnd) FROM lnos"
      " WHERE iStart <= %d AND iEnd >= %d", n, n);
    if( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
      iStart = db_column_int(&q, 0);
      iEnd = db_column_int(&q, 1);
    }
    db_finalize(&q);
    for(i=0; z[i] && z[i]!='\n'; i++){}
    if( n==iTop ) cgi_append_content("<span id=\"topln\">", -1);
    if( n==iStart ){
      cgi_append_content("<div class=\"selectedText\">",-1);
    }
    cgi_printf("%6d  ", n);
    if( i>0 ){
      char *zHtml = htmlize(z, i);
      cgi_append_content(zHtml, -1);
      fossil_free(zHtml);
    }
    if( n==iTop ) cgi_append_content("</span>", -1);
    if( n==iEnd ) cgi_append_content("</div>", -1);
    else cgi_append_content("\n", 1);
    z += i;
    if( z[0]=='\n' ) z++;
  }
  if( n<iEnd ) cgi_printf("</div>");
  @ </pre>
  if( db_int(0, "SELECT EXISTS(SELECT 1 FROM lnos)") ){
    @ <script>gebi('topln').scrollIntoView(true);</script>
  }
}


/*
** WEBPAGE: whatis
................................................................................
** URL: /whatis/SHA1HASH
**
** Additional query parameters:
**
**   ln              - show line numbers
**   ln=N            - highlight line number N
**   ln=M-N          - highlight lines M through N inclusive
**   ln=M-N+Y-Z      - higllight lines M through N and Y through Z (inclusive)
**   verbose         - show more detail in the description
**
** The /artifact page show the complete content of a file
** identified by SHA1HASH as preformatted text.  The
** /whatis page shows only a description of the file.
*/
void artifact_page(void){
................................................................................
    @ <h2>Artifact %s(zUuid):</h2>
  }
  blob_zero(&downloadName);
  objType = object_description(rid, objdescFlags, &downloadName);
  style_submenu_element("Download", "Download",
          "%R/raw/%T?name=%s", blob_str(&downloadName), zUuid);
  if( db_exists("SELECT 1 FROM mlink WHERE fid=%d", rid) ){
    style_submenu_element("Check-ins Using", "Check-ins Using",
          "%R/timeline?n=200&uf=%s",zUuid);
  }
  asText = P("txt")!=0;
  zMime = mimetype_from_name(blob_str(&downloadName));
  if( zMime ){
    if( fossil_strcmp(zMime, "text/html")==0 ){
      if( asText ){
................................................................................
    @ <blockquote>
    @ <table border=0>
    if( zNewColor && zNewColor[0] ){
      @ <tr><td style="background-color: %h(zNewColor);">
    }else{
      @ <tr><td>
    }
    @ %!W(blob_str(&comment))
    blob_zero(&suffix);
    blob_appendf(&suffix, "(user: %h", zNewUser);
    db_prepare(&q, "SELECT substr(tagname,5) FROM tagxref, tag"
                   " WHERE tagname GLOB 'sym-*' AND tagxref.rid=%d"
                   "   AND tagtype>1 AND tag.tagid=tagxref.tagid",
                   rid);
    while( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){

  }
  db_finalize(&q);
  return cson_array_value(pParents);
}

/*
** Generates an artifact Object for the given rid,
** which must refer to a Checkin.
**
** Returned value is NULL or an Object owned by the caller.
*/
cson_value * json_artifact_for_ci( int rid, char showFiles ){
  cson_value * v = NULL;
  Stmt q = empty_Stmt;
  static cson_value * eventTypeLabel = NULL;
................................................................................
  cson_object_set(pay, "user", json_new_string(pTktChng->zUser));
  cson_object_set(pay, "timestamp", json_julian_to_timestamp(pTktChng->rDate));
  manifest_destroy(pTktChng);
  return cson_object_value(pay);
}

/*
** Sub-impl of /json/artifact for checkins.
*/
static cson_value * json_artifact_ci( cson_object * zParent, int rid ){
  if(!g.perm.Read){
    json_set_err( FSL_JSON_E_DENIED, "Viewing checkins requires 'o' privileges." );
    return NULL;
  }else{
    cson_value * artV = json_artifact_for_ci(rid, 1);
    cson_object * art = cson_value_get_object(artV);
    if(art){
      cson_object_merge( zParent, art, CSON_MERGE_REPLACE );
      cson_free_object(art);
................................................................................
                       rid
                       );
  if(parentUuid){
    cson_object_set( zParent, "parent", json_new_string(parentUuid) );
    fossil_free(parentUuid);
  }
  
  /* Find checkins associated with this file... */
  db_prepare(&q,
      "SELECT filename.name AS name, "
      "  (mlink.pid==0) AS isNew,"
      "  (mlink.fid==0) AS isDel,"
      "  cast(strftime('%%s',event.mtime) as int) AS timestamp,"
      "  coalesce(event.ecomment,event.comment) as comment,"
      "  coalesce(event.euser,event.user) as user,"
#if 0
      "  a.size AS size," /* same for all checkins. */
#endif
      "  b.uuid as checkin, "
#if 0
      "  mlink.mperm as mperm,"
#endif
      "  coalesce((SELECT value FROM tagxref"
                      "  WHERE tagid=%d AND tagtype>0 AND "
................................................................................
      "   AND event.objid=mlink.mid"
      "   AND a.rid=mlink.fid"
      "   AND b.rid=mlink.mid"
      "   AND mlink.fid=%d"
      "   ORDER BY filename.name, event.mtime",
      TAG_BRANCH, rid
    );
  /* TODO: add a "state" flag for the file in each checkin,
     e.g. "modified", "new", "deleted".
   */
  checkin_arr = cson_new_array(); 
  cson_object_set(pay, "checkins", cson_array_value(checkin_arr));
  while( (SQLITE_ROW==db_step(&q) ) ){
    cson_object * row = cson_value_get_object(cson_sqlite3_row_to_object(q.pStmt));
    /* FIXME: move this isNew/isDel stuff into an SQL CASE statement. */

  }
  db_finalize(&q);
  return cson_array_value(pParents);
}

/*
** Generates an artifact Object for the given rid,
** which must refer to a Check-in.
**
** Returned value is NULL or an Object owned by the caller.
*/
cson_value * json_artifact_for_ci( int rid, char showFiles ){
  cson_value * v = NULL;
  Stmt q = empty_Stmt;
  static cson_value * eventTypeLabel = NULL;
................................................................................
  cson_object_set(pay, "user", json_new_string(pTktChng->zUser));
  cson_object_set(pay, "timestamp", json_julian_to_timestamp(pTktChng->rDate));
  manifest_destroy(pTktChng);
  return cson_object_value(pay);
}

/*
** Sub-impl of /json/artifact for check-ins.
*/
static cson_value * json_artifact_ci( cson_object * zParent, int rid ){
  if(!g.perm.Read){
    json_set_err( FSL_JSON_E_DENIED, "Viewing check-ins requires 'o' privileges." );
    return NULL;
  }else{
    cson_value * artV = json_artifact_for_ci(rid, 1);
    cson_object * art = cson_value_get_object(artV);
    if(art){
      cson_object_merge( zParent, art, CSON_MERGE_REPLACE );
      cson_free_object(art);
................................................................................
                       rid
                       );
  if(parentUuid){
    cson_object_set( zParent, "parent", json_new_string(parentUuid) );
    fossil_free(parentUuid);
  }
  
  /* Find check-ins associated with this file... */
  db_prepare(&q,
      "SELECT filename.name AS name, "
      "  (mlink.pid==0) AS isNew,"
      "  (mlink.fid==0) AS isDel,"
      "  cast(strftime('%%s',event.mtime) as int) AS timestamp,"
      "  coalesce(event.ecomment,event.comment) as comment,"
      "  coalesce(event.euser,event.user) as user,"
#if 0
      "  a.size AS size," /* same for all check-ins. */
#endif
      "  b.uuid as checkin, "
#if 0
      "  mlink.mperm as mperm,"
#endif
      "  coalesce((SELECT value FROM tagxref"
                      "  WHERE tagid=%d AND tagtype>0 AND "
................................................................................
      "   AND event.objid=mlink.mid"
      "   AND a.rid=mlink.fid"
      "   AND b.rid=mlink.mid"
      "   AND mlink.fid=%d"
      "   ORDER BY filename.name, event.mtime",
      TAG_BRANCH, rid
    );
  /* TODO: add a "state" flag for the file in each check-in,
     e.g. "modified", "new", "deleted".
   */
  checkin_arr = cson_new_array(); 
  cson_object_set(pay, "checkins", cson_array_value(checkin_arr));
  while( (SQLITE_ROW==db_step(&q) ) ){
    cson_object * row = cson_value_get_object(cson_sqlite3_row_to_object(q.pStmt));
    /* FIXME: move this isNew/isDel stuff into an SQL CASE statement. */

  */
  if( zCI && *zCI ){
    pM = manifest_get_by_name(zCI, &rid);
    if( pM ){
      zUuid = db_text(0, "SELECT uuid FROM blob WHERE rid=%d", rid);
    }else{
      json_set_err(FSL_JSON_E_UNRESOLVED_UUID,
                   "Checkin name [%s] is unresolved.",
                   zCI);
      return NULL;
    }
  }

  /* Jump through some hoops to find the directory name... */
  zDX = json_find_option_cstr("name",NULL,NULL);

  */
  if( zCI && *zCI ){
    pM = manifest_get_by_name(zCI, &rid);
    if( pM ){
      zUuid = db_text(0, "SELECT uuid FROM blob WHERE rid=%d", rid);
    }else{
      json_set_err(FSL_JSON_E_UNRESOLVED_UUID,
                   "Check-in name [%s] is unresolved.",
                   zCI);
      return NULL;
    }
  }

  /* Jump through some hoops to find the directory name... */
  zDX = json_find_option_cstr("name",NULL,NULL);

  if( zCheckin && *zCheckin ){
    char * zU = NULL;
    int rc = name_to_uuid2( zCheckin, "ci", &zU );
    /*printf("zCheckin=[%s], zU=[%s]", zCheckin, zU);*/
    if(rc<=0){
      json_set_err((rc<0) ? FSL_JSON_E_AMBIGUOUS_UUID : FSL_JSON_E_RESOURCE_NOT_FOUND,
                   "Checkin UUID %s.", (rc<0) ? "is ambiguous" : "not found");
      blob_reset(&sql);
      return NULL;
    }
    blob_append_sql(&sql, " AND ci.uuid='%q'", zU);
    free(zU);
  }else{
    if( zAfter && *zAfter ){

  if( zCheckin && *zCheckin ){
    char * zU = NULL;
    int rc = name_to_uuid2( zCheckin, "ci", &zU );
    /*printf("zCheckin=[%s], zU=[%s]", zCheckin, zU);*/
    if(rc<=0){
      json_set_err((rc<0) ? FSL_JSON_E_AMBIGUOUS_UUID : FSL_JSON_E_RESOURCE_NOT_FOUND,
                   "Check-in UUID %s.", (rc<0) ? "is ambiguous" : "not found");
      blob_reset(&sql);
      return NULL;
    }
    blob_append_sql(&sql, " AND ci.uuid='%q'", zU);
    free(zU);
  }else{
    if( zAfter && *zAfter ){

    }
  }
  payV = cson_value_new_object();
  pay = cson_value_get_object(payV);
  cson_object_set(pay, "raw", cson_value_new_bool(fRaw) );
  if( zCheckin ){
    /**
       Tags for a specific checkin. Output format:

       RAW mode:
    
       {
           "sym-tagname": (value || null),
           ...other tags...
       }
................................................................................
       }
    */
    cson_value * objV = NULL;
    cson_object * obj = NULL;
    int const rid = name_to_rid(zCheckin);
    if(0==rid){
      json_set_err(FSL_JSON_E_UNRESOLVED_UUID,
                   "Could not find artifact for checkin [%s].",
                   zCheckin);
      goto error;
    }
    cson_object_set(pay, "checkin", json_new_string(zCheckin));
    db_prepare(&q,
               "SELECT tagname, value FROM tagxref, tag"
               " WHERE tagxref.rid=%d AND tagxref.tagid=tag.tagid"

    }
  }
  payV = cson_value_new_object();
  pay = cson_value_get_object(payV);
  cson_object_set(pay, "raw", cson_value_new_bool(fRaw) );
  if( zCheckin ){
    /**
       Tags for a specific check-in. Output format:

       RAW mode:
    
       {
           "sym-tagname": (value || null),
           ...other tags...
       }
................................................................................
       }
    */
    cson_value * objV = NULL;
    cson_object * obj = NULL;
    int const rid = name_to_rid(zCheckin);
    if(0==rid){
      json_set_err(FSL_JSON_E_UNRESOLVED_UUID,
                   "Could not find artifact for check-in [%s].",
                   zCheckin);
      goto error;
    }
    cson_object_set(pay, "checkin", json_new_string(zCheckin));
    db_prepare(&q,
               "SELECT tagname, value FROM tagxref, tag"
               " WHERE tagxref.rid=%d AND tagxref.tagid=tag.tagid"

  Stmt q = empty_Stmt;
  char warnRowToJsonFailed = 0;
  Blob sql = empty_blob;
  if( !g.perm.Hyperlink ){
    /* Reminder to self: HTML impl requires 'o' (Read)
       rights.
    */
    json_set_err( FSL_JSON_E_DENIED, "Checkin timeline requires 'h' access." );
    return NULL;
  }
  verboseFlag = json_find_option_bool("verbose",NULL,"v",0);
  if( !verboseFlag ){
    verboseFlag = json_find_option_bool("files",NULL,"f",0);
  }
  payV = cson_value_new_object();

  Stmt q = empty_Stmt;
  char warnRowToJsonFailed = 0;
  Blob sql = empty_blob;
  if( !g.perm.Hyperlink ){
    /* Reminder to self: HTML impl requires 'o' (Read)
       rights.
    */
    json_set_err( FSL_JSON_E_DENIED, "Check-in timeline requires 'h' access." );
    return NULL;
  }
  verboseFlag = json_find_option_bool("verbose",NULL,"v",0);
  if( !verboseFlag ){
    verboseFlag = json_find_option_bool("files",NULL,"f",0);
  }
  payV = cson_value_new_object();

**   http://www.hwaci.com/drh/
**
*******************************************************************************
**
** This file contains code used to manage the "leaf" table of the
** repository.
**
** The LEAF table contains the rids for all leaves in the checkin DAG.
** A leaf is a checkin that has no children in the same branch.
*/
#include "config.h"
#include "leaf.h"
#include <assert.h>


/*
................................................................................
         " == coalesce((SELECT value FROM tagxref"
                       " WHERE tagid=%d AND rid=plink.cid),'trunk')",
    TAG_BRANCH, TAG_BRANCH
  );
}

/*
** A bag of checkins whose leaf status needs to be checked.
*/
static Bag needToCheck;

/*
** Check to see if checkin "rid" is a leaf and either add it to the LEAF
** table if it is, or remove it if it is not.
*/
void leaf_check(int rid){
  static Stmt checkIfLeaf;
  static Stmt addLeaf;
  static Stmt removeLeaf;
  int rc;

**   http://www.hwaci.com/drh/
**
*******************************************************************************
**
** This file contains code used to manage the "leaf" table of the
** repository.
**
** The LEAF table contains the rids for all leaves in the check-in DAG.
** A leaf is a check-in that has no children in the same branch.
*/
#include "config.h"
#include "leaf.h"
#include <assert.h>


/*
................................................................................
         " == coalesce((SELECT value FROM tagxref"
                       " WHERE tagid=%d AND rid=plink.cid),'trunk')",
    TAG_BRANCH, TAG_BRANCH
  );
}

/*
** A bag of check-ins whose leaf status needs to be checked.
*/
static Bag needToCheck;

/*
** Check to see if check-in "rid" is a leaf and either add it to the LEAF
** table if it is, or remove it if it is not.
*/
void leaf_check(int rid){
  static Stmt checkIfLeaf;
  static Stmt addLeaf;
  static Stmt removeLeaf;
  int rc;

*/
struct FossilUserPerms {
  char Setup;            /* s: use Setup screens on web interface */
  char Admin;            /* a: administrative permission */
  char Delete;           /* d: delete wiki or tickets */
  char Password;         /* p: change password */
  char Query;            /* q: create new reports */
  char Write;            /* i: xfer inbound. checkin */
  char Read;             /* o: xfer outbound. checkout */
  char Hyperlink;        /* h: enable the display of hyperlinks */
  char Clone;            /* g: clone */
  char RdWiki;           /* j: view wiki via web */
  char NewWiki;          /* f: create new wiki via web */
  char ApndWiki;         /* m: append to wiki via web */
  char WrWiki;           /* k: edit wiki via web */
  char ModWiki;          /* l: approve and publish wiki content (Moderator) */
................................................................................
#endif
#if defined(FOSSIL_ENABLE_TCL_PRIVATE_STUBS)
    fossil_print("TCL_PRIVATE_STUBS\n");
#endif
#if defined(FOSSIL_ENABLE_JSON)
    fossil_print("JSON (API %s)\n", FOSSIL_JSON_API_VERSION);
#endif





  }
}


/*
** COMMAND: help
**
** Usage: %fossil help COMMAND
**    or: %fossil COMMAND -help
**
** Display information on how to use COMMAND.  To display a list of
** available commands one of:
**
**    %fossil help              Show common commands
**    %fossil help --a|-all     Show both common and auxiliary commands
**    %fossil help --t|-test    Show test commands only
**    %fossil help --x|-aux     Show auxiliary commands only
**    %fossil help --w|-www     Show list of WWW pages
*/
void help_cmd(void){
  int rc, idx, isPage = 0;
  const char *z;
  const char *zCmdOrPage;
  const char *zCmdOrPagePlural;
  if( g.argc<3 ){
................................................................................
    cgi_handle_scgi_request();
  }else{
    cgi_handle_http_request(0);
  }
  process_one_web_page(zNotFound, glob_create(zFileGlob), allowRepoList);
#else
  /* Win32 implementation */
  (void)allowRepoList;  /* Suppress warning */
  if( isUiCmd ){
    zBrowser = db_get("web-browser", "start");
    if( zIpAddr ){
      zBrowserCmd = mprintf("%s http://%s:%%d/ &", zBrowser, zIpAddr);
    }else{
      zBrowserCmd = mprintf("%s http://localhost:%%d/ &", zBrowser);
    }
    if( g.repositoryOpen ) flags |= HTTP_SERVER_HAD_REPOSITORY;
    if( g.localOpen ) flags |= HTTP_SERVER_HAD_CHECKOUT;
  }
  db_close(1);



  if( win32_http_service(iPort, zNotFound, zFileGlob, flags) ){
    win32_http_server(iPort, mxPort, zBrowserCmd,
                      zStopperFile, zNotFound, zFileGlob, zIpAddr, flags);
  }
#endif
}

*/
struct FossilUserPerms {
  char Setup;            /* s: use Setup screens on web interface */
  char Admin;            /* a: administrative permission */
  char Delete;           /* d: delete wiki or tickets */
  char Password;         /* p: change password */
  char Query;            /* q: create new reports */
  char Write;            /* i: xfer inbound. check-in */
  char Read;             /* o: xfer outbound. check-out */
  char Hyperlink;        /* h: enable the display of hyperlinks */
  char Clone;            /* g: clone */
  char RdWiki;           /* j: view wiki via web */
  char NewWiki;          /* f: create new wiki via web */
  char ApndWiki;         /* m: append to wiki via web */
  char WrWiki;           /* k: edit wiki via web */
  char ModWiki;          /* l: approve and publish wiki content (Moderator) */
................................................................................
#endif
#if defined(FOSSIL_ENABLE_TCL_PRIVATE_STUBS)
    fossil_print("TCL_PRIVATE_STUBS\n");
#endif
#if defined(FOSSIL_ENABLE_JSON)
    fossil_print("JSON (API %s)\n", FOSSIL_JSON_API_VERSION);
#endif
#if defined(BROKEN_MINGW_CMDLINE)
    fossil_print("MBCS_COMMAND_LINE\n");
#else
    fossil_print("UNICODE_COMMAND_LINE\n");
#endif
  }
}


/*
** COMMAND: help
**
** Usage: %fossil help COMMAND
**    or: %fossil COMMAND --help
**
** Display information on how to use COMMAND.  To display a list of
** available commands one of:
**
**    %fossil help              Show common commands
**    %fossil help -a|--all     Show both common and auxiliary commands
**    %fossil help -t|--test    Show test commands only
**    %fossil help -x|--aux     Show auxiliary commands only
**    %fossil help -w|--www     Show list of WWW pages
*/
void help_cmd(void){
  int rc, idx, isPage = 0;
  const char *z;
  const char *zCmdOrPage;
  const char *zCmdOrPagePlural;
  if( g.argc<3 ){
................................................................................
    cgi_handle_scgi_request();
  }else{
    cgi_handle_http_request(0);
  }
  process_one_web_page(zNotFound, glob_create(zFileGlob), allowRepoList);
#else
  /* Win32 implementation */

  if( isUiCmd ){
    zBrowser = db_get("web-browser", "start");
    if( zIpAddr ){
      zBrowserCmd = mprintf("%s http://%s:%%d/ &", zBrowser, zIpAddr);
    }else{
      zBrowserCmd = mprintf("%s http://localhost:%%d/ &", zBrowser);
    }
    if( g.repositoryOpen ) flags |= HTTP_SERVER_HAD_REPOSITORY;
    if( g.localOpen ) flags |= HTTP_SERVER_HAD_CHECKOUT;
  }
  db_close(1);
  if( allowRepoList ){
    flags |= HTTP_SERVER_REPOLIST;
  }
  if( win32_http_service(iPort, zNotFound, zFileGlob, flags) ){
    win32_http_server(iPort, mxPort, zBrowserCmd,
                      zStopperFile, zNotFound, zFileGlob, zIpAddr, flags);
  }
#endif
}

  $(SRCDIR)/../skins/khaki/header.txt \
  $(SRCDIR)/../skins/plain_gray/css.txt \
  $(SRCDIR)/../skins/plain_gray/footer.txt \
  $(SRCDIR)/../skins/plain_gray/header.txt \
  $(SRCDIR)/../skins/rounded1/css.txt \
  $(SRCDIR)/../skins/rounded1/footer.txt \
  $(SRCDIR)/../skins/rounded1/header.txt \



  $(SRCDIR)/diff.tcl \
  $(SRCDIR)/markdown.md

TRANS_SRC = \
  $(OBJDIR)/add_.c \
  $(OBJDIR)/allrepo_.c \
  $(OBJDIR)/attach_.c \

  $(SRCDIR)/../skins/khaki/header.txt \
  $(SRCDIR)/../skins/plain_gray/css.txt \
  $(SRCDIR)/../skins/plain_gray/footer.txt \
  $(SRCDIR)/../skins/plain_gray/header.txt \
  $(SRCDIR)/../skins/rounded1/css.txt \
  $(SRCDIR)/../skins/rounded1/footer.txt \
  $(SRCDIR)/../skins/rounded1/header.txt \
  $(SRCDIR)/../skins/xekri/css.txt \
  $(SRCDIR)/../skins/xekri/footer.txt \
  $(SRCDIR)/../skins/xekri/header.txt \
  $(SRCDIR)/diff.tcl \
  $(SRCDIR)/markdown.md

TRANS_SRC = \
  $(OBJDIR)/add_.c \
  $(OBJDIR)/allrepo_.c \
  $(OBJDIR)/attach_.c \

APPTARGETS += $(LIBTARGETS)

ifdef FOSSIL_BUILD_SSL
APPTARGETS += openssl
endif

$(APPNAME):	$(OBJDIR)/headers $(CODECHECK1) $(OBJ) $(EXTRAOBJ) $(OBJDIR)/fossil.o $(APPTARGETS)
	$(CODECHECK1) $(TRANS_SRC)
	$(TCC) -o $@ $(OBJ) $(EXTRAOBJ) $(LIB) $(OBJDIR)/fossil.o

# This rule prevents make from using its default rules to try build
# an executable named "manifest" out of the file named "manifest.c"
#
$(SRCDIR)/../manifest:
................................................................................
page_index.h: mkindex$E $(SRC)
	$** > $@

builtin_data.h:	mkbuiltin$E $(EXTRA_FILES)
	mkbuiltin$E --prefix $(SRCDIR)/ $(EXTRA_FILES) > $@

clean:
	-del $(OX)\*.obj
	-del *.obj
	-del *_.c
	-del *.h
	-del *.ilk
	-del *.map
	-del *.res
	-del headers
	-del linkopts
	-del vc*.pdb

realclean: clean
	-del $(APPNAME)
	-del $(PDBNAME)
	-del translate$E
	-del translate$P
	-del mkindex$E
	-del mkindex$P
	-del makeheaders$E
	-del makeheaders$P
	-del mkversion$E
	-del mkversion$P
	-del codecheck1$E
	-del codecheck1$P
	-del mkbuiltin$E
	-del mkbuiltin$P

$(OBJDIR)\json$O : $(SRCDIR)\json_detail.h
$(OBJDIR)\json_artifact$O : $(SRCDIR)\json_detail.h
$(OBJDIR)\json_branch$O : $(SRCDIR)\json_detail.h
$(OBJDIR)\json_config$O : $(SRCDIR)\json_detail.h
$(OBJDIR)\json_diff$O : $(SRCDIR)\json_detail.h
$(OBJDIR)\json_dir$O : $(SRCDIR)\json_detail.h

APPTARGETS += $(LIBTARGETS)

ifdef FOSSIL_BUILD_SSL
APPTARGETS += openssl
endif

$(APPNAME):	$(APPTARGETS) $(OBJDIR)/headers $(CODECHECK1) $(OBJ) $(EXTRAOBJ) $(OBJDIR)/fossil.o
	$(CODECHECK1) $(TRANS_SRC)
	$(TCC) -o $@ $(OBJ) $(EXTRAOBJ) $(LIB) $(OBJDIR)/fossil.o

# This rule prevents make from using its default rules to try build
# an executable named "manifest" out of the file named "manifest.c"
#
$(SRCDIR)/../manifest:
................................................................................
page_index.h: mkindex$E $(SRC)
	$** > $@

builtin_data.h:	mkbuiltin$E $(EXTRA_FILES)
	mkbuiltin$E --prefix $(SRCDIR)/ $(EXTRA_FILES) > $@

clean:
	del $(OX)\*.obj 2>NUL
	del *.obj 2>NUL
	del *_.c 2>NUL
	del *.h 2>NUL
	del *.ilk 2>NUL
	del *.map 2>NUL
	del *.res 2>NUL
	del headers 2>NUL
	del linkopts 2>NUL
	del vc*.pdb 2>NUL

realclean: clean
	del $(APPNAME) 2>NUL
	del $(PDBNAME) 2>NUL
	del translate$E 2>NUL
	del translate$P 2>NUL
	del mkindex$E 2>NUL
	del mkindex$P 2>NUL
	del makeheaders$E 2>NUL
	del makeheaders$P 2>NUL
	del mkversion$E 2>NUL
	del mkversion$P 2>NUL
	del codecheck1$E 2>NUL
	del codecheck1$P 2>NUL
	del mkbuiltin$E 2>NUL
	del mkbuiltin$P 2>NUL

$(OBJDIR)\json$O : $(SRCDIR)\json_detail.h
$(OBJDIR)\json_artifact$O : $(SRCDIR)\json_detail.h
$(OBJDIR)\json_branch$O : $(SRCDIR)\json_detail.h
$(OBJDIR)\json_config$O : $(SRCDIR)\json_detail.h
$(OBJDIR)\json_diff$O : $(SRCDIR)\json_detail.h
$(OBJDIR)\json_dir$O : $(SRCDIR)\json_detail.h

      /*
      **     P <uuid> ...
      **
      ** Specify one or more other artifacts which are the parents of
      ** this artifact.  The first parent is the primary parent.  All
      ** others are parents by merge. Note that the initial empty
      ** checkin historically has an empty P-card, so empty P-cards
      ** must be accepted.
      */
      case 'P': {
        while( (zUuid = next_token(&x, &sz))!=0 ){
          if( sz!=UUID_SIZE ) SYNTAX("wrong size UUID on P-card");
          if( !validate16(zUuid, UUID_SIZE) )SYNTAX("invalid UUID on P-card");
          if( p->nParent>=p->nParentAlloc ){
................................................................................
        }
        break;
      }

      /*
      **     Q (+|-)<uuid> ?<uuid>?
      **
      ** Specify one or a range of checkins that are cherrypicked into
      ** this checkin ("+") or backed out of this checkin ("-").
      */
      case 'Q': {
        if( (zUuid=next_token(&x, &sz))==0 ) SYNTAX("missing UUID on Q-card");
        if( sz!=UUID_SIZE+1 ) SYNTAX("wrong size UUID on Q-card");
        if( zUuid[0]!='+' && zUuid[0]!='-' ){
          SYNTAX("Q-card does not begin with '+' or '-'");
        }
................................................................................
    manifest_destroy(p);
    p = 0;
  }
  return p;
}

/*
** Given a checkin name, load and parse the manifest for that checkin.
** Throw a fatal error if anything goes wrong.
*/
Manifest *manifest_get_by_name(const char *zName, int *pRid){
  int rid;
  Manifest *p;

  rid = name_to_typed_rid(zName, "ci");
  if( !is_a_version(rid) ){
    fossil_fatal("no such checkin: %s", zName);
  }
  if( pRid ) *pRid = rid;
  p = manifest_get(rid, CFTYPE_MANIFEST, 0);
  if( p==0 ){
    fossil_fatal("cannot parse manifest for checkin: %s", zName);
  }
  return p;
}

/*
** COMMAND: test-parse-manifest
**
................................................................................
  db_bind_int(&eq, ":mid", mid);
  db_bind_int(&eq, ":pmid", pmid);
  rc = db_step(&eq);
  db_reset(&eq);
  if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ) return;

  /* Compute the value of the missing pParent or pChild parameter.
  ** Fetch the baseline checkins for both.
  */
  assert( pParent==0 || pChild==0 );
  if( pParent==0 ){
    ppOther = &pParent;
    otherRid = pmid;
  }else{
    ppOther = &pChild;
................................................................................
     "  cid INTEGER,"                /* A child or mid */
     "  m2 REAL"                     /* Timestamp on the child */
     ");"
  );
}

#if INTERFACE
/* Timestamps might be adjusted slightly to ensure that checkins appear
** on the timeline in chronological order.  This is the maximum amount
** of the adjustment window, in days.
*/
#define AGE_FUDGE_WINDOW      (2.0/86400.0)       /* 2 seconds */

/* This is increment (in days) by which timestamps are adjusted for
** use on the timeline.

      /*
      **     P <uuid> ...
      **
      ** Specify one or more other artifacts which are the parents of
      ** this artifact.  The first parent is the primary parent.  All
      ** others are parents by merge. Note that the initial empty
      ** check-in historically has an empty P-card, so empty P-cards
      ** must be accepted.
      */
      case 'P': {
        while( (zUuid = next_token(&x, &sz))!=0 ){
          if( sz!=UUID_SIZE ) SYNTAX("wrong size UUID on P-card");
          if( !validate16(zUuid, UUID_SIZE) )SYNTAX("invalid UUID on P-card");
          if( p->nParent>=p->nParentAlloc ){
................................................................................
        }
        break;
      }

      /*
      **     Q (+|-)<uuid> ?<uuid>?
      **
      ** Specify one or a range of check-ins that are cherrypicked into
      ** this check-in ("+") or backed out of this check-in ("-").
      */
      case 'Q': {
        if( (zUuid=next_token(&x, &sz))==0 ) SYNTAX("missing UUID on Q-card");
        if( sz!=UUID_SIZE+1 ) SYNTAX("wrong size UUID on Q-card");
        if( zUuid[0]!='+' && zUuid[0]!='-' ){
          SYNTAX("Q-card does not begin with '+' or '-'");
        }
................................................................................
    manifest_destroy(p);
    p = 0;
  }
  return p;
}

/*
** Given a check-in name, load and parse the manifest for that check-in.
** Throw a fatal error if anything goes wrong.
*/
Manifest *manifest_get_by_name(const char *zName, int *pRid){
  int rid;
  Manifest *p;

  rid = name_to_typed_rid(zName, "ci");
  if( !is_a_version(rid) ){
    fossil_fatal("no such check-in: %s", zName);
  }
  if( pRid ) *pRid = rid;
  p = manifest_get(rid, CFTYPE_MANIFEST, 0);
  if( p==0 ){
    fossil_fatal("cannot parse manifest for check-in: %s", zName);
  }
  return p;
}

/*
** COMMAND: test-parse-manifest
**
................................................................................
  db_bind_int(&eq, ":mid", mid);
  db_bind_int(&eq, ":pmid", pmid);
  rc = db_step(&eq);
  db_reset(&eq);
  if( rc==SQLITE_ROW ) return;

  /* Compute the value of the missing pParent or pChild parameter.
  ** Fetch the baseline check-ins for both.
  */
  assert( pParent==0 || pChild==0 );
  if( pParent==0 ){
    ppOther = &pParent;
    otherRid = pmid;
  }else{
    ppOther = &pChild;
................................................................................
     "  cid INTEGER,"                /* A child or mid */
     "  m2 REAL"                     /* Timestamp on the child */
     ");"
  );
}

#if INTERFACE
/* Timestamps might be adjusted slightly to ensure that check-ins appear
** on the timeline in chronological order.  This is the maximum amount
** of the adjustment window, in days.
*/
#define AGE_FUDGE_WINDOW      (2.0/86400.0)       /* 2 seconds */

/* This is increment (in days) by which timestamps are adjusted for
** use on the timeline.

@ CREATE TEMP TABLE IF NOT EXISTS description(
@   rid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY,       -- RID of the object
@   uuid TEXT,                     -- SHA1 hash of the object
@   ctime DATETIME,                -- Time of creation
@   isPrivate BOOLEAN DEFAULT 0,   -- True for unpublished artifacts
@   type TEXT,                     -- file, checkin, wiki, ticket, etc.
@   summary TEXT,                  -- Summary comment for the object
@   detail TEXT                    -- filename, checkin comment, etc
@ );
;

/*
** Create the description table if it does not already exists.
** Populate fields of this table with descriptions for all artifacts
** whose RID matches the SQL expression in zWhere.
*/
void describe_artifacts(const char *zWhere){
  db_multi_exec("%s", zDescTab/*safe-for-%s*/);

  /* Describe checkins */
  db_multi_exec(
    "INSERT OR IGNORE INTO description(rid,uuid,ctime,type,summary)\n"
    "SELECT blob.rid, blob.uuid, event.mtime, 'checkin',\n"
    "       'checkin on ' || strftime('%%Y-%%m-%%d %%H:%%M',event.mtime)\n"
    "  FROM event, blob\n"
    " WHERE (event.objid %s) AND event.type='ci'\n"
    "   AND event.objid=blob.rid;",
    zWhere /*safe-for-%s*/
  );

  /* Describe files */

@ CREATE TEMP TABLE IF NOT EXISTS description(
@   rid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY,       -- RID of the object
@   uuid TEXT,                     -- SHA1 hash of the object
@   ctime DATETIME,                -- Time of creation
@   isPrivate BOOLEAN DEFAULT 0,   -- True for unpublished artifacts
@   type TEXT,                     -- file, checkin, wiki, ticket, etc.
@   summary TEXT,                  -- Summary comment for the object
@   detail TEXT                    -- File name, check-in comment, etc
@ );
;

/*
** Create the description table if it does not already exists.
** Populate fields of this table with descriptions for all artifacts
** whose RID matches the SQL expression in zWhere.
*/
void describe_artifacts(const char *zWhere){
  db_multi_exec("%s", zDescTab/*safe-for-%s*/);

  /* Describe check-ins */
  db_multi_exec(
    "INSERT OR IGNORE INTO description(rid,uuid,ctime,type,summary)\n"
    "SELECT blob.rid, blob.uuid, event.mtime, 'checkin',\n"
    "       'check-in on ' || strftime('%%Y-%%m-%%d %%H:%%M',event.mtime)\n"
    "  FROM event, blob\n"
    " WHERE (event.objid %s) AND event.type='ci'\n"
    "   AND event.objid=blob.rid;",
    zWhere /*safe-for-%s*/
  );

  /* Describe files */

**
** Author contact information:
**   drh@sqlite.org
**
*******************************************************************************
**
** This file contains code used to trace paths of through the
** directed acyclic graph (DAG) of checkins.
*/
#include "config.h"
#include "path.h"
#include <assert.h>

#if INTERFACE
/* Nodes for the paths through the DAG.
................................................................................
}

/*
** COMMAND:  test-shortest-path
**
** Usage: %fossil test-shortest-path ?--no-merge? VERSION1 VERSION2
**
** Report the shortest path between two checkins.  If the --no-merge flag
** is used, follow only direct parent-child paths and omit merge links.
*/
void shortest_path_test_cmd(void){
  int iFrom;
  int iTo;
  PathNode *p;
  int n;
................................................................................
  int origName;        /* Original name of file */
  int curName;         /* Current name of the file */
  int newName;         /* Name of file in next version */
  NameChange *pNext;   /* List of all name changes */
};

/*
** Compute all file name changes that occur going from checkin iFrom
** to checkin iTo.
**
** The number of name changes is written into *pnChng.  For each name
** change, two integers are allocated for *piChng.  The first is the
** filename.fnid for the original name as seen in check-in iFrom and
** the second is for new name as it is used in check-in iTo.
**
** Space to hold *piChng is obtained from fossil_malloc() and should

**
** Author contact information:
**   drh@sqlite.org
**
*******************************************************************************
**
** This file contains code used to trace paths of through the
** directed acyclic graph (DAG) of check-ins.
*/
#include "config.h"
#include "path.h"
#include <assert.h>

#if INTERFACE
/* Nodes for the paths through the DAG.
................................................................................
}

/*
** COMMAND:  test-shortest-path
**
** Usage: %fossil test-shortest-path ?--no-merge? VERSION1 VERSION2
**
** Report the shortest path between two check-ins.  If the --no-merge flag
** is used, follow only direct parent-child paths and omit merge links.
*/
void shortest_path_test_cmd(void){
  int iFrom;
  int iTo;
  PathNode *p;
  int n;
................................................................................
  int origName;        /* Original name of file */
  int curName;         /* Current name of the file */
  int newName;         /* Name of file in next version */
  NameChange *pNext;   /* List of all name changes */
};

/*
** Compute all file name changes that occur going from check-in iFrom
** to check-in iTo.
**
** The number of name changes is written into *pnChng.  For each name
** change, two integers are allocated for *piChng.  The first is the
** filename.fnid for the original name as seen in check-in iFrom and
** the second is for new name as it is used in check-in iTo.
**
** Space to hold *piChng is obtained from fossil_malloc() and should

}

/*
** Return an appropriate set of flags for wiki_convert() for displaying
** comments on a timeline.  These flag settings are determined by
** configuration parameters.
**
** The altForm2 argument is true for "%!w" (with the "!" alternate-form-2
** flags) and is false for plain "%w".  The ! indicates that the text is
** to be rendered on a form rather than the timeline and that block markup
** is acceptable even if the "timeline-block-markup" setting is false.
*/
static int wiki_convert_flags(int altForm2){
  static int wikiFlags = 0;
  if( wikiFlags==0 ){
    if( altForm2 || db_get_boolean("timeline-block-markup", 0) ){

}

/*
** Return an appropriate set of flags for wiki_convert() for displaying
** comments on a timeline.  These flag settings are determined by
** configuration parameters.
**
** The altForm2 argument is true for "%!W" (with the "!" alternate-form-2
** flags) and is false for plain "%W".  The ! indicates that the text is
** to be rendered on a form rather than the timeline and that block markup
** is acceptable even if the "timeline-block-markup" setting is false.
*/
static int wiki_convert_flags(int altForm2){
  static int wikiFlags = 0;
  if( wikiFlags==0 ){
    if( altForm2 || db_get_boolean("timeline-block-markup", 0) ){

** COMMAND: unpublished
**
** Usage: %fossil unpublished ?OPTIONS?
**
** Show a list of unpublished or "private" artifacts.  Unpublished artifacts
** will never push and hence will not be shared with collaborators.
**
** By default, this command only shows unpublished checkins.  To show
** all unpublished artifacts, use the --all command-line option.
**
** OPTIONS:
**     --all                   Show all artifacts, not just checkins
*/
void unpublished_cmd(void){
  int bAll = find_option("all",0,0)!=0;

  db_find_and_open_repository(0,0);
  verify_all_options();
  if( bAll ){
................................................................................
**
** Usage: %fossil publish ?--only? TAGS...
**
** Cause artifacts identified by TAGS... to be published (made non-private).
** This can be used (for example) to convert a private branch into a public
** branch, or to publish a bundle that was imported privately.
**
** If any of TAGS names a branch, then all checkins on the most recent
** instance of that branch are included, not just the most recent checkin.
**
** If any of TAGS name checkins then all files and tags associated with
** those checkins are also published automatically.  Except if the --only
** option is used, then only the specific artifacts identified by TAGS
** are published.
**
** If a TAG is already public, this command is a harmless no-op.
*/
void publish_cmd(void){
  int bOnly = find_option("only",0,0)!=0;
................................................................................
    find_checkin_associates("ok", bExclusive);
  }
  if( bTest ){
    /* If the --test option is used, then do not actually publish any
    ** artifacts.  Instead, just list the artifact information on standard
    ** output.  The --test option is useful for verifying correct operation
    ** of the logic that figures out which artifacts to publish, such as
    ** the find_checkin_associates() routine 
    */
    describe_artifacts_to_stdout("IN ok", 0);
  }else{
    /* Standard behavior is simply to remove the published documents from
    ** the PRIVATE table */
    db_multi_exec(
      "DELETE FROM ok WHERE rid NOT IN private;"

** COMMAND: unpublished
**
** Usage: %fossil unpublished ?OPTIONS?
**
** Show a list of unpublished or "private" artifacts.  Unpublished artifacts
** will never push and hence will not be shared with collaborators.
**
** By default, this command only shows unpublished check-ins.  To show
** all unpublished artifacts, use the --all command-line option.
**
** OPTIONS:
**     --all                   Show all artifacts, not just check-ins
*/
void unpublished_cmd(void){
  int bAll = find_option("all",0,0)!=0;

  db_find_and_open_repository(0,0);
  verify_all_options();
  if( bAll ){
................................................................................
**
** Usage: %fossil publish ?--only? TAGS...
**
** Cause artifacts identified by TAGS... to be published (made non-private).
** This can be used (for example) to convert a private branch into a public
** branch, or to publish a bundle that was imported privately.
**
** If any of TAGS names a branch, then all check-ins on the most recent
** instance of that branch are included, not just the most recent check-in.
**
** If any of TAGS name check-ins then all files and tags associated with
** those check-ins are also published automatically.  Except if the --only
** option is used, then only the specific artifacts identified by TAGS
** are published.
**
** If a TAG is already public, this command is a harmless no-op.
*/
void publish_cmd(void){
  int bOnly = find_option("only",0,0)!=0;
................................................................................
    find_checkin_associates("ok", bExclusive);
  }
  if( bTest ){
    /* If the --test option is used, then do not actually publish any
    ** artifacts.  Instead, just list the artifact information on standard
    ** output.  The --test option is useful for verifying correct operation
    ** of the logic that figures out which artifacts to publish, such as
    ** the find_checkin_associates() routine
    */
    describe_artifacts_to_stdout("IN ok", 0);
  }else{
    /* Standard behavior is simply to remove the published documents from
    ** the PRIVATE table */
    db_multi_exec(
      "DELETE FROM ok WHERE rid NOT IN private;"

** Author contact information:
**   drh@hwaci.com
**   http://www.hwaci.com/drh/
**
*******************************************************************************
**
** This file contains code used to implement the "purge" command and
** related functionality for removing checkins from a repository.  It also
** manages the graveyard of purged content.
*/
#include "config.h"
#include "purge.h"
#include <assert.h>

/*
** SQL code used to initialize the schema of a bundle.
**
** The purgeevent table contains one entry for each purge event.  For each
** purge event, multiple artifacts might have been removed.  Each removed
** artifact is stored as an entry in the purgeitem table.
**
** The purgeevent and purgeitem tables are not synced, even by the 
** "fossil config" command.  They exist only as a backup in case of a 
** mistaken purge or for content recovery in case there is a bug in the
** purge command.
*/
static const char zPurgeInit[] = 
@ CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS "%w".purgeevent(
@   peid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY,  -- Unique ID for the purge event
@   ctime DATETIME,            -- When purge occurred.  Seconds since 1970.
@   pnotes TEXT                -- Human-readable notes about the purge event
@ );
@ CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS "%w".purgeitem(
@   piid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY,  -- ID for the purge item
@   peid INTEGER REFERENCES purgeevent ON DELETE CASCADE, -- Purge event
@   orid INTEGER,              -- Original RID before purged 
@   uuid TEXT NOT NULL,        -- SHA1 hash of the purged artifact
@   srcid INTEGER,             -- Basis purgeitem for delta compression
@   isPrivate BOOLEAN,         -- True if artifact was originally private
@   sz INT NOT NULL,           -- Uncompressed size of the purged artifact
@   desc TEXT,                 -- Brief description of this artifact
@   data BLOB                  -- Compressed artifact content
@ );
................................................................................
    verify_before_commit(rid);
  }
  db_finalize(&q);

  /* Construct the graveyard and copy the artifacts to be purged into the
  ** graveyard */
  if( moveToGraveyard ){
    db_multi_exec(zPurgeInit /*works-like:"%w%w"*/, 
                  db_name("repository"), db_name("repository"));
    db_multi_exec(
      "INSERT INTO purgeevent(ctime,pnotes) VALUES(now(),%Q)", zNote
    );
    peid = db_last_insert_rowid();
    db_prepare(&q, "SELECT rid FROM delta WHERE rid IN \"%w\""
                   " AND srcid NOT IN \"%w\"", zTab, zTab);
................................................................................

  /* Mission accomplished */
  db_end_transaction(0);
  return peid;
}

/*
** The TEMP table named zTab contains RIDs for a set of checkins.  
**
** Check to see if any checkin in zTab is a baseline manifest for some
** delta manifest that is not in zTab.  Return true if zTab contains a
** baseline for a delta that is not in zTab.
**
** This is a database integrity preservation check.  The checkins in zTab
** are about to be deleted or otherwise made inaccessible.  This routine
** is checking to ensure that purging the checkins in zTab will not delete
** a baseline manifest out from under a delta.
*/
int purge_baseline_out_from_under_delta(const char *zTab){
  if( !db_table_has_column("repository","plink","baseid") ){
    /* Skip this check if the current database is an older schema that
    ** does not contain the PLINK.BASEID field. */
    return 0;
................................................................................
      "SELECT 1 FROM plink WHERE baseid IN \"%w\" AND cid NOT IN \"%w\"",
      zTab, zTab);
  }
}


/*
** The TEMP table named zTab contains the RIDs for a set of checkin
** artifacts.  Expand this set (by adding new entries to zTab) to include
** all other artifacts that are used the set of checkins in
** the original list.
**
** If the bExclusive flag is true, then the set is only expanded by
** artifacts that are used exclusively by the checkins in the set.
** When bExclusive is false, then all artifacts used by the checkins
** are added even if those artifacts are also used by other checkins
** not in the set.
**
** The "fossil publish" command with the (undocumented) --test and
** --exclusive options can be used for interactiving testing of this
** function.
*/
void find_checkin_associates(const char *zTab, int bExclusive){
................................................................................
      "DELETE FROM \"%w_tags\""
      " WHERE tid IN (SELECT srcid FROM tagxref"
                     " WHERE srcid IN \"%w_tags\""
                     "   AND rid NOT IN \"%w\")",
      zTab, zTab, zTab
    );
  }
  
  /* Transfer the extra artifacts into zTab */
  db_multi_exec(
    "INSERT OR IGNORE INTO \"%w\" SELECT fid FROM \"%w_files\";"
    "INSERT OR IGNORE INTO \"%w\" SELECT tid FROM \"%w_tags\";"
    "DROP TABLE \"%w_files\";"
    "DROP TABLE \"%w_tags\";",
    zTab, zTab, zTab, zTab, zTab, zTab
................................................................................
  assert( pBasis!=0 || iSrc==0 );
  if( iSrc>0 ){
    if( bag_find(&busy, iSrc) ){
      fossil_fatal("delta loop while uncompressing purged artifacts");
    }
    bag_insert(&busy, iSrc);
  }
  db_prepare(&q, 
     "SELECT uuid, data, isPrivate, ix.piid"
     "  FROM ix, purgeitem"
     " WHERE ix.srcid=%d"
     "   AND ix.piid=purgeitem.piid;",
     iSrc
  );
  while( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
................................................................................
**   fossil purge cat UUID...
**
**      Write the content of one or more artifacts in the graveyard onto
**      standard output.
**
**   fossil purge ?checkins? TAGS... ?OPTIONS?
**
**      Move the checkins identified by TAGS and all of their descendants
**      out of the repository and into the graveyard.  The "checkins" 
**      subcommand keyword is option and can be omitted as long as TAGS
**      does not conflict with any other subcommand.
**
**      If a TAGS includes a branch name then it means all the checkins
**      on the most recent occurrance of that branch.
**
**           --explain         Make no changes, but show what would happen.
**           --dry-run         Make no chances.
**
**   fossil purge list|ls ?-l?
**
................................................................................
    nCkin = db_int(0, "SELECT count(*) FROM ok");
    find_checkin_associates("ok", 1);
    nArtifact = db_int(0, "SELECT count(*) FROM ok");
    if( explainOnly ){
      describe_artifacts_to_stdout("IN ok", 0);
    }else{
      int peid = purge_artifact_list("ok","",1);
      fossil_print("%d checkins and %d artifacts purged.\n", nCkin, nArtifact);
      fossil_print("undoable using \"%s purge undo %d\".\n",
                    g.nameOfExe, peid);
    }
    db_end_transaction(explainOnly||dryRun);
  }
}

** Author contact information:
**   drh@hwaci.com
**   http://www.hwaci.com/drh/
**
*******************************************************************************
**
** This file contains code used to implement the "purge" command and
** related functionality for removing check-ins from a repository.  It also
** manages the graveyard of purged content.
*/
#include "config.h"
#include "purge.h"
#include <assert.h>

/*
** SQL code used to initialize the schema of a bundle.
**
** The purgeevent table contains one entry for each purge event.  For each
** purge event, multiple artifacts might have been removed.  Each removed
** artifact is stored as an entry in the purgeitem table.
**
** The purgeevent and purgeitem tables are not synced, even by the
** "fossil config" command.  They exist only as a backup in case of a
** mistaken purge or for content recovery in case there is a bug in the
** purge command.
*/
static const char zPurgeInit[] =
@ CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS "%w".purgeevent(
@   peid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY,  -- Unique ID for the purge event
@   ctime DATETIME,            -- When purge occurred.  Seconds since 1970.
@   pnotes TEXT                -- Human-readable notes about the purge event
@ );
@ CREATE TABLE IF NOT EXISTS "%w".purgeitem(
@   piid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY,  -- ID for the purge item
@   peid INTEGER REFERENCES purgeevent ON DELETE CASCADE, -- Purge event
@   orid INTEGER,              -- Original RID before purged
@   uuid TEXT NOT NULL,        -- SHA1 hash of the purged artifact
@   srcid INTEGER,             -- Basis purgeitem for delta compression
@   isPrivate BOOLEAN,         -- True if artifact was originally private
@   sz INT NOT NULL,           -- Uncompressed size of the purged artifact
@   desc TEXT,                 -- Brief description of this artifact
@   data BLOB                  -- Compressed artifact content
@ );
................................................................................
    verify_before_commit(rid);
  }
  db_finalize(&q);

  /* Construct the graveyard and copy the artifacts to be purged into the
  ** graveyard */
  if( moveToGraveyard ){
    db_multi_exec(zPurgeInit /*works-like:"%w%w"*/,
                  db_name("repository"), db_name("repository"));
    db_multi_exec(
      "INSERT INTO purgeevent(ctime,pnotes) VALUES(now(),%Q)", zNote
    );
    peid = db_last_insert_rowid();
    db_prepare(&q, "SELECT rid FROM delta WHERE rid IN \"%w\""
                   " AND srcid NOT IN \"%w\"", zTab, zTab);
................................................................................

  /* Mission accomplished */
  db_end_transaction(0);
  return peid;
}

/*
** The TEMP table named zTab contains RIDs for a set of check-ins.
**
** Check to see if any check-in in zTab is a baseline manifest for some
** delta manifest that is not in zTab.  Return true if zTab contains a
** baseline for a delta that is not in zTab.
**
** This is a database integrity preservation check.  The check-ins in zTab
** are about to be deleted or otherwise made inaccessible.  This routine
** is checking to ensure that purging the check-ins in zTab will not delete
** a baseline manifest out from under a delta.
*/
int purge_baseline_out_from_under_delta(const char *zTab){
  if( !db_table_has_column("repository","plink","baseid") ){
    /* Skip this check if the current database is an older schema that
    ** does not contain the PLINK.BASEID field. */
    return 0;
................................................................................
      "SELECT 1 FROM plink WHERE baseid IN \"%w\" AND cid NOT IN \"%w\"",
      zTab, zTab);
  }
}


/*
** The TEMP table named zTab contains the RIDs for a set of check-in
** artifacts.  Expand this set (by adding new entries to zTab) to include
** all other artifacts that are used the set of check-ins in
** the original list.
**
** If the bExclusive flag is true, then the set is only expanded by
** artifacts that are used exclusively by the check-ins in the set.
** When bExclusive is false, then all artifacts used by the check-ins
** are added even if those artifacts are also used by other check-ins
** not in the set.
**
** The "fossil publish" command with the (undocumented) --test and
** --exclusive options can be used for interactiving testing of this
** function.
*/
void find_checkin_associates(const char *zTab, int bExclusive){
................................................................................
      "DELETE FROM \"%w_tags\""
      " WHERE tid IN (SELECT srcid FROM tagxref"
                     " WHERE srcid IN \"%w_tags\""
                     "   AND rid NOT IN \"%w\")",
      zTab, zTab, zTab
    );
  }

  /* Transfer the extra artifacts into zTab */
  db_multi_exec(
    "INSERT OR IGNORE INTO \"%w\" SELECT fid FROM \"%w_files\";"
    "INSERT OR IGNORE INTO \"%w\" SELECT tid FROM \"%w_tags\";"
    "DROP TABLE \"%w_files\";"
    "DROP TABLE \"%w_tags\";",
    zTab, zTab, zTab, zTab, zTab, zTab
................................................................................
  assert( pBasis!=0 || iSrc==0 );
  if( iSrc>0 ){
    if( bag_find(&busy, iSrc) ){
      fossil_fatal("delta loop while uncompressing purged artifacts");
    }
    bag_insert(&busy, iSrc);
  }
  db_prepare(&q,
     "SELECT uuid, data, isPrivate, ix.piid"
     "  FROM ix, purgeitem"
     " WHERE ix.srcid=%d"
     "   AND ix.piid=purgeitem.piid;",
     iSrc
  );
  while( db_step(&q)==SQLITE_ROW ){
................................................................................
**   fossil purge cat UUID...
**
**      Write the content of one or more artifacts in the graveyard onto
**      standard output.
**
**   fossil purge ?checkins? TAGS... ?OPTIONS?
**
**      Move the check-ins identified by TAGS and all of their descendants
**      out of the repository and into the graveyard.  The "checkins"
**      subcommand keyword is option and can be omitted as long as TAGS
**      does not conflict with any other subcommand.
**
**      If a TAGS includes a branch name then it means all the check-ins
**      on the most recent occurrance of that branch.
**
**           --explain         Make no changes, but show what would happen.
**           --dry-run         Make no chances.
**
**   fossil purge list|ls ?-l?
**
................................................................................
    nCkin = db_int(0, "SELECT count(*) FROM ok");
    find_checkin_associates("ok", 1);
    nArtifact = db_int(0, "SELECT count(*) FROM ok");
    if( explainOnly ){
      describe_artifacts_to_stdout("IN ok", 0);
    }else{
      int peid = purge_artifact_list("ok","",1);
      fossil_print("%d check-ins and %d artifacts purged.\n", nCkin, nArtifact);
      fossil_print("undoable using \"%s purge undo %d\".\n",
                    g.nameOfExe, peid);
    }
    db_end_transaction(explainOnly||dryRun);
  }
}

  return errCnt;
}

/*
** Attempt to convert more full-text blobs into delta-blobs for
** storage efficiency.
*/
static void extra_deltification(void){
  Stmt q;
  int topid, previd, rid;
  int prevfnid, fnid;
  db_begin_transaction();
  db_prepare(&q,
     "SELECT rid FROM event, blob"
     " WHERE blob.rid=event.objid"

  return errCnt;
}

/*
** Attempt to convert more full-text blobs into delta-blobs for
** storage efficiency.
*/
void extra_deltification(void){
  Stmt q;
  int topid, previd, rid;
  int prevfnid, fnid;
  db_begin_transaction();
  db_prepare(&q,
     "SELECT rid FROM event, blob"
     " WHERE blob.rid=event.objid"

/*
** WEBPAGE: timeline.rss
** URL:  /timeline.rss?y=TYPE&n=LIMIT&tkt=UUID&tag=TAG&wiki=NAME&name=FILENAME
**
** Produce an RSS feed of the timeline.
**
** TYPE may be: all, ci (show checkins only), t (show tickets only),
** w (show wiki only).
**
** LIMIT is the number of items to show.
**
** tkt=UUID filters for only those events for the specified ticket. tag=TAG
** filters for a tag, and wiki=NAME for a wiki page. Only one may be used.
**
................................................................................
**
** Usage: %fossil rss ?OPTIONS?
**
** The CLI variant of the /timeline.rss page, this produces an RSS
** feed of the timeline to stdout. Options:
**
** -type|y FLAG
**    may be: all (default), ci (show checkins only), t (show tickets only),
**    w (show wiki only).
**
** -limit|n LIMIT
**   The maximum number of items to show.
**
** -tkt UUID
**    Filters for only those events for the specified ticket.

/*
** WEBPAGE: timeline.rss
** URL:  /timeline.rss?y=TYPE&n=LIMIT&tkt=UUID&tag=TAG&wiki=NAME&name=FILENAME
**
** Produce an RSS feed of the timeline.
**
** TYPE may be: all, ci (show check-ins only), t (show tickets only),
** w (show wiki only).
**
** LIMIT is the number of items to show.
**
** tkt=UUID filters for only those events for the specified ticket. tag=TAG
** filters for a tag, and wiki=NAME for a wiki page. Only one may be used.
**
................................................................................
**
** Usage: %fossil rss ?OPTIONS?
**
** The CLI variant of the /timeline.rss page, this produces an RSS
** feed of the timeline to stdout. Options:
**
** -type|y FLAG
**    may be: all (default), ci (show check-ins only), t (show tickets only),
**    w (show wiki only).
**
** -limit|n LIMIT
**   The maximum number of items to show.
**
** -tkt UUID
**    Filters for only those events for the specified ticket.

@ -- Filenames
@ --
@ CREATE TABLE filename(
@   fnid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY,    -- Filename ID
@   name TEXT UNIQUE             -- Name of file page
@ );
@
@ -- Linkages between checkins, files created by each checkin, and
@ -- the names of those files.
@ --
@ -- Each entry represents a file that changed content from pid to fid
@ -- due to the check-in that goes from pmid to mid.  fnid is the name
@ -- of the file in the mid check-in.  If the file was renamed as part
@ -- of the mid check-in, then pfnid is the previous filename.
@
@ -- There can be multiple entries for (mid,fid) if the mid checkin was
@ -- a merge.  Entries with isaux==0 are from the primary parent.  Merge
@ -- parents have isaux set to true.
@ --
@ -- Field name mnemonics:
@ --    mid = Manifest ID.  (Each check-in is stored as a "Manifest")
@ --    fid = File ID.
@ --    pmid = Parent Manifest ID.
@ --    pid = Parent file ID.
@ --    fnid = File Name ID.
@ --    pfnid = Parent File Name ID.
@ --    isaux = pmid IS AUXiliary parent, not primary parent
@ --
@ -- pid==0 if the file is added by checkin mid.
@ -- fid==0 if the file is removed by checkin mid.
@ --
@ CREATE TABLE mlink(
@   mid INTEGER REFERENCES plink(cid),  -- Checkin that contains fid
@   fid INTEGER REFERENCES blob,        -- New file content. 0 if deleted
@   pmid INTEGER REFERENCES plink(cid), -- Checkin that contains pid
@   pid INTEGER REFERENCES blob,        -- Prev file content. 0 if new
@   fnid INTEGER REFERENCES filename,   -- Name of the file
@   pfnid INTEGER REFERENCES filename,  -- Previous name. 0 if unchanged
@   mperm INTEGER,                      -- File permissions.  1==exec
@   isaux BOOLEAN DEFAULT 0             -- TRUE if pmid is the primary
@ );
@ CREATE INDEX mlink_i1 ON mlink(mid);
@ CREATE INDEX mlink_i2 ON mlink(fnid);
@ CREATE INDEX mlink_i3 ON mlink(fid);
@ CREATE INDEX mlink_i4 ON mlink(pid);
@
@ -- Parent/child linkages between checkins
@ --
@ CREATE TABLE plink(
@   pid INTEGER REFERENCES blob,    -- Parent manifest
@   cid INTEGER REFERENCES blob,    -- Child manifest
@   isprim BOOLEAN,                 -- pid is the primary parent of cid
@   mtime DATETIME,                 -- the date/time stamp on cid.  Julian day.
@   baseid INTEGER REFERENCES blob, -- Baseline if cid is a delta manifest.
@   UNIQUE(pid, cid)
@ );
@ CREATE INDEX plink_i2 ON plink(cid,pid);
@
@ -- A "leaf" checkin is a checkin that has no children in the same
@ -- branch.  The set of all leaves is easily computed with a join,
@ -- between the plink and tagxref tables, but it is a slower join for
@ -- very large repositories (repositories with 100,000 or more checkins)
@ -- and so it makes sense to precompute the set of leaves.  There is
@ -- one entry in the following table for each leaf.
@ --
@ CREATE TABLE leaf(rid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY);
@
@ -- Events used to generate a timeline
@ --
................................................................................
@ -- when a check-in comment refers to a ticket) an entry is made in
@ -- the following table for that hyperlink.  This table is used to
@ -- facilitate the display of "back links".
@ --
@ CREATE TABLE backlink(
@   target TEXT,           -- Where the hyperlink points to
@   srctype INT,           -- 0: check-in  1: ticket  2: wiki
@   srcid INT,             -- rid for checkin or wiki.  tkt_id for ticket.
@   mtime TIMESTAMP,       -- time that the hyperlink was added. Julian day.
@   UNIQUE(target, srctype, srcid)
@ );
@ CREATE INDEX backlink_src ON backlink(srcid, srctype);
@
@ -- Each attachment is an entry in the following table.  Only
@ -- the most recent attachment (identified by the D card) is saved.
................................................................................
# define TAG_USER       3     /* User who made a checking */
# define TAG_DATE       4     /* The date of a check-in */
# define TAG_HIDDEN     5     /* Do not display in timeline */
# define TAG_PRIVATE    6     /* Do not sync */
# define TAG_CLUSTER    7     /* A cluster */
# define TAG_BRANCH     8     /* Value is name of the current branch */
# define TAG_CLOSED     9     /* Do not display this check-in as a leaf */
# define TAG_PARENT     10    /* Change to parentage on a checkin */
#endif
#if EXPORT_INTERFACE
# define MAX_INT_TAG    16    /* The largest pre-assigned tag id */
#endif

/*
** The schema for the local FOSSIL database file found at the root

@ -- Filenames
@ --
@ CREATE TABLE filename(
@   fnid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY,    -- Filename ID
@   name TEXT UNIQUE             -- Name of file page
@ );
@
@ -- Linkages between check-ins, files created by each check-in, and
@ -- the names of those files.
@ --
@ -- Each entry represents a file that changed content from pid to fid
@ -- due to the check-in that goes from pmid to mid.  fnid is the name
@ -- of the file in the mid check-in.  If the file was renamed as part
@ -- of the mid check-in, then pfnid is the previous filename.
@
@ -- There can be multiple entries for (mid,fid) if the mid check-in was
@ -- a merge.  Entries with isaux==0 are from the primary parent.  Merge
@ -- parents have isaux set to true.
@ --
@ -- Field name mnemonics:
@ --    mid = Manifest ID.  (Each check-in is stored as a "Manifest")
@ --    fid = File ID.
@ --    pmid = Parent Manifest ID.
@ --    pid = Parent file ID.
@ --    fnid = File Name ID.
@ --    pfnid = Parent File Name ID.
@ --    isaux = pmid IS AUXiliary parent, not primary parent
@ --
@ -- pid==0 if the file is added by check-in mid.
@ -- fid==0 if the file is removed by check-in mid.
@ --
@ CREATE TABLE mlink(
@   mid INTEGER REFERENCES plink(cid),  -- Check-in that contains fid
@   fid INTEGER REFERENCES blob,        -- New file content. 0 if deleted
@   pmid INTEGER REFERENCES plink(cid), -- Check-in that contains pid
@   pid INTEGER REFERENCES blob,        -- Prev file content. 0 if new
@   fnid INTEGER REFERENCES filename,   -- Name of the file
@   pfnid INTEGER REFERENCES filename,  -- Previous name. 0 if unchanged
@   mperm INTEGER,                      -- File permissions.  1==exec
@   isaux BOOLEAN DEFAULT 0             -- TRUE if pmid is the primary
@ );
@ CREATE INDEX mlink_i1 ON mlink(mid);
@ CREATE INDEX mlink_i2 ON mlink(fnid);
@ CREATE INDEX mlink_i3 ON mlink(fid);
@ CREATE INDEX mlink_i4 ON mlink(pid);
@
@ -- Parent/child linkages between check-ins
@ --
@ CREATE TABLE plink(
@   pid INTEGER REFERENCES blob,    -- Parent manifest
@   cid INTEGER REFERENCES blob,    -- Child manifest
@   isprim BOOLEAN,                 -- pid is the primary parent of cid
@   mtime DATETIME,                 -- the date/time stamp on cid.  Julian day.
@   baseid INTEGER REFERENCES blob, -- Baseline if cid is a delta manifest.
@   UNIQUE(pid, cid)
@ );
@ CREATE INDEX plink_i2 ON plink(cid,pid);
@
@ -- A "leaf" check-in is a check-in that has no children in the same
@ -- branch.  The set of all leaves is easily computed with a join,
@ -- between the plink and tagxref tables, but it is a slower join for
@ -- very large repositories (repositories with 100,000 or more check-ins)
@ -- and so it makes sense to precompute the set of leaves.  There is
@ -- one entry in the following table for each leaf.
@ --
@ CREATE TABLE leaf(rid INTEGER PRIMARY KEY);
@
@ -- Events used to generate a timeline
@ --
................................................................................
@ -- when a check-in comment refers to a ticket) an entry is made in
@ -- the following table for that hyperlink.  This table is used to
@ -- facilitate the display of "back links".
@ --
@ CREATE TABLE backlink(
@   target TEXT,           -- Where the hyperlink points to
@   srctype INT,           -- 0: check-in  1: ticket  2: wiki
@   srcid INT,             -- rid for check-in or wiki.  tkt_id for ticket.
@   mtime TIMESTAMP,       -- time that the hyperlink was added. Julian day.
@   UNIQUE(target, srctype, srcid)
@ );
@ CREATE INDEX backlink_src ON backlink(srcid, srctype);
@
@ -- Each attachment is an entry in the following table.  Only
@ -- the most recent attachment (identified by the D card) is saved.
................................................................................
# define TAG_USER       3     /* User who made a checking */
# define TAG_DATE       4     /* The date of a check-in */
# define TAG_HIDDEN     5     /* Do not display in timeline */
# define TAG_PRIVATE    6     /* Do not sync */
# define TAG_CLUSTER    7     /* A cluster */
# define TAG_BRANCH     8     /* Value is name of the current branch */
# define TAG_CLOSED     9     /* Do not display this check-in as a leaf */
# define TAG_PARENT     10    /* Change to parentage on a check-in */
#endif
#if EXPORT_INTERFACE
# define MAX_INT_TAG    16    /* The largest pre-assigned tag id */
#endif

/*
** The schema for the local FOSSIL database file found at the root

** Author contact information:
**   drh@hwaci.com
**   http://www.hwaci.com/drh/
**
*******************************************************************************
**
** This file contains code to implement a very simple search function
** against timeline comments, checkin content, wiki pages, and/or tickets.
**
** The search is full-text like in that it is looking for words and ignores
** punctuation and capitalization.  But it is more akin to "grep" in that
** it scans the entire corpus for the search, and it does not support the
** full functionality of FTS4.
*/
#include "config.h"
................................................................................

  db_multi_exec(
     "CREATE TEMP TABLE srch(rid,uuid,date,comment,x);"
     "CREATE INDEX srch_idx1 ON srch(x);"
     "INSERT INTO srch(rid,uuid,date,comment,x)"
     "   SELECT blob.rid, uuid, datetime(event.mtime%s),"
     "          coalesce(ecomment,comment),"
     "          score(coalesce(ecomment,comment)) AS y"
     "     FROM event, blob"
     "    WHERE blob.rid=event.objid AND y>0;",

     timeline_utc()
  );
  iBest = db_int(0, "SELECT max(x) FROM srch");
  blob_append(&sql,
              "SELECT rid, uuid, date, comment, 0, 0 FROM srch "
              "WHERE 1 ", -1);
  if(!fAll){
................................................................................
  }
}

/*
** Number of significant bits in a u32
*/
static int nbits(u32 x){
  int n = 0; 
  while( x ){ n++; x >>= 1; }
  return n;
}

/*
** Implemenation of the rank() function used with rank(matchinfo(*,'pcsx')).
*/
................................................................................
      }
      break;
    }
  }
}

/*
** This routine is a wrapper around search_stext().  
**
** This routine looks up the search text, stores it in an internal
** buffer, and returns a pointer to the text.  Subsequent requests
** for the same document return the same pointer.  The returned pointer
** is valid until the next invocation of this routine.  Call this routine
** with an eType of 0 to clear the cache.
*/
................................................................................
      }
    }
  }
  if( iCmd==5 ){
    if( g.argc<4 ) usage("porter ON/OFF");
    db_set_int("search-stemmer", is_truth(g.argv[3]), 0);
  }
     

  /* destroy or rebuild the index, if requested */
  if( iAction>=1 ){
    search_drop_index();
  }
  if( iAction>=2 ){
    search_rebuild_index();

** Author contact information:
**   drh@hwaci.com
**   http://www.hwaci.com/drh/
**
*******************************************************************************
**
** This file contains code to implement a very simple search function
** against timeline comments, check-in content, wiki pages, and/or tickets.
**
** The search is full-text like in that it is looking for words and ignores
** punctuation and capitalization.  But it is more akin to "grep" in that
** it scans the entire corpus for the search, and it does not support the
** full functionality of FTS4.
*/
#include "config.h"
................................................................................

  db_multi_exec(
     "CREATE TEMP TABLE srch(rid,uuid,date,comment,x);"
     "CREATE INDEX srch_idx1 ON srch(x);"
     "INSERT INTO srch(rid,uuid,date,comment,x)"
     "   SELECT blob.rid, uuid, datetime(event.mtime%s),"
     "          coalesce(ecomment,comment),"
     "          search_score()"
     "     FROM event, blob"
     "    WHERE blob.rid=event.objid"
     "      AND search_match(coalesce(ecomment,comment));",
     timeline_utc()
  );
  iBest = db_int(0, "SELECT max(x) FROM srch");
  blob_append(&sql,
              "SELECT rid, uuid, date, comment, 0, 0 FROM srch "
              "WHERE 1 ", -1);
  if(!fAll){
................................................................................
  }
}

/*
** Number of significant bits in a u32
*/
static int nbits(u32 x){
  int n = 0;
  while( x ){ n++; x >>= 1; }
  return n;
}

/*
** Implemenation of the rank() function used with rank(matchinfo(*,'pcsx')).
*/
................................................................................
      }
      break;
    }
  }
}

/*
** This routine is a wrapper around search_stext().
**
** This routine looks up the search text, stores it in an internal
** buffer, and returns a pointer to the text.  Subsequent requests
** for the same document return the same pointer.  The returned pointer
** is valid until the next invocation of this routine.  Call this routine
** with an eType of 0 to clear the cache.
*/
................................................................................
      }
    }
  }
  if( iCmd==5 ){
    if( g.argc<4 ) usage("porter ON/OFF");
    db_set_int("search-stemmer", is_truth(g.argv[3]), 0);
  }


  /* destroy or rebuild the index, if requested */
  if( iAction>=1 ){
    search_drop_index();
  }
  if( iAction>=2 ){
    search_rebuild_index();

            fprintf(pArg->out,"%s\n", sqlite3_column_text(pExplain, 3));
          }
        }
        sqlite3_finalize(pExplain);
        sqlite3_free(zEQP);
      }

#if USE_SYSTEM_SQLITE+0==1
      /* Output TESTCTRL_EXPLAIN text of requested */
      if( pArg && pArg->mode==MODE_Explain && sqlite3_libversion_number()<3008007 ){
        const char *zExplain = 0;
        sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_EXPLAIN_STMT, pStmt, &zExplain);
        if( zExplain && zExplain[0] ){
          fprintf(pArg->out, "%s", zExplain);
        }
      }
#endif

      /* If the shell is currently in ".explain" mode, gather the extra
      ** data required to add indents to the output.*/
      if( pArg && pArg->mode==MODE_Explain ){
        explain_data_prepare(pArg, pStmt);
      }

      /* perform the first step.  this will tell us if we
................................................................................
      { "always",                SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS                 },
      { "reserve",               SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE                },
      { "optimizations",         SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS          },
      { "iskeyword",             SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD              },
      { "scratchmalloc",         SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC          },
      { "byteorder",             SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BYTEORDER              },
      { "never_corrupt",         SQLITE_TESTCTRL_NEVER_CORRUPT          },

    };
    int testctrl = -1;
    int rc = 0;
    int i, n;
    open_db(p, 0);

    /* convert testctrl text option to value. allow any unique prefix
................................................................................
            fprintf(p->out, "%d (0x%08x)\n", rc, rc);
          } else {
            fprintf(stderr,"Error: testctrl %s takes a single char * option\n",
                            azArg[1]);
          }
          break;
#endif













        case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BITVEC_TEST:         
        case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_INSTALL:       
        case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS: 
        case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC:       
        default:
          fprintf(stderr,"Error: CLI support for testctrl %s not implemented\n",

            fprintf(pArg->out,"%s\n", sqlite3_column_text(pExplain, 3));
          }
        }
        sqlite3_finalize(pExplain);
        sqlite3_free(zEQP);
      }












      /* If the shell is currently in ".explain" mode, gather the extra
      ** data required to add indents to the output.*/
      if( pArg && pArg->mode==MODE_Explain ){
        explain_data_prepare(pArg, pStmt);
      }

      /* perform the first step.  this will tell us if we
................................................................................
      { "always",                SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ALWAYS                 },
      { "reserve",               SQLITE_TESTCTRL_RESERVE                },
      { "optimizations",         SQLITE_TESTCTRL_OPTIMIZATIONS          },
      { "iskeyword",             SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISKEYWORD              },
      { "scratchmalloc",         SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC          },
      { "byteorder",             SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BYTEORDER              },
      { "never_corrupt",         SQLITE_TESTCTRL_NEVER_CORRUPT          },
      { "imposter",              SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER               },
    };
    int testctrl = -1;
    int rc = 0;
    int i, n;
    open_db(p, 0);

    /* convert testctrl text option to value. allow any unique prefix
................................................................................
            fprintf(p->out, "%d (0x%08x)\n", rc, rc);
          } else {
            fprintf(stderr,"Error: testctrl %s takes a single char * option\n",
                            azArg[1]);
          }
          break;
#endif

        case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER:
          if( nArg==5 ){
            rc = sqlite3_test_control(testctrl, p->db, 
                          azArg[2],
                          integerValue(azArg[3]),
                          integerValue(azArg[4]));
          }else{
            fprintf(stderr,"Usage: .testctrl initmode dbName onoff tnum\n");
            rc = 1;
          }
          break;

        case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BITVEC_TEST:         
        case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_FAULT_INSTALL:       
        case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BENIGN_MALLOC_HOOKS: 
        case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SCRATCHMALLOC:       
        default:
          fprintf(stderr,"Error: CLI support for testctrl %s not implemented\n",

  @ <li>%z(href("%R/home"))Home Page</a>
  @   <ul>
  @   <li>%z(href("%R/docsrc"))Search Project Documentation</a></li>
  @   </ul></li>
  @ <li>%z(href("%R/tree"))File Browser</a></li>
  @   <ul>
  @   <li>%z(href("%R/tree?type=tree&ci=trunk"))Tree-view,
  @        Trunk Checkin</a></li>
  @   <li>%z(href("%R/tree?type=flat"))Flat-view</a></li>
  @   <li>%z(href("%R/fileage?name=trunk"))File ages for Trunk</a></li>
  @ </ul>
  @ <li>%z(href("%R/timeline?n=200"))Project Timeline</a></li>
  @ <ul>
  @   <li>%z(href("%R/timeline?a=1970-01-01&y=ci&n=10"))First 10 
  @        checkins</a></li>
  @   <li>%z(href("%R/timeline?n=all&namechng"))All checkins with file name
  @        changes</a></li>
  @   <li>%z(href("%R/reports"))Activity Reports</a></li>
  @ </ul>
  @ <li>%z(href("%R/brlist"))Branches</a></li>
  @ <ul>
  @   <li>%z(href("%R/leaves"))Leaf Checkins</a></li>
  @   <li>%z(href("%R/taglist"))List of Tags</a></li>
  @ </ul>
  @ </li>
  @ <li>%z(href("%R/wikihelp"))Wiki</a>
  @   <ul>
  @     <li>%z(href("%R/wikisrch"))Wiki Search</a></li>
  @     <li>%z(href("%R/wcontent"))List of Wiki Pages</a></li>
................................................................................
  @   <li>%z(href("%R/modreq"))Pending Moderation Requests</a></li>
  @   <li>%z(href("%R/admin_log"))Admin log</a></li>
  @   <li>%z(href("%R/cachestat"))Status of the web-page cache</a></li>
  @   </ul></li>
  @ <li>Test Pages
  @   <ul>
  @   <li>%z(href("%R/test_env"))CGI Environment Test</a></li>
  @   <li>%z(href("%R/test_timewarps"))List of "Timewarp" Checkins</a></li>
  @   <li>%z(href("%R/test-rename-list"))List of file renames</a></li>
  @   <li>%z(href("%R/hash-color-test"))Page to experiment with the automatic
  @       colors assigned to branch names</a>
  @   </ul></li>
  @ </ul></li>
  style_footer();
}

  @ <li>%z(href("%R/home"))Home Page</a>
  @   <ul>
  @   <li>%z(href("%R/docsrc"))Search Project Documentation</a></li>
  @   </ul></li>
  @ <li>%z(href("%R/tree"))File Browser</a></li>
  @   <ul>
  @   <li>%z(href("%R/tree?type=tree&ci=trunk"))Tree-view,
  @        Trunk Check-in</a></li>
  @   <li>%z(href("%R/tree?type=flat"))Flat-view</a></li>
  @   <li>%z(href("%R/fileage?name=trunk"))File ages for Trunk</a></li>
  @ </ul>
  @ <li>%z(href("%R/timeline?n=200"))Project Timeline</a></li>
  @ <ul>
  @   <li>%z(href("%R/timeline?a=1970-01-01&y=ci&n=10"))First 10 
  @        check-ins</a></li>
  @   <li>%z(href("%R/timeline?n=all&namechng"))All check-ins with file name
  @        changes</a></li>
  @   <li>%z(href("%R/reports"))Activity Reports</a></li>
  @ </ul>
  @ <li>%z(href("%R/brlist"))Branches</a></li>
  @ <ul>
  @   <li>%z(href("%R/leaves"))Leaf Check-ins</a></li>
  @   <li>%z(href("%R/taglist"))List of Tags</a></li>
  @ </ul>
  @ </li>
  @ <li>%z(href("%R/wikihelp"))Wiki</a>
  @   <ul>
  @     <li>%z(href("%R/wikisrch"))Wiki Search</a></li>
  @     <li>%z(href("%R/wcontent"))List of Wiki Pages</a></li>
................................................................................
  @   <li>%z(href("%R/modreq"))Pending Moderation Requests</a></li>
  @   <li>%z(href("%R/admin_log"))Admin log</a></li>
  @   <li>%z(href("%R/cachestat"))Status of the web-page cache</a></li>
  @   </ul></li>
  @ <li>Test Pages
  @   <ul>
  @   <li>%z(href("%R/test_env"))CGI Environment Test</a></li>
  @   <li>%z(href("%R/test_timewarps"))List of "Timewarp" Check-ins</a></li>
  @   <li>%z(href("%R/test-rename-list"))List of file renames</a></li>
  @   <li>%z(href("%R/hash-color-test"))Page to experiment with the automatic
  @       colors assigned to branch names</a>
  @   </ul></li>
  @ </ul></li>
  style_footer();
}

  { "Plain Gray, No Logo",               "plain_gray",        0, 0 },
  { "Khaki, No Logo",                    "khaki",             0, 0 },
  { "Black & White, Menu on Left",       "black_and_white",   0, 0 },
  { "Shadow boxes & Rounded Corners",    "rounded1",          0, 0 },
  { "Enhanced Default",                  "enhanced1",         0, 0 },
  { "San Francisco Modern",              "etienne1",          0, 0 },
  { "Eagle",                             "eagle",             1, 0 },

};

/*
** Alternative skins can be specified in the CGI script or by options
** on the "http", "ui", and "server" commands.  The alternative skin
** name must be one of the aBuiltinSkin[].zLabel names.  If there is
** a match, that alternative is used.

  { "Plain Gray, No Logo",               "plain_gray",        0, 0 },
  { "Khaki, No Logo",                    "khaki",             0, 0 },
  { "Black & White, Menu on Left",       "black_and_white",   0, 0 },
  { "Shadow boxes & Rounded Corners",    "rounded1",          0, 0 },
  { "Enhanced Default",                  "enhanced1",         0, 0 },
  { "San Francisco Modern",              "etienne1",          0, 0 },
  { "Eagle",                             "eagle",             1, 0 },
  { "Xekri",                             "xekri",             0, 0 },
};

/*
** Alternative skins can be specified in the CGI script or by options
** on the "http", "ui", and "server" commands.  The alternative skin
** name must be one of the aBuiltinSkin[].zLabel names.  If there is
** a match, that alternative is used.

/******************************************************************************
** This file is an amalgamation of many separate C source files from SQLite
** version 3.8.8.3.  By combining all the individual C code files into this 
** single large file, the entire code can be compiled as a single translation
** unit.  This allows many compilers to do optimizations that would not be
** possible if the files were compiled separately.  Performance improvements
** of 5% or more are commonly seen when SQLite is compiled as a single
** translation unit.
**
** This file is all you need to compile SQLite.  To use SQLite in other
................................................................................
** string contains the date and time of the check-in (UTC) and an SHA1
** hash of the entire source tree.
**
** See also: [sqlite3_libversion()],
** [sqlite3_libversion_number()], [sqlite3_sourceid()],
** [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()].
*/
#define SQLITE_VERSION        "3.8.8.3"
#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3008008
#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID      "2015-02-25 13:29:11 9d6c1880fb75660bbabd693175579529785f8a6b"

/*
** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Version Numbers
** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_version, sqlite3_sourceid
**
** These interfaces provide the same information as the [SQLITE_VERSION],
** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER], and [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macros
................................................................................
** opcode causes the xFileControl method to swap the file handle with the one
** pointed to by the pArg argument.  This capability is used during testing
** and only needs to be supported when SQLITE_TEST is defined.
**
** </ul>
*/
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE               1
#define SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE             2
#define SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE             3
#define SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO                    4
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT               5
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE              6
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER            7
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED            8
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY          9
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL            10
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE              11
................................................................................
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME           16
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE              18
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE                  19
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED              20
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC                   21
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO        22
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE       23







/*
** CAPI3REF: Mutex Handle
**
** The mutex module within SQLite defines [sqlite3_mutex] to be an
** abstract type for a mutex object.  The SQLite core never looks
** at the internal representation of an [sqlite3_mutex].  It only
................................................................................
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_table(char **result);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Formatted String Printing Functions
**
** These routines are work-alikes of the "printf()" family of functions
** from the standard C library.




**
** ^The sqlite3_mprintf() and sqlite3_vmprintf() routines write their
** results into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()].
** The strings returned by these two routines should be
** released by [sqlite3_free()].  ^Both routines return a
** NULL pointer if [sqlite3_malloc()] is unable to allocate enough
** memory to hold the resulting string.
................................................................................
** written will be n-1 characters.
**
** ^The sqlite3_vsnprintf() routine is a varargs version of sqlite3_snprintf().
**
** These routines all implement some additional formatting
** options that are useful for constructing SQL statements.
** All of the usual printf() formatting options apply.  In addition, there
** is are "%q", "%Q", and "%z" options.
**
** ^(The %q option works like %s in that it substitutes a nul-terminated
** string from the argument list.  But %q also doubles every '\'' character.
** %q is designed for use inside a string literal.)^  By doubling each '\''
** character it escapes that character and allows it to be inserted into
** the string.
**
................................................................................
**  char *zSQL = sqlite3_mprintf("INSERT INTO table VALUES(%Q)", zText);
**  sqlite3_exec(db, zSQL, 0, 0, 0);
**  sqlite3_free(zSQL);
** </pre></blockquote>
**
** The code above will render a correct SQL statement in the zSQL
** variable even if the zText variable is a NULL pointer.






**
** ^(The "%z" formatting option works like "%s" but with the
** addition that after the string has been read and copied into
** the result, [sqlite3_free()] is called on the input string.)^
*/
SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_mprintf(const char*,...);
SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vmprintf(const char*, va_list);
................................................................................
**
** ^(This routine returns [SQLITE_OK] if shared cache was enabled or disabled
** successfully.  An [error code] is returned otherwise.)^
**
** ^Shared cache is disabled by default. But this might change in
** future releases of SQLite.  Applications that care about shared
** cache setting should set it explicitly.





**
** This interface is threadsafe on processors where writing a
** 32-bit integer is atomic.
**
** See Also:  [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode]
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(int);
................................................................................
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOCALTIME_FAULT         18
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_EXPLAIN_STMT            19  /* NOT USED */
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_NEVER_CORRUPT           20
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_VDBE_COVERAGE           21
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BYTEORDER               22
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISINIT                  23
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SORTER_MMAP             24

#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LAST                    24

/*
** CAPI3REF: SQLite Runtime Status
**
** ^This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information
** about the performance of SQLite, and optionally to reset various
** highwater marks.  ^The first argument is an integer code for
................................................................................
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPagerFlags(Btree*,unsigned);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSyncDisabled(Btree*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree *p, int nPagesize, int nReserve, int eFix);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(Btree*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BtreeLastPage(Btree*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(Btree*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(Btree*);
#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetReserveNoMutex(Btree *p);
#endif
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(Btree *, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(Btree *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(Btree*, const char *zMaster);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(Btree*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommit(Btree*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree*,int,int);
................................................................................
  int aLimit[SQLITE_N_LIMIT];   /* Limits */
  int nMaxSorterMmap;           /* Maximum size of regions mapped by sorter */
  struct sqlite3InitInfo {      /* Information used during initialization */
    int newTnum;                /* Rootpage of table being initialized */
    u8 iDb;                     /* Which db file is being initialized */
    u8 busy;                    /* TRUE if currently initializing */
    u8 orphanTrigger;           /* Last statement is orphaned TEMP trigger */

  } init;
  int nVdbeActive;              /* Number of VDBEs currently running */
  int nVdbeRead;                /* Number of active VDBEs that read or write */
  int nVdbeWrite;               /* Number of active VDBEs that read and write */
  int nVdbeExec;                /* Number of nested calls to VdbeExec() */
  int nExtension;               /* Number of loaded extensions */
  void **aExtension;            /* Array of shared library handles */
................................................................................
#define EP_Skip      0x001000 /* COLLATE, AS, or UNLIKELY */
#define EP_Reduced   0x002000 /* Expr struct EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE bytes only */
#define EP_TokenOnly 0x004000 /* Expr struct EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE bytes only */
#define EP_Static    0x008000 /* Held in memory not obtained from malloc() */
#define EP_MemToken  0x010000 /* Need to sqlite3DbFree() Expr.zToken */
#define EP_NoReduce  0x020000 /* Cannot EXPRDUP_REDUCE this Expr */
#define EP_Unlikely  0x040000 /* unlikely() or likelihood() function */
#define EP_Constant  0x080000 /* Node is a constant */
#define EP_CanBeNull 0x100000 /* Can be null despite NOT NULL constraint */







/*
** These macros can be used to test, set, or clear bits in the 
** Expr.flags field.
*/
#define ExprHasProperty(E,P)     (((E)->flags&(P))!=0)
#define ExprHasAllProperty(E,P)  (((E)->flags&(P))==(P))
................................................................................
SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprFunction(Parse*,ExprList*, Token*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(Parse*, Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprDelete(sqlite3*, Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListAppend(Parse*,ExprList*,Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListSetName(Parse*,ExprList*,Token*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListSetSpan(Parse*,ExprList*,ExprSpan*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListDelete(sqlite3*, ExprList*);

SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Init(sqlite3*, char**);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InitCallback(void*, int, char**, char**);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma(Parse*,Token*,Token*,Token*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(sqlite3*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResetOneSchema(sqlite3*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CollapseDatabaseArray(sqlite3*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginParse(Parse*,int);
................................................................................
  #define sqlite3JournalExists(p) 1
#endif

SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemJournalOpen(sqlite3_file *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemJournalSize(void);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsMemJournal(sqlite3_file *);


#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0
SQLITE_PRIVATE   void sqlite3ExprSetHeight(Parse *pParse, Expr *p);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3SelectExprHeight(Select *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(Parse*, int);
#else
  #define sqlite3ExprSetHeight(x,y)
  #define sqlite3SelectExprHeight(x) 0
  #define sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(x,y)
#endif

SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3Get4byte(const u8*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Put4byte(u8*, u32);

................................................................................
#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
      0,  1,  2,  3,  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, /* 0x */
     16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, /* 1x */
     32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, /* 2x */
     48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, /* 3x */
     64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, /* 4x */
     80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, /* 5x */
     96, 97, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73,106,107,108,109,110,111, /* 6x */
    112, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89,122,123,124,125,126,127, /* 7x */
    128,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,138,139,140,141,142,143, /* 8x */
    144,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,157,156,159, /* 9x */
    160,161,162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,170,171,140,141,142,175, /* Ax */
    176,177,178,179,180,181,182,183,184,185,186,187,188,189,190,191, /* Bx */
    192,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,202,203,204,205,206,207, /* Cx */
    208,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,218,219,220,221,222,223, /* Dx */
    224,225,162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,232,203,204,205,206,207, /* Ex */
    239,240,241,242,243,244,245,246,247,248,249,219,220,221,222,255, /* Fx */
#endif
};

/*
** The following 256 byte lookup table is used to support SQLites built-in
** equivalents to the following standard library functions:
**
................................................................................
  Mem *aVar;              /* Values for the OP_Variable opcode. */
  char **azVar;           /* Name of variables */
  ynVar nVar;             /* Number of entries in aVar[] */
  ynVar nzVar;            /* Number of entries in azVar[] */
  u32 cacheCtr;           /* VdbeCursor row cache generation counter */
  int pc;                 /* The program counter */
  int rc;                 /* Value to return */



  u16 nResColumn;         /* Number of columns in one row of the result set */
  u8 errorAction;         /* Recovery action to do in case of an error */
  u8 minWriteFileFormat;  /* Minimum file format for writable database files */
  bft explain:2;          /* True if EXPLAIN present on SQL command */
  bft inVtabMethod:2;     /* See comments above */
  bft changeCntOn:1;      /* True to update the change-counter */
  bft expired:1;          /* True if the VM needs to be recompiled */
................................................................................
      if( pNew ){
        pNew->id = id;
        pNew->cnt = 0;
      }
      break;
    }
    default: {
      assert( id-2 >= 0 );
      assert( id-2 < (int)(sizeof(aStatic)/sizeof(aStatic[0])) );




      pNew = &aStatic[id-2];
      pNew->id = id;
      break;
    }
  }
  return (sqlite3_mutex*)pNew;
}
................................................................................

/*
** This routine deallocates a previously allocated mutex.
*/
static void debugMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *pX){
  sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX;
  assert( p->cnt==0 );
  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE );
  sqlite3_free(p);





}

/*
** The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt
** to enter a mutex.  If another thread is already within the mutex,
** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return
** SQLITE_BUSY.  The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns SQLITE_OK
................................................................................
#endif

/*
** Each recursive mutex is an instance of the following structure.
*/
struct sqlite3_mutex {
  pthread_mutex_t mutex;     /* Mutex controlling the lock */
#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF
  int id;                    /* Mutex type */


  volatile int nRef;         /* Number of entrances */
  volatile pthread_t owner;  /* Thread that is within this mutex */
  int trace;                 /* True to trace changes */
#endif
};
#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF
#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, 0, 0, (pthread_t)0, 0 }
................................................................................
        /* Use a recursive mutex if it is available */
        pthread_mutexattr_t recursiveAttr;
        pthread_mutexattr_init(&recursiveAttr);
        pthread_mutexattr_settype(&recursiveAttr, PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE);
        pthread_mutex_init(&p->mutex, &recursiveAttr);
        pthread_mutexattr_destroy(&recursiveAttr);
#endif
#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF
        p->id = iType;
#endif
      }
      break;
    }
    case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST: {
      p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) );
      if( p ){
#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF
        p->id = iType;
#endif
        pthread_mutex_init(&p->mutex, 0);
      }
      break;
    }
    default: {
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
      if( iType-2<0 || iType-2>=ArraySize(staticMutexes) ){
        (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
        return 0;
      }
#endif
      p = &staticMutexes[iType-2];
#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF
      p->id = iType;
#endif
      break;
    }
  }



  return p;
}


/*
** This routine deallocates a previously
** allocated mutex.  SQLite is careful to deallocate every
** mutex that it allocates.
*/
static void pthreadMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){
  assert( p->nRef==0 );

  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE );


  pthread_mutex_destroy(&p->mutex);
  sqlite3_free(p);






}

/*
** The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt
** to enter a mutex.  If another thread is already within the mutex,
** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return
** SQLITE_BUSY.  The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns SQLITE_OK
................................................................................
*/
#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
# define SQLITE_WIN32_VOLATILE
#else
# define SQLITE_WIN32_VOLATILE volatile
#endif












#endif /* _OS_WIN_H_ */

/************** End of os_win.h **********************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in mutex_w32.c ******************/
#endif

/*
................................................................................
  sqlite3_mutex *p;

  switch( iType ){
    case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST:
    case SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE: {
      p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) );
      if( p ){
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
        p->id = iType;

#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MUTEX_TRACE_DYNAMIC
        p->trace = 1;
#endif
#endif
#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
        InitializeCriticalSectionEx(&p->mutex, 0, 0);
#else
................................................................................
    default: {
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
      if( iType-2<0 || iType-2>=ArraySize(winMutex_staticMutexes) ){
        (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
        return 0;
      }
#endif
      assert( iType-2 >= 0 );
      assert( iType-2 < ArraySize(winMutex_staticMutexes) );
      assert( winMutex_isInit==1 );
      p = &winMutex_staticMutexes[iType-2];
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
      p->id = iType;

#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MUTEX_TRACE_STATIC
      p->trace = 1;
#endif
#endif
      break;
    }
  }
................................................................................
/*
** This routine deallocates a previously
** allocated mutex.  SQLite is careful to deallocate every
** mutex that it allocates.
*/
static void winMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){
  assert( p );
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  assert( p->nRef==0 && p->owner==0 );
  assert( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE );
#endif
  assert( winMutex_isInit==1 );
  DeleteCriticalSection(&p->mutex);
  sqlite3_free(p);





}

/*
** The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt
** to enter a mutex.  If another thread is already within the mutex,
** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return
** SQLITE_BUSY.  The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns SQLITE_OK
................................................................................
  double rounder;            /* Used for rounding floating point values */
  etByte flag_dp;            /* True if decimal point should be shown */
  etByte flag_rtz;           /* True if trailing zeros should be removed */
#endif
  PrintfArguments *pArgList = 0; /* Arguments for SQLITE_PRINTF_SQLFUNC */
  char buf[etBUFSIZE];       /* Conversion buffer */

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
  if( ap==0 ){
    (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
    sqlite3StrAccumReset(pAccum);
    return;
  }
#endif
  bufpt = 0;
  if( bFlags ){
    if( (bArgList = (bFlags & SQLITE_PRINTF_SQLFUNC))!=0 ){
      pArgList = va_arg(ap, PrintfArguments*);
    }
    useIntern = bFlags & SQLITE_PRINTF_INTERNAL;
  }else{
................................................................................
*/
SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vsnprintf(int n, char *zBuf, const char *zFormat, va_list ap){
  StrAccum acc;
  if( n<=0 ) return zBuf;
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
  if( zBuf==0 || zFormat==0 ) {
    (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
    if( zBuf && n>0 ) zBuf[0] = 0;
    return zBuf;
  }
#endif
  sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, zBuf, n, 0);
  acc.useMalloc = 0;
  sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, 0, zFormat, ap);
  return sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc);
................................................................................
}

#endif /* SQLITE_OS_UNIX && defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS) */
/******************************** End Unix Pthreads *************************/


/********************************* Win32 Threads ****************************/
#if SQLITE_OS_WIN && !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0

#define SQLITE_THREADS_IMPLEMENTED 1  /* Prevent the single-thread code below */
#include <process.h>

/* A running thread */
struct SQLiteThread {
  void *tid;               /* The thread handle */
................................................................................
    assert( bRc );
  }
  if( rc==WAIT_OBJECT_0 ) *ppOut = p->pResult;
  sqlite3_free(p);
  return (rc==WAIT_OBJECT_0) ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_ERROR;
}

#endif /* SQLITE_OS_WIN && !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT */
/******************************** End Win32 Threads *************************/


/********************************* Single-Threaded **************************/
#ifndef SQLITE_THREADS_IMPLEMENTED
/*
** This implementation does not actually create a new thread.  It does the
................................................................................
#else
# define UNIXFILE_DIRSYNC    0x00
#endif
#define UNIXFILE_PSOW        0x10     /* SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE */
#define UNIXFILE_DELETE      0x20     /* Delete on close */
#define UNIXFILE_URI         0x40     /* Filename might have query parameters */
#define UNIXFILE_NOLOCK      0x80     /* Do no file locking */
#define UNIXFILE_WARNED    0x0100     /* verifyDbFile() warnings have been issued */

/*
** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files
*/
/************** Include os_common.h in the middle of os_unix.c ***************/
/************** Begin file os_common.h ***************************************/
/*
................................................................................
#undef osFcntl
#define osFcntl lockTrace
#endif /* SQLITE_LOCK_TRACE */

/*
** Retry ftruncate() calls that fail due to EINTR
**
** All calls to ftruncate() within this file should be made through this wrapper.
** On the Android platform, bypassing the logic below could lead to a corrupt
** database.
*/
static int robust_ftruncate(int h, sqlite3_int64 sz){
  int rc;
#ifdef __ANDROID__
  /* On Android, ftruncate() always uses 32-bit offsets, even if 
  ** _FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 is defined. This means it is unsafe to attempt to
  ** truncate a file to any size larger than 2GiB. Silently ignore any
................................................................................
*/
static void robust_close(unixFile *pFile, int h, int lineno){
  if( osClose(h) ){
    unixLogErrorAtLine(SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE, "close",
                       pFile ? pFile->zPath : 0, lineno);
  }
}









/*
** Close all file descriptors accumuated in the unixInodeInfo->pUnused list.
*/ 
static void closePendingFds(unixFile *pFile){
  unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode;
  UnixUnusedFd *p;
................................................................................

  /* Get low-level information about the file that we can used to
  ** create a unique name for the file.
  */
  fd = pFile->h;
  rc = osFstat(fd, &statbuf);
  if( rc!=0 ){
    pFile->lastErrno = errno;
#ifdef EOVERFLOW
    if( pFile->lastErrno==EOVERFLOW ) return SQLITE_NOLFS;
#endif
    return SQLITE_IOERR;
  }

#ifdef __APPLE__
................................................................................
  ** in the header of every SQLite database.  In this way, if there
  ** is a race condition such that another thread has already populated
  ** the first page of the database, no damage is done.
  */
  if( statbuf.st_size==0 && (pFile->fsFlags & SQLITE_FSFLAGS_IS_MSDOS)!=0 ){
    do{ rc = osWrite(fd, "S", 1); }while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR );
    if( rc!=1 ){
      pFile->lastErrno = errno;
      return SQLITE_IOERR;
    }
    rc = osFstat(fd, &statbuf);
    if( rc!=0 ){
      pFile->lastErrno = errno;
      return SQLITE_IOERR;
    }
  }
#endif

  memset(&fileId, 0, sizeof(fileId));
  fileId.dev = statbuf.st_dev;
................................................................................
    struct flock lock;
    lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
    lock.l_start = RESERVED_BYTE;
    lock.l_len = 1;
    lock.l_type = F_WRLCK;
    if( osFcntl(pFile->h, F_GETLK, &lock) ){
      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK;
      pFile->lastErrno = errno;
    } else if( lock.l_type!=F_UNLCK ){
      reserved = 1;
    }
  }
#endif
  
  unixLeaveMutex();
................................................................................
  ){
    lock.l_type = (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK?F_RDLCK:F_WRLCK);
    lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE;
    if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) ){
      tErrno = errno;
      rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK);
      if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){
        pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
      }
      goto end_lock;
    }
  }


  /* If control gets to this point, then actually go ahead and make
................................................................................
      /* This could happen with a network mount */
      tErrno = errno;
      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; 
    }

    if( rc ){
      if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){
        pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
      }
      goto end_lock;
    }else{
      pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK;
      pInode->nLock++;
      pInode->nShared = 1;
    }
................................................................................
      lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE;
    }

    if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) ){
      tErrno = errno;
      rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK);
      if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){
        pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
      }
    }
  }
  

#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  /* Set up the transaction-counter change checking flags when
................................................................................
    ** write lock until the rest is covered by a read lock:
    **  1:   [WWWWW]
    **  2:   [....W]
    **  3:   [RRRRW]
    **  4:   [RRRR.]
    */
    if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ){

#if !defined(__APPLE__) || !SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
      (void)handleNFSUnlock;
      assert( handleNFSUnlock==0 );
#endif
#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
      if( handleNFSUnlock ){
        int tErrno;               /* Error code from system call errors */
................................................................................
        lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
        lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
        lock.l_len = divSize;
        if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==(-1) ){
          tErrno = errno;
          rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
          if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
            pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
          }
          goto end_unlock;
        }
        lock.l_type = F_RDLCK;
        lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
        lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
        lock.l_len = divSize;
        if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==(-1) ){
          tErrno = errno;
          rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK);
          if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
            pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
          }
          goto end_unlock;
        }
        lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
        lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
        lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST+divSize;
        lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE-divSize;
        if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==(-1) ){
          tErrno = errno;
          rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
          if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
            pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
          }
          goto end_unlock;
        }
      }else
#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
      {
        lock.l_type = F_RDLCK;
................................................................................
          /* In theory, the call to unixFileLock() cannot fail because another
          ** process is holding an incompatible lock. If it does, this 
          ** indicates that the other process is not following the locking
          ** protocol. If this happens, return SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK. Returning
          ** SQLITE_BUSY would confuse the upper layer (in practice it causes 
          ** an assert to fail). */ 
          rc = SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK;
          pFile->lastErrno = errno;
          goto end_unlock;
        }
      }
    }
    lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
    lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
    lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE;
    lock.l_len = 2L;  assert( PENDING_BYTE+1==RESERVED_BYTE );
    if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==0 ){
      pInode->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK;
    }else{
      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
      pFile->lastErrno = errno;
      goto end_unlock;
    }
  }
  if( eFileLock==NO_LOCK ){
    /* Decrement the shared lock counter.  Release the lock using an
    ** OS call only when all threads in this same process have released
    ** the lock.
................................................................................
      lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
      lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
      lock.l_start = lock.l_len = 0L;
      if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==0 ){
        pInode->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
      }else{
        rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
        pFile->lastErrno = errno;
        pInode->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
        pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
      }
    }

    /* Decrement the count of locks against this same file.  When the
    ** count reaches zero, close any other file descriptors whose close
................................................................................
    /* failed to open/create the lock directory */
    int tErrno = errno;
    if( EEXIST == tErrno ){
      rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
    } else {
      rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK);
      if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
        pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
      }
    }
    return rc;
  } 
  
  /* got it, set the type and return ok */
  pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
................................................................................
  if( rc<0 ){
    int tErrno = errno;
    rc = 0;
    if( ENOENT != tErrno ){
      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
    }
    if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
      pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
    }
    return rc; 
  }
  pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

................................................................................
      /* got the lock, unlock it */
      lrc = robust_flock(pFile->h, LOCK_UN);
      if ( lrc ) {
        int tErrno = errno;
        /* unlock failed with an error */
        lrc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; 
        if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc) ){
          pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
          rc = lrc;
        }
      }
    } else {
      int tErrno = errno;
      reserved = 1;
      /* someone else might have it reserved */
      lrc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK); 
      if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc) ){
        pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
        rc = lrc;
      }
    }
  }
  OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (flock)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved));

#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS
................................................................................
  /* grab an exclusive lock */
  
  if (robust_flock(pFile->h, LOCK_EX | LOCK_NB)) {
    int tErrno = errno;
    /* didn't get, must be busy */
    rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK);
    if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
      pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
    }
  } else {
    /* got it, set the type and return ok */
    pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
  }
  OSTRACE(("LOCK    %d %s %s (flock)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock), 
           rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed"));
................................................................................
  if( !reserved ){
    sem_t *pSem = pFile->pInode->pSem;

    if( sem_trywait(pSem)==-1 ){
      int tErrno = errno;
      if( EAGAIN != tErrno ){
        rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK);
        pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
      } else {
        /* someone else has the lock when we are in NO_LOCK */
        reserved = (pFile->eFileLock < SHARED_LOCK);
      }
    }else{
      /* we could have it if we want it */
      sem_post(pSem);
................................................................................
  }
  
  /* no, really unlock. */
  if ( sem_post(pSem)==-1 ) {
    int rc, tErrno = errno;
    rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK);
    if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
      pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
    }
    return rc; 
  }
  pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

................................................................................
#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_AFP_LOCK_ERRORS
    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
#else
    rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno,
                    setLockFlag ? SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK : SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK);
#endif /* SQLITE_IGNORE_AFP_LOCK_ERRORS */
    if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
      pFile->lastErrno = tErrno;
    }
    return rc;
  } else {
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }
}

................................................................................
    if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc1) ){
      lrc1Errno = pFile->lastErrno;
    }
    /* Drop the temporary PENDING lock */
    lrc2 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 0);
    
    if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc1) ) {
      pFile->lastErrno = lrc1Errno;
      rc = lrc1;
      goto afp_end_lock;
    } else if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc2) ){
      rc = lrc2;
      goto afp_end_lock;
    } else if( lrc1 != SQLITE_OK ) {
      rc = lrc1;
................................................................................
    got = osPread64(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset);
    SimulateIOError( got = -1 );
#else
    newOffset = lseek(id->h, offset, SEEK_SET);
    SimulateIOError( newOffset-- );
    if( newOffset!=offset ){
      if( newOffset == -1 ){
        ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = errno;
      }else{
        ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = 0;
      }
      return -1;
    }
    got = osRead(id->h, pBuf, cnt);
#endif
    if( got==cnt ) break;
    if( got<0 ){
      if( errno==EINTR ){ got = 1; continue; }
      prior = 0;
      ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = errno;
      break;
    }else if( got>0 ){
      cnt -= got;
      offset += got;
      prior += got;
      pBuf = (void*)(got + (char*)pBuf);
    }
................................................................................
  got = seekAndRead(pFile, offset, pBuf, amt);
  if( got==amt ){
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }else if( got<0 ){
    /* lastErrno set by seekAndRead */
    return SQLITE_IOERR_READ;
  }else{
    pFile->lastErrno = 0; /* not a system error */
    /* Unread parts of the buffer must be zero-filled */
    memset(&((char*)pBuf)[got], 0, amt-got);
    return SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ;
  }
}

/*
................................................................................

  assert( nBuf==(nBuf&0x1ffff) );
  assert( fd>2 );
  nBuf &= 0x1ffff;
  TIMER_START;

#if defined(USE_PREAD)
  do{ rc = osPwrite(fd, pBuf, nBuf, iOff); }while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR );
#elif defined(USE_PREAD64)
  do{ rc = osPwrite64(fd, pBuf, nBuf, iOff);}while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR);
#else
  do{
    i64 iSeek = lseek(fd, iOff, SEEK_SET);
    SimulateIOError( iSeek-- );

    if( iSeek!=iOff ){
      if( piErrno ) *piErrno = (iSeek==-1 ? errno : 0);
................................................................................
  SimulateDiskfullError(( wrote=0, amt=1 ));

  if( amt>0 ){
    if( wrote<0 && pFile->lastErrno!=ENOSPC ){
      /* lastErrno set by seekAndWrite */
      return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE;
    }else{
      pFile->lastErrno = 0; /* not a system error */
      return SQLITE_FULL;
    }
  }

  return SQLITE_OK;
}

................................................................................
  SimulateDiskfullError( return SQLITE_FULL );

  assert( pFile );
  OSTRACE(("SYNC    %-3d\n", pFile->h));
  rc = full_fsync(pFile->h, isFullsync, isDataOnly);
  SimulateIOError( rc=1 );
  if( rc ){
    pFile->lastErrno = errno;
    return unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC, "full_fsync", pFile->zPath);
  }

  /* Also fsync the directory containing the file if the DIRSYNC flag
  ** is set.  This is a one-time occurrence.  Many systems (examples: AIX)
  ** are unable to fsync a directory, so ignore errors on the fsync.
  */
................................................................................
  */
  if( pFile->szChunk>0 ){
    nByte = ((nByte + pFile->szChunk - 1)/pFile->szChunk) * pFile->szChunk;
  }

  rc = robust_ftruncate(pFile->h, nByte);
  if( rc ){
    pFile->lastErrno = errno;
    return unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE, "ftruncate", pFile->zPath);
  }else{
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
    /* If we are doing a normal write to a database file (as opposed to
    ** doing a hot-journal rollback or a write to some file other than a
    ** normal database file) and we truncate the file to zero length,
    ** that effectively updates the change counter.  This might happen
................................................................................
static int unixFileSize(sqlite3_file *id, i64 *pSize){
  int rc;
  struct stat buf;
  assert( id );
  rc = osFstat(((unixFile*)id)->h, &buf);
  SimulateIOError( rc=1 );
  if( rc!=0 ){
    ((unixFile*)id)->lastErrno = errno;
    return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT;
  }
  *pSize = buf.st_size;

  /* When opening a zero-size database, the findInodeInfo() procedure
  ** writes a single byte into that file in order to work around a bug
  ** in the OS-X msdos filesystem.  In order to avoid problems with upper
................................................................................
** nBytes or larger, this routine is a no-op.
*/
static int fcntlSizeHint(unixFile *pFile, i64 nByte){
  if( pFile->szChunk>0 ){
    i64 nSize;                    /* Required file size */
    struct stat buf;              /* Used to hold return values of fstat() */
   
    if( osFstat(pFile->h, &buf) ) return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT;



    nSize = ((nByte+pFile->szChunk-1) / pFile->szChunk) * pFile->szChunk;
    if( nSize>(i64)buf.st_size ){

#if defined(HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE) && HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE
      /* The code below is handling the return value of osFallocate() 
      ** correctly. posix_fallocate() is defined to "returns zero on success, 
................................................................................
  }

#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
  if( pFile->mmapSizeMax>0 && nByte>pFile->mmapSize ){
    int rc;
    if( pFile->szChunk<=0 ){
      if( robust_ftruncate(pFile->h, nByte) ){
        pFile->lastErrno = errno;
        return unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE, "ftruncate", pFile->zPath);
      }
    }

    rc = unixMapfile(pFile, nByte);
    return rc;
  }
................................................................................
static int unixFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){
  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
  switch( op ){
    case SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE: {
      *(int*)pArg = pFile->eFileLock;
      return SQLITE_OK;
    }
    case SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO: {
      *(int*)pArg = pFile->lastErrno;
      return SQLITE_OK;
    }
    case SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE: {
      pFile->szChunk = *(int *)pArg;
      return SQLITE_OK;
    }
................................................................................
    */
    case SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED: {
      ((unixFile*)id)->dbUpdate = 0;
      return SQLITE_OK;
    }
#endif
#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__)
    case SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE:
    case SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE: {
      return proxyFileControl(id,op,pArg);
    }
#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__) */
  }
  return SQLITE_NOTFOUND;
}

................................................................................
  ** one if present. Create a new one if necessary.
  */
  unixEnterMutex();
  pInode = pDbFd->pInode;
  pShmNode = pInode->pShmNode;
  if( pShmNode==0 ){
    struct stat sStat;                 /* fstat() info for database file */




    /* Call fstat() to figure out the permissions on the database file. If
    ** a new *-shm file is created, an attempt will be made to create it
    ** with the same permissions.
    */
    if( osFstat(pDbFd->h, &sStat) && pInode->bProcessLock==0 ){
      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT;
      goto shm_open_err;
    }

#ifdef SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY
    nShmFilename = sizeof(SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY) + 31;
#else
    nShmFilename = 6 + (int)strlen(pDbFd->zPath);
#endif
    pShmNode = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pShmNode) + nShmFilename );
    if( pShmNode==0 ){
      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
      goto shm_open_err;
    }
    memset(pShmNode, 0, sizeof(*pShmNode)+nShmFilename);
    zShmFilename = pShmNode->zFilename = (char*)&pShmNode[1];
#ifdef SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY
    sqlite3_snprintf(nShmFilename, zShmFilename, 
                     SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY "/sqlite-shm-%x-%x",
                     (u32)sStat.st_ino, (u32)sStat.st_dev);
#else
    sqlite3_snprintf(nShmFilename, zShmFilename, "%s-shm", pDbFd->zPath);
    sqlite3FileSuffix3(pDbFd->zPath, zShmFilename);
#endif
    pShmNode->h = -1;
    pDbFd->pInode->pShmNode = pShmNode;
    pShmNode->pInode = pDbFd->pInode;
    pShmNode->mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST);
    if( pShmNode->mutex==0 ){
................................................................................

  /* If pShmNode->nRef has reached 0, then close the underlying
  ** shared-memory file, too */
  unixEnterMutex();
  assert( pShmNode->nRef>0 );
  pShmNode->nRef--;
  if( pShmNode->nRef==0 ){
    if( deleteFlag && pShmNode->h>=0 ) osUnlink(pShmNode->zFilename);


    unixShmPurge(pDbFd);
  }
  unixLeaveMutex();

  return SQLITE_OK;
}

................................................................................
**
**   *  A constant sqlite3_io_methods object call METHOD that has locking
**      methods CLOSE, LOCK, UNLOCK, CKRESLOCK.
**
**   *  An I/O method finder function called FINDER that returns a pointer
**      to the METHOD object in the previous bullet.
*/
#define IOMETHODS(FINDER, METHOD, VERSION, CLOSE, LOCK, UNLOCK, CKLOCK, SHMMAP) \
static const sqlite3_io_methods METHOD = {                                   \
   VERSION,                    /* iVersion */                                \
   CLOSE,                      /* xClose */                                  \
   unixRead,                   /* xRead */                                   \
   unixWrite,                  /* xWrite */                                  \
   unixTruncate,               /* xTruncate */                               \
   unixSync,                   /* xSync */                                   \
................................................................................
        pNew->pInode->aSemName[0] = '\0';
      }
    }
    unixLeaveMutex();
  }
#endif
  
  pNew->lastErrno = 0;
#if OS_VXWORKS
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
    if( h>=0 ) robust_close(pNew, h, __LINE__);
    h = -1;
    osUnlink(zFilename);
    pNew->ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_DELETE;
  }
................................................................................
#endif

  noLock = eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB;

  
#if defined(__APPLE__) || SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
  if( fstatfs(fd, &fsInfo) == -1 ){
    ((unixFile*)pFile)->lastErrno = errno;
    robust_close(p, fd, __LINE__);
    return SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS;
  }
  if (0 == strncmp("msdos", fsInfo.f_fstypename, 5)) {
    ((unixFile*)pFile)->fsFlags |= SQLITE_FSFLAGS_IS_MSDOS;
  }



#endif

  /* Set up appropriate ctrlFlags */
  if( isDelete )                ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_DELETE;
  if( isReadonly )              ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_RDONLY;
  if( noLock )                  ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_NOLOCK;
  if( syncDir )                 ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_DIRSYNC;
................................................................................
    int useProxy = 0;

    /* SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING==1 means force always use proxy, 0 means 
    ** never use proxy, NULL means use proxy for non-local files only.  */
    if( envforce!=NULL ){
      useProxy = atoi(envforce)>0;
    }else{
      if( statfs(zPath, &fsInfo) == -1 ){
        /* In theory, the close(fd) call is sub-optimal. If the file opened
        ** with fd is a database file, and there are other connections open
        ** on that file that are currently holding advisory locks on it,
        ** then the call to close() will cancel those locks. In practice,
        ** we're assuming that statfs() doesn't fail very often. At least
        ** not while other file descriptors opened by the same process on
        ** the same file are working.  */
        p->lastErrno = errno;
        robust_close(p, fd, __LINE__);
        rc = SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS;
        goto open_finished;
      }
      useProxy = !(fsInfo.f_flags&MNT_LOCAL);
    }
    if( useProxy ){
      rc = fillInUnixFile(pVfs, fd, pFile, zPath, ctrlFlags);
      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
        rc = proxyTransformUnixFile((unixFile*)pFile, ":auto:");
        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
................................................................................
**
**
** Using proxy locks
** -----------------
**
** C APIs
**
**  sqlite3_file_control(db, dbname, SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE,
**                       <proxy_path> | ":auto:");
**  sqlite3_file_control(db, dbname, SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE, &<proxy_path>);

**
**
** SQL pragmas
**
**  PRAGMA [database.]lock_proxy_file=<proxy_path> | :auto:
**  PRAGMA [database.]lock_proxy_file
**
................................................................................
**       lock proxy files, only used when LOCKPROXYDIR is not set.
**    
**    
** As mentioned above, when compiled with SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING,
** setting the environment variable SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING to 1 will
** force proxy locking to be used for every database file opened, and 0
** will force automatic proxy locking to be disabled for all database
** files (explicitly calling the SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE pragma or
** sqlite_file_control API is not affected by SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING).
*/

/*
** Proxy locking is only available on MacOSX 
*/
#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
................................................................................
struct proxyLockingContext {
  unixFile *conchFile;         /* Open conch file */
  char *conchFilePath;         /* Name of the conch file */
  unixFile *lockProxy;         /* Open proxy lock file */
  char *lockProxyPath;         /* Name of the proxy lock file */
  char *dbPath;                /* Name of the open file */
  int conchHeld;               /* 1 if the conch is held, -1 if lockless */

  void *oldLockingContext;     /* Original lockingcontext to restore on close */
  sqlite3_io_methods const *pOldMethod;     /* Original I/O methods for close */
};

/* 
** The proxy lock file path for the database at dbPath is written into lPath, 
** which must point to valid, writable memory large enough for a maxLen length
................................................................................

/* get the host ID via gethostuuid(), pHostID must point to PROXY_HOSTIDLEN 
** bytes of writable memory.
*/
static int proxyGetHostID(unsigned char *pHostID, int *pError){
  assert(PROXY_HOSTIDLEN == sizeof(uuid_t));
  memset(pHostID, 0, PROXY_HOSTIDLEN);
#if defined(__MAX_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED)\
               && __MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED<1050
  {
    static const struct timespec timeout = {1, 0}; /* 1 sec timeout */
    if( gethostuuid(pHostID, &timeout) ){
      int err = errno;
      if( pError ){
        *pError = err;
      }
      return SQLITE_IOERR;
    }
................................................................................
       * 1st try: get the mod time of the conch, wait 0.5s and try again. 
       * 2nd try: fail if the mod time changed or host id is different, wait 
       *           10 sec and try again
       * 3rd try: break the lock unless the mod time has changed.
       */
      struct stat buf;
      if( osFstat(conchFile->h, &buf) ){
        pFile->lastErrno = errno;
        return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK;
      }
      
      if( nTries==1 ){
        conchModTime = buf.st_mtimespec;
        usleep(500000); /* wait 0.5 sec and try the lock again*/
        continue;  
................................................................................
        return SQLITE_BUSY;
      }
      
      if( nTries==2 ){  
        char tBuf[PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN];
        int len = osPread(conchFile->h, tBuf, PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN, 0);
        if( len<0 ){
          pFile->lastErrno = errno;
          return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK;
        }
        if( len>PROXY_PATHINDEX && tBuf[0]==(char)PROXY_CONCHVERSION){
          /* don't break the lock if the host id doesn't match */
          if( 0!=memcmp(&tBuf[PROXY_HEADERLEN], myHostID, PROXY_HOSTIDLEN) ){
            return SQLITE_BUSY;
          }
................................................................................
        continue; 
      }
      
      assert( nTries==3 );
      if( 0==proxyBreakConchLock(pFile, myHostID) ){
        rc = SQLITE_OK;
        if( lockType==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
          rc = conchFile->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, SHARED_LOCK);          
        }
        if( !rc ){
          rc = conchFile->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, lockType);
        }
      }
    }
  } while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && nTries<3 );
................................................................................
    int forceNewLockPath = 0;
    
    OSTRACE(("TAKECONCH  %d for %s pid=%d\n", conchFile->h,
             (pCtx->lockProxyPath ? pCtx->lockProxyPath : ":auto:"), getpid()));

    rc = proxyGetHostID(myHostID, &pError);
    if( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR ){
      pFile->lastErrno = pError;
      goto end_takeconch;
    }
    rc = proxyConchLock(pFile, myHostID, SHARED_LOCK);
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
      goto end_takeconch;
    }
    /* read the existing conch file */
    readLen = seekAndRead((unixFile*)conchFile, 0, readBuf, PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN);
    if( readLen<0 ){
      /* I/O error: lastErrno set by seekAndRead */
      pFile->lastErrno = conchFile->lastErrno;
      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_READ;
      goto end_takeconch;
    }else if( readLen<=(PROXY_HEADERLEN+PROXY_HOSTIDLEN) || 
             readBuf[0]!=(char)PROXY_CONCHVERSION ){
      /* a short read or version format mismatch means we need to create a new 
      ** conch file. 
      */
................................................................................
          /* We are trying for an exclusive lock but another thread in this
           ** same process is still holding a shared lock. */
          rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
        } else {          
          rc = proxyConchLock(pFile, myHostID, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
        }
      }else{
        rc = conchFile->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
      }
      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
        char writeBuffer[PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN];
        int writeSize = 0;
        
        writeBuffer[0] = (char)PROXY_CONCHVERSION;
        memcpy(&writeBuffer[PROXY_HEADERLEN], myHostID, PROXY_HOSTIDLEN);
        if( pCtx->lockProxyPath!=NULL ){
          strlcpy(&writeBuffer[PROXY_PATHINDEX], pCtx->lockProxyPath, MAXPATHLEN);

        }else{
          strlcpy(&writeBuffer[PROXY_PATHINDEX], tempLockPath, MAXPATHLEN);
        }
        writeSize = PROXY_PATHINDEX + strlen(&writeBuffer[PROXY_PATHINDEX]);
        robust_ftruncate(conchFile->h, writeSize);
        rc = unixWrite((sqlite3_file *)conchFile, writeBuffer, writeSize, 0);
        fsync(conchFile->h);
................................................................................
*/
static int proxyGetDbPathForUnixFile(unixFile *pFile, char *dbPath){
#if defined(__APPLE__)
  if( pFile->pMethod == &afpIoMethods ){
    /* afp style keeps a reference to the db path in the filePath field 
    ** of the struct */
    assert( (int)strlen((char*)pFile->lockingContext)<=MAXPATHLEN );
    strlcpy(dbPath, ((afpLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext)->dbPath, MAXPATHLEN);

  } else
#endif
  if( pFile->pMethod == &dotlockIoMethods ){
    /* dot lock style uses the locking context to store the dot lock
    ** file path */
    int len = strlen((char *)pFile->lockingContext) - strlen(DOTLOCK_SUFFIX);
    memcpy(dbPath, (char *)pFile->lockingContext, len + 1);
................................................................................

/*
** This routine handles sqlite3_file_control() calls that are specific
** to proxy locking.
*/
static int proxyFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){
  switch( op ){
    case SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE: {
      unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
      if( pFile->pMethod == &proxyIoMethods ){
        proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext*)pFile->lockingContext;
        proxyTakeConch(pFile);
        if( pCtx->lockProxyPath ){
          *(const char **)pArg = pCtx->lockProxyPath;
        }else{
................................................................................
          *(const char **)pArg = ":auto: (not held)";
        }
      } else {
        *(const char **)pArg = NULL;
      }
      return SQLITE_OK;
    }
    case SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE: {
      unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
      int rc = SQLITE_OK;
      int isProxyStyle = (pFile->pMethod == &proxyIoMethods);
      if( pArg==NULL || (const char *)pArg==0 ){
        if( isProxyStyle ){
          /* turn off proxy locking - not supported */



          rc = SQLITE_ERROR /*SQLITE_PROTOCOL? SQLITE_MISUSE?*/;
        }else{
          /* turn off proxy locking - already off - NOOP */
          rc = SQLITE_OK;
        }
      }else{
        const char *proxyPath = (const char *)pArg;
................................................................................
#define osInterlockedCompareExchange InterlockedCompareExchange
#else
  { "InterlockedCompareExchange", (SYSCALL)InterlockedCompareExchange, 0 },

#define osInterlockedCompareExchange ((LONG(WINAPI*)(LONG \
        SQLITE_WIN32_VOLATILE*, LONG,LONG))aSyscall[76].pCurrent)
#endif /* defined(InterlockedCompareExchange) */


















}; /* End of the overrideable system calls */

/*
** This is the xSetSystemCall() method of sqlite3_vfs for all of the
** "win32" VFSes.  Return SQLITE_OK opon successfully updating the
** system call pointer, or SQLITE_NOTFOUND if there is no configurable
................................................................................
  sqlite3_file *fd,               /* Handle open on database file */
  int iRegion,                    /* Region to retrieve */
  int szRegion,                   /* Size of regions */
  int isWrite,                    /* True to extend file if necessary */
  void volatile **pp              /* OUT: Mapped memory */
){
  winFile *pDbFd = (winFile*)fd;
  winShm *p = pDbFd->pShm;
  winShmNode *pShmNode;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;

  if( !p ){
    rc = winOpenSharedMemory(pDbFd);
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
    p = pDbFd->pShm;
  }
  pShmNode = p->pShmNode;

  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex);
  assert( szRegion==pShmNode->szRegion || pShmNode->nRegion==0 );

  if( pShmNode->nRegion<=iRegion ){
    struct ShmRegion *apNew;           /* New aRegion[] array */
    int nByte = (iRegion+1)*szRegion;  /* Minimum required file size */
................................................................................
#endif
  if( sizeof(LARGE_INTEGER)<=nBuf-n ){
    LARGE_INTEGER i;
    osQueryPerformanceCounter(&i);
    memcpy(&zBuf[n], &i, sizeof(i));
    n += sizeof(i);
  }
















#endif
  return n;
}


/*
** Sleep for a little while.  Return the amount of time slept.
................................................................................
    winGetSystemCall,    /* xGetSystemCall */
    winNextSystemCall,   /* xNextSystemCall */
  };
#endif

  /* Double-check that the aSyscall[] array has been constructed
  ** correctly.  See ticket [bb3a86e890c8e96ab] */
  assert( ArraySize(aSyscall)==77 );

  /* get memory map allocation granularity */
  memset(&winSysInfo, 0, sizeof(SYSTEM_INFO));
#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
  osGetNativeSystemInfo(&winSysInfo);
#else
  osGetSystemInfo(&winSysInfo);
................................................................................
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
  u8 autoVacuum;        /* True if auto-vacuum is enabled */
  u8 incrVacuum;        /* True if incr-vacuum is enabled */
  u8 bDoTruncate;       /* True to truncate db on commit */
#endif
  u8 inTransaction;     /* Transaction state */
  u8 max1bytePayload;   /* Maximum first byte of cell for a 1-byte payload */



  u16 btsFlags;         /* Boolean parameters.  See BTS_* macros below */
  u16 maxLocal;         /* Maximum local payload in non-LEAFDATA tables */
  u16 minLocal;         /* Minimum local payload in non-LEAFDATA tables */
  u16 maxLeaf;          /* Maximum local payload in a LEAFDATA table */
  u16 minLeaf;          /* Minimum local payload in a LEAFDATA table */
  u32 pageSize;         /* Total number of bytes on a page */
  u32 usableSize;       /* Number of usable bytes on each page */
................................................................................
  ** written. For index b-trees, it is the root page of the associated
  ** table.  */
  if( isIndex ){
    HashElem *p;
    for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->idxHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){
      Index *pIdx = (Index *)sqliteHashData(p);
      if( pIdx->tnum==(int)iRoot ){






        iTab = pIdx->pTable->tnum;
      }
    }
  }else{
    iTab = iRoot;
  }

................................................................................
** and autovacuum mode can no longer be changed.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree *p, int pageSize, int nReserve, int iFix){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
  assert( nReserve>=-1 && nReserve<=255 );
  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);



  if( pBt->btsFlags & BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED ){
    sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
    return SQLITE_READONLY;
  }
  if( nReserve<0 ){
    nReserve = pBt->pageSize - pBt->usableSize;
  }
................................................................................
/*
** Return the currently defined page size
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree *p){
  return p->pBt->pageSize;
}

#if defined(SQLITE_HAS_CODEC) || defined(SQLITE_DEBUG)
/*
** This function is similar to sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(), except that it
** may only be called if it is guaranteed that the b-tree mutex is already
** held.
**
** This is useful in one special case in the backup API code where it is
** known that the shared b-tree mutex is held, but the mutex on the 
** database handle that owns *p is not. In this case if sqlite3BtreeEnter()
** were to be called, it might collide with some other operation on the
** database handle that owns *p, causing undefined behavior.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetReserveNoMutex(Btree *p){

  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex) );
  return p->pBt->pageSize - p->pBt->usableSize;

}
#endif /* SQLITE_HAS_CODEC || SQLITE_DEBUG */

#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM)
/*
** Return the number of bytes of space at the end of every page that
** are intentually left unused.  This is the "reserved" space that is
** sometimes used by extensions.




*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(Btree *p){
  int n;
  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
  n = p->pBt->pageSize - p->pBt->usableSize;




  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
  return n;
}


/*
** Set the maximum page count for a database if mxPage is positive.
** No changes are made if mxPage is 0 or negative.
** Regardless of the value of mxPage, return the maximum page count.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(Btree *p, int mxPage){
................................................................................
    p->pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_SECURE_DELETE;
    if( newFlag ) p->pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_SECURE_DELETE;
  } 
  b = (p->pBt->btsFlags & BTS_SECURE_DELETE)!=0;
  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
  return b;
}
#endif /* !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VACUUM) */

/*
** Change the 'auto-vacuum' property of the database. If the 'autoVacuum'
** parameter is non-zero, then auto-vacuum mode is enabled. If zero, it
** is disabled. The default value for the auto-vacuum property is 
** determined by the SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM macro.
*/
................................................................................
  const int nCopy = MIN(nSrcPgsz, nDestPgsz);
  const i64 iEnd = (i64)iSrcPg*(i64)nSrcPgsz;
#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
  /* Use BtreeGetReserveNoMutex() for the source b-tree, as although it is
  ** guaranteed that the shared-mutex is held by this thread, handle
  ** p->pSrc may not actually be the owner.  */
  int nSrcReserve = sqlite3BtreeGetReserveNoMutex(p->pSrc);
  int nDestReserve = sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(p->pDest);
#endif
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  i64 iOff;

  assert( sqlite3BtreeGetReserveNoMutex(p->pSrc)>=0 );
  assert( p->bDestLocked );
  assert( !isFatalError(p->rc) );
................................................................................
  u32 szHdr;
  u32 idx;
  u32 notUsed;
  const unsigned char *aKey = (const unsigned char*)pKey;

  if( CORRUPT_DB ) return;
  idx = getVarint32(aKey, szHdr);

  assert( szHdr<=nKey );
  while( idx<szHdr ){
    idx += getVarint32(aKey+idx, notUsed);
    nField++;
  }
  assert( nField <= pKeyInfo->nField+pKeyInfo->nXField );
}
#else
................................................................................
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_zeroblob(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int n){
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
  sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(pCtx->pOut, n);
}
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_code(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int errCode){
  pCtx->isError = errCode;
  pCtx->fErrorOrAux = 1;



  if( pCtx->pOut->flags & MEM_Null ){
    sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pCtx->pOut, sqlite3ErrStr(errCode), -1, 
                         SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
  }
}

/* Force an SQLITE_TOOBIG error. */
................................................................................
    ** returns, and those were broken by the automatic-reset change.  As a
    ** a work-around, the SQLITE_OMIT_AUTORESET compile-time restores the
    ** legacy behavior of returning SQLITE_MISUSE for cases where the 
    ** previous sqlite3_step() returned something other than a SQLITE_LOCKED
    ** or SQLITE_BUSY error.
    */
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTORESET
    if( p->rc==SQLITE_BUSY || p->rc==SQLITE_LOCKED ){
      sqlite3_reset((sqlite3_stmt*)p);
    }else{
      return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
    }
#else
    sqlite3_reset((sqlite3_stmt*)p);
#endif
................................................................................
#endif

    db->nVdbeActive++;
    if( p->readOnly==0 ) db->nVdbeWrite++;
    if( p->bIsReader ) db->nVdbeRead++;
    p->pc = 0;
  }



#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
  if( p->explain ){
    rc = sqlite3VdbeList(p);
  }else
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */
  {
    db->nVdbeExec++;
................................................................................
  ** be one of the values in the first assert() below. Variable p->rc 
  ** contains the value that would be returned if sqlite3_finalize() 
  ** were called on statement p.
  */
  assert( rc==SQLITE_ROW  || rc==SQLITE_DONE   || rc==SQLITE_ERROR 
       || rc==SQLITE_BUSY || rc==SQLITE_MISUSE
  );
  assert( p->rc!=SQLITE_ROW && p->rc!=SQLITE_DONE );
  if( p->isPrepareV2 && rc!=SQLITE_ROW && rc!=SQLITE_DONE ){
    /* If this statement was prepared using sqlite3_prepare_v2(), and an
    ** error has occurred, then return the error code in p->rc to the
    ** caller. Set the error code in the database handle to the same value.
    */ 
    rc = sqlite3VdbeTransferError(p);
  }
................................................................................
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  char *zErr = 0;
  Table *pTab;
  Parse *pParse = 0;
  Incrblob *pBlob = 0;

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) || ppBlob==0 || zTable==0 ){
    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
  }
#endif
  flags = !!flags;                /* flags = (flags ? 1 : 0); */
  *ppBlob = 0;







  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);

  pBlob = (Incrblob *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Incrblob));
  if( !pBlob ) goto blob_open_out;
  pParse = sqlite3StackAllocRaw(db, sizeof(*pParse));
  if( !pParse ) goto blob_open_out;
................................................................................
  sqlite3 *db;

  if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
  db = p->db;
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
  v = (Vdbe*)p->pStmt;

  if( n<0 || iOffset<0 || (iOffset+n)>p->nByte ){
    /* Request is out of range. Return a transient error. */
    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
  }else if( v==0 ){
    /* If there is no statement handle, then the blob-handle has
    ** already been invalidated. Return SQLITE_ABORT in this case.
    */
    rc = SQLITE_ABORT;
................................................................................
  ** schema.  If not found, pSchema will remain NULL and nothing will match
  ** resulting in an appropriate error message toward the end of this routine
  */
  if( zDb ){
    testcase( pNC->ncFlags & NC_PartIdx );
    testcase( pNC->ncFlags & NC_IsCheck );
    if( (pNC->ncFlags & (NC_PartIdx|NC_IsCheck))!=0 ){
      /* Silently ignore database qualifiers inside CHECK constraints and partial
      ** indices.  Do not raise errors because that might break legacy and
      ** because it does not hurt anything to just ignore the database name. */

      zDb = 0;
    }else{
      for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
        assert( db->aDb[i].zName );
        if( sqlite3StrICmp(db->aDb[i].zName,zDb)==0 ){
          pSchema = db->aDb[i].pSchema;
          break;
................................................................................
            break;
          }
        }
      }
      if( pMatch ){
        pExpr->iTable = pMatch->iCursor;
        pExpr->pTab = pMatch->pTab;

        assert( (pMatch->jointype & JT_RIGHT)==0 ); /* RIGHT JOIN not (yet) supported */
        if( (pMatch->jointype & JT_LEFT)!=0 ){
          ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_CanBeNull);
        }
        pSchema = pExpr->pTab->pSchema;
      }
    } /* if( pSrcList ) */

................................................................................
      pExpr->op = TK_COLUMN;
      pExpr->pTab = pItem->pTab;
      pExpr->iTable = pItem->iCursor;
      pExpr->iColumn = -1;
      pExpr->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
      break;
    }
#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) */


    /* A lone identifier is the name of a column.
    */
    case TK_ID: {
      return lookupName(pParse, 0, 0, pExpr->u.zToken, pNC, pExpr);
    }
  
................................................................................
      }else{
        is_agg = pDef->xFunc==0;
        if( pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_UNLIKELY ){
          ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Unlikely|EP_Skip);
          if( n==2 ){
            pExpr->iTable = exprProbability(pList->a[1].pExpr);
            if( pExpr->iTable<0 ){

              sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "second argument to likelihood() must be a "
                                      "constant between 0.0 and 1.0");
              pNC->nErr++;
            }
          }else{
            /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-61304-29449 The unlikely(X) function is equivalent to
            ** likelihood(X, 0.0625).
            ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-01283-11636 The unlikely(X) function is short-hand for
            ** likelihood(X,0.0625).
            ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-36850-34127 The likely(X) function is short-hand for
            ** likelihood(X,0.9375).
            ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-53436-40973 The likely(X) function is equivalent to
            ** likelihood(X,0.9375). */
            /* TUNING: unlikely() probability is 0.0625.  likely() is 0.9375 */
            pExpr->iTable = pDef->zName[0]=='u' ? 8388608 : 125829120;
          }             
        }
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
        auth = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_FUNCTION, 0, pDef->zName, 0);
        if( auth!=SQLITE_OK ){
................................................................................
                                    pDef->zName);
            pNC->nErr++;
          }
          pExpr->op = TK_NULL;
          return WRC_Prune;
        }
#endif
        if( pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT ) ExprSetProperty(pExpr,EP_Constant);


      }
      if( is_agg && (pNC->ncFlags & NC_AllowAgg)==0 ){
        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "misuse of aggregate function %.*s()", nId,zId);
        pNC->nErr++;
        is_agg = 0;
      }else if( no_such_func && pParse->db->init.busy==0 ){
        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such function: %.*s", nId, zId);
................................................................................
  assert( pEList!=0 );  /* sqlite3SelectNew() guarantees this */
  for(i=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++, pItem++){
    if( pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol ){
      if( pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol>pEList->nExpr ){
        resolveOutOfRangeError(pParse, zType, i+1, pEList->nExpr);
        return 1;
      }
      resolveAlias(pParse, pEList, pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol-1, pItem->pExpr, zType,0);

    }
  }
  return 0;
}

/*
** pOrderBy is an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause in SELECT statement pSelect.
................................................................................
      p = p->pLeft;
      continue;
    }
    if( op==TK_COLLATE || (op==TK_REGISTER && p->op2==TK_COLLATE) ){
      pColl = sqlite3GetCollSeq(pParse, ENC(db), 0, p->u.zToken);
      break;
    }
    if( p->pTab!=0
     && (op==TK_AGG_COLUMN || op==TK_COLUMN
          || op==TK_REGISTER || op==TK_TRIGGER)

    ){
      /* op==TK_REGISTER && p->pTab!=0 happens when pExpr was originally
      ** a TK_COLUMN but was previously evaluated and cached in a register */
      int j = p->iColumn;
      if( j>=0 ){
        const char *zColl = p->pTab->aCol[j].zColl;
        pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), zColl, 0);
      }
      break;
    }
    if( p->flags & EP_Collate ){
      if( ALWAYS(p->pLeft) && (p->pLeft->flags & EP_Collate)!=0 ){
        p = p->pLeft;
      }else{
        p = p->pRight;















      }
    }else{
      break;
    }
  }
  if( sqlite3CheckCollSeq(pParse, pColl) ){ 
    pColl = 0;
................................................................................

/*
** Set the Expr.nHeight variable in the structure passed as an 
** argument. An expression with no children, Expr.pList or 
** Expr.pSelect member has a height of 1. Any other expression
** has a height equal to the maximum height of any other 
** referenced Expr plus one.



*/
static void exprSetHeight(Expr *p){
  int nHeight = 0;
  heightOfExpr(p->pLeft, &nHeight);
  heightOfExpr(p->pRight, &nHeight);
  if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect) ){
    heightOfSelect(p->x.pSelect, &nHeight);
  }else{
    heightOfExprList(p->x.pList, &nHeight);

  }
  p->nHeight = nHeight + 1;
}

/*
** Set the Expr.nHeight variable using the exprSetHeight() function. If
** the height is greater than the maximum allowed expression depth,
** leave an error in pParse.



*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprSetHeight(Parse *pParse, Expr *p){
  exprSetHeight(p);
  sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(pParse, p->nHeight);
}

/*
** Return the maximum height of any expression tree referenced
** by the select statement passed as an argument.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SelectExprHeight(Select *p){
  int nHeight = 0;
  heightOfSelect(p, &nHeight);
  return nHeight;
}
#else









  #define exprSetHeight(y)
#endif /* SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 */

/*
** This routine is the core allocator for Expr nodes.
**
** Construct a new expression node and return a pointer to it.  Memory
** for this node and for the pToken argument is a single allocation
................................................................................
  if( pRoot==0 ){
    assert( db->mallocFailed );
    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pLeft);
    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pRight);
  }else{
    if( pRight ){
      pRoot->pRight = pRight;
      pRoot->flags |= EP_Collate & pRight->flags;
    }
    if( pLeft ){
      pRoot->pLeft = pLeft;
      pRoot->flags |= EP_Collate & pLeft->flags;
    }
    exprSetHeight(pRoot);
  }
}

/*
** Allocate an Expr node which joins as many as two subtrees.
................................................................................
  pNew = sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_FUNCTION, pToken, 1);
  if( pNew==0 ){
    sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList); /* Avoid memory leak when malloc fails */
    return 0;
  }
  pNew->x.pList = pList;
  assert( !ExprHasProperty(pNew, EP_xIsSelect) );
  sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, pNew);
  return pNew;
}

/*
** Assign a variable number to an expression that encodes a wildcard
** in the original SQL statement.  
**
................................................................................
    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pItem->pExpr);
    sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zName);
    sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zSpan);
  }
  sqlite3DbFree(db, pList->a);
  sqlite3DbFree(db, pList);
}
















/*
** These routines are Walker callbacks used to check expressions to
** see if they are "constant" for some definition of constant.  The
** Walker.eCode value determines the type of "constant" we are looking
** for.
**
................................................................................
  }

  switch( pExpr->op ){
    /* Consider functions to be constant if all their arguments are constant
    ** and either pWalker->eCode==4 or 5 or the function has the
    ** SQLITE_FUNC_CONST flag. */
    case TK_FUNCTION:
      if( pWalker->eCode>=4 || ExprHasProperty(pExpr,EP_Constant) ){
        return WRC_Continue;
      }else{
        pWalker->eCode = 0;
        return WRC_Abort;
      }
    case TK_ID:
    case TK_COLUMN:
................................................................................
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheStore(Parse *pParse, int iTab, int iCol, int iReg){
  int i;
  int minLru;
  int idxLru;
  struct yColCache *p;

  assert( iReg>0 );  /* Register numbers are always positive */

  assert( iCol>=-1 && iCol<32768 );  /* Finite column numbers */

  /* The SQLITE_ColumnCache flag disables the column cache.  This is used
  ** for testing only - to verify that SQLite always gets the same answer
  ** with and without the column cache.
  */
  if( OptimizationDisabled(pParse->db, SQLITE_ColumnCache) ) return;
................................................................................
        zKey = (char *)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[2]);
        rc = sqlite3CodecAttach(db, db->nDb-1, zKey, nKey);
        break;

      case SQLITE_NULL:
        /* No key specified.  Use the key from the main database */
        sqlite3CodecGetKey(db, 0, (void**)&zKey, &nKey);
        if( nKey>0 || sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(db->aDb[0].pBt)>0 ){
          rc = sqlite3CodecAttach(db, db->nDb-1, zKey, nKey);
        }
        break;
    }
  }
#endif

................................................................................
**
** See also sqlite3LocateTable().
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3FindTable(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, const char *zDatabase){
  Table *p = 0;
  int i;

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) || zName==0 ) return 0;
#endif

  /* All mutexes are required for schema access.  Make sure we hold them. */
  assert( zDatabase!=0 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
#if SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
  /* Only the admin user is allowed to know that the sqlite_user table
  ** exists */
  if( db->auth.authLevel<UAUTH_Admin && sqlite3UserAuthTable(zName)!=0 ){
    return 0;
................................................................................
    }
    pPk->nKeyCol = j;
  }
  pPk->isCovering = 1;
  assert( pPk!=0 );
  nPk = pPk->nKeyCol;

  /* Make sure every column of the PRIMARY KEY is NOT NULL */


  for(i=0; i<nPk; i++){
    pTab->aCol[pPk->aiColumn[i]].notNull = 1;
  }
  pPk->uniqNotNull = 1;


  /* The root page of the PRIMARY KEY is the table root page */
  pPk->tnum = pTab->tnum;

  /* Update the in-memory representation of all UNIQUE indices by converting
  ** the final rowid column into one or more columns of the PRIMARY KEY.
  */
................................................................................
  pWhereRowid = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ROW, 0, 0, 0);
  if( pWhereRowid == 0 ) goto limit_where_cleanup_1;
  pInClause = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, pWhereRowid, 0, 0);
  if( pInClause == 0 ) goto limit_where_cleanup_1;

  pInClause->x.pSelect = pSelect;
  pInClause->flags |= EP_xIsSelect;
  sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, pInClause);
  return pInClause;

  /* something went wrong. clean up anything allocated. */
limit_where_cleanup_1:
  sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, pSelect);
  return 0;

................................................................................
    len = 0;
    if( p1<0 ){
      for(z2=z; *z2; len++){
        SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z2);
      }
    }
  }








  if( argc==3 ){
    p2 = sqlite3_value_int(argv[2]);
    if( p2<0 ){
      p2 = -p2;
      negP2 = 1;
    }
  }else{
................................................................................
#    define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 1
#  else
#    define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 0
#  endif
#endif

/***************************************************************************

** The next block of code, including the PragTyp_XXXX macro definitions and
** the aPragmaName[] object is composed of generated code. DO NOT EDIT.
**


** To add new pragmas, edit the code in ../tool/mkpragmatab.tcl and rerun
** that script.  Then copy/paste the output in place of the following:






*/
#define PragTyp_HEADER_VALUE                   0
#define PragTyp_AUTO_VACUUM                    1
#define PragTyp_FLAG                           2
#define PragTyp_BUSY_TIMEOUT                   3
#define PragTyp_CACHE_SIZE                     4
#define PragTyp_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE            5
................................................................................
    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_INDEX_INFO,
    /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema,
    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
  { /* zName:     */ "index_list",
    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_INDEX_LIST,
    /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema,
    /* iArg:      */ 0 },




#endif
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK)
  { /* zName:     */ "integrity_check",
    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_INTEGRITY_CHECK,
    /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema,
    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
#endif
................................................................................
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
  { /* zName:     */ "writable_schema",
    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
    /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_WriteSchema|SQLITE_RecoveryMode },
#endif
};
/* Number of pragmas: 58 on by default, 71 total. */
/* End of the automatically generated pragma table.

***************************************************************************/


/*
** Interpret the given string as a safety level.  Return 0 for OFF,
** 1 for ON or NORMAL and 2 for FULL.  Return 1 for an empty or 
** unrecognized string argument.  The FULL option is disallowed
** if the omitFull parameter it 1.
**
................................................................................
  char *aFcntl[4];       /* Argument to SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA */
  int iDb;               /* Database index for <database> */
  int lwr, upr, mid = 0;       /* Binary search bounds */
  int rc;                      /* return value form SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA */
  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;    /* The database connection */
  Db *pDb;                     /* The specific database being pragmaed */
  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);  /* Prepared statement */


  if( v==0 ) return;
  sqlite3VdbeRunOnlyOnce(v);
  pParse->nMem = 2;

  /* Interpret the [database.] part of the pragma statement. iDb is the
  ** index of the database this pragma is being applied to in db.aDb[]. */
................................................................................
    if( rc<0 ){
      upr = mid - 1;
    }else{
      lwr = mid + 1;
    }
  }
  if( lwr>upr ) goto pragma_out;


  /* Make sure the database schema is loaded if the pragma requires that */
  if( (aPragmaNames[mid].mPragFlag & PragFlag_NeedSchema)!=0 ){
    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
  }

  /* Jump to the appropriate pragma handler */
  switch( aPragmaNames[mid].ePragTyp ){
  
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED)
  /*
  **  PRAGMA [database.]default_cache_size
  **  PRAGMA [database.]default_cache_size=N
  **
  ** The first form reports the current persistent setting for the
................................................................................
    break;
  }
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS */

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS
  case PragTyp_FLAG: {
    if( zRight==0 ){
      returnSingleInt(pParse, aPragmaNames[mid].zName,
                     (db->flags & aPragmaNames[mid].iArg)!=0 );
    }else{
      int mask = aPragmaNames[mid].iArg;    /* Mask of bits to set or clear. */
      if( db->autoCommit==0 ){
        /* Foreign key support may not be enabled or disabled while not
        ** in auto-commit mode.  */
        mask &= ~(SQLITE_ForeignKeys);
      }
#if SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
      if( db->auth.authLevel==UAUTH_User ){
................................................................................

  case PragTyp_INDEX_INFO: if( zRight ){
    Index *pIdx;
    Table *pTab;
    pIdx = sqlite3FindIndex(db, zRight, zDb);
    if( pIdx ){
      int i;

      pTab = pIdx->pTable;
      sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3);
      pParse->nMem = 3;
      sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seqno", SQLITE_STATIC);
      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "cid", SQLITE_STATIC);
      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLITE_STATIC);



      for(i=0; i<pIdx->nKeyCol; i++){
        i16 cnum = pIdx->aiColumn[i];
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, 1);
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, cnum, 2);
        assert( pTab->nCol>cnum );


        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, pTab->aCol[cnum].zName, 0);




        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 3);
      }
    }
  }
  break;

  case PragTyp_INDEX_LIST: if( zRight ){
    Index *pIdx;
    Table *pTab;
    int i;
    pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb);
    if( pTab ){
      v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
      sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 3);
      pParse->nMem = 3;
      sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", SQLITE_STATIC);
      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLITE_STATIC);
      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "unique", SQLITE_STATIC);


      for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex, i=0; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){

        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, 1);
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, pIdx->zName, 0);
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, IsUniqueIndex(pIdx), 3);


        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 3);
      }
    }
  }
  break;

  case PragTyp_DATABASE_LIST: {
    int i;
................................................................................
  ** the schema-version is potentially dangerous and may lead to program
  ** crashes or database corruption. Use with caution!
  **
  ** The user-version is not used internally by SQLite. It may be used by
  ** applications for any purpose.
  */
  case PragTyp_HEADER_VALUE: {
    int iCookie = aPragmaNames[mid].iArg;  /* Which cookie to read or write */
    sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
    if( zRight && (aPragmaNames[mid].mPragFlag & PragFlag_ReadOnly)==0 ){
      /* Write the specified cookie value */
      static const VdbeOpList setCookie[] = {
        { OP_Transaction,    0,  1,  0},    /* 0 */
        { OP_Integer,        0,  1,  0},    /* 1 */
        { OP_SetCookie,      0,  0,  1},    /* 2 */
      };
      int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(setCookie), setCookie, 0);
................................................................................
  **
  ** Call sqlite3_busy_timeout(db, N).  Return the current timeout value
  ** if one is set.  If no busy handler or a different busy handler is set
  ** then 0 is returned.  Setting the busy_timeout to 0 or negative
  ** disables the timeout.
  */
  /*case PragTyp_BUSY_TIMEOUT*/ default: {
    assert( aPragmaNames[mid].ePragTyp==PragTyp_BUSY_TIMEOUT );
    if( zRight ){
      sqlite3_busy_timeout(db, sqlite3Atoi(zRight));
    }
    returnSingleInt(pParse, "timeout",  db->busyTimeout);
    break;
  }

................................................................................
** exist on the table t1, a complete scan of the data might be
** avoided.
**
** Flattening is only attempted if all of the following are true:
**
**   (1)  The subquery and the outer query do not both use aggregates.
**
**   (2)  The subquery is not an aggregate or the outer query is not a join.



**
**   (3)  The subquery is not the right operand of a left outer join
**        (Originally ticket #306.  Strengthened by ticket #3300)
**
**   (4)  The subquery is not DISTINCT.
**
**  (**)  At one point restrictions (4) and (5) defined a subset of DISTINCT
................................................................................
  if( OptimizationDisabled(db, SQLITE_QueryFlattener) ) return 0;
  pSrc = p->pSrc;
  assert( pSrc && iFrom>=0 && iFrom<pSrc->nSrc );
  pSubitem = &pSrc->a[iFrom];
  iParent = pSubitem->iCursor;
  pSub = pSubitem->pSelect;
  assert( pSub!=0 );

  if( isAgg && subqueryIsAgg ) return 0;                 /* Restriction (1)  */
  if( subqueryIsAgg && pSrc->nSrc>1 ) return 0;          /* Restriction (2)  */








  pSubSrc = pSub->pSrc;
  assert( pSubSrc );
  /* Prior to version 3.1.2, when LIMIT and OFFSET had to be simple constants,
  ** not arbitrary expressions, we allowed some combining of LIMIT and OFFSET
  ** because they could be computed at compile-time.  But when LIMIT and OFFSET
  ** became arbitrary expressions, we were forced to add restrictions (13)
  ** and (14). */
................................................................................
#endif
    if( pFrom->zName==0 ){
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
      Select *pSel = pFrom->pSelect;
      /* A sub-query in the FROM clause of a SELECT */
      assert( pSel!=0 );
      assert( pFrom->pTab==0 );
      sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pSel);
      pFrom->pTab = pTab = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table));
      if( pTab==0 ) return WRC_Abort;
      pTab->nRef = 1;
      pTab->zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "sqlite_sq_%p", (void*)pTab);
      while( pSel->pPrior ){ pSel = pSel->pPrior; }
      selectColumnsFromExprList(pParse, pSel->pEList, &pTab->nCol, &pTab->aCol);
      pTab->iPKey = -1;
................................................................................
  pTabList = p->pSrc;
  pEList = p->pEList;
  if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){
    goto select_end;
  }
  isAgg = (p->selFlags & SF_Aggregate)!=0;
  assert( pEList!=0 );








  /* Begin generating code.
  */
  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
  if( v==0 ) goto select_end;

  /* If writing to memory or generating a set
................................................................................
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
/*
** Generate a human-readable description of a the Select object.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TreeViewSelect(TreeView *pView, const Select *p, u8 moreToFollow){
  int n = 0;
  pView = sqlite3TreeViewPush(pView, moreToFollow);
  sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "SELECT%s%s",
    ((p->selFlags & SF_Distinct) ? " DISTINCT" : ""),
    ((p->selFlags & SF_Aggregate) ? " agg_flag" : "")
  );
  if( p->pSrc && p->pSrc->nSrc ) n++;
  if( p->pWhere ) n++;
  if( p->pGroupBy ) n++;
  if( p->pHaving ) n++;
  if( p->pOrderBy ) n++;
  if( p->pLimit ) n++;
................................................................................

  /* The call to execSql() to attach the temp database has left the file
  ** locked (as there was more than one active statement when the transaction
  ** to read the schema was concluded. Unlock it here so that this doesn't
  ** cause problems for the call to BtreeSetPageSize() below.  */
  sqlite3BtreeCommit(pTemp);

  nRes = sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(pMain);

  /* A VACUUM cannot change the pagesize of an encrypted database. */
#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
  if( db->nextPagesize ){
    extern void sqlite3CodecGetKey(sqlite3*, int, void**, int*);
    int nKey;
    char *zKey;
................................................................................
  Parse *pParse;

  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  Table *pTab;
  char *zErr = 0;

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR

  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;

#endif
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
  if( !db->pVtabCtx || !(pTab = db->pVtabCtx->pTab) ){
    sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_MISUSE);
    sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
  }
................................................................................
  ** and used to match WHERE clause constraints */
  nKeyCol = 0;
  pTable = pSrc->pTab;
  pWCEnd = &pWC->a[pWC->nTerm];
  pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop;
  idxCols = 0;
  for(pTerm=pWC->a; pTerm<pWCEnd; pTerm++){




    if( pLoop->prereq==0
     && (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL)==0
     && !ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_FromJoin)
     && sqlite3ExprIsTableConstant(pTerm->pExpr, pSrc->iCursor) ){
      pPartial = sqlite3ExprAnd(pParse->db, pPartial,
                                sqlite3ExprDup(pParse->db, pTerm->pExpr, 0));
    }
    if( termCanDriveIndex(pTerm, pSrc, notReady) ){
      int iCol = pTerm->u.leftColumn;
      Bitmask cMask = iCol>=BMS ? MASKBIT(BMS-1) : MASKBIT(iCol);
      testcase( iCol==BMS );
      testcase( iCol==BMS-1 );
      if( !sentWarning ){
................................................................................
/* Check to see if a partial index with pPartIndexWhere can be used
** in the current query.  Return true if it can be and false if not.
*/
static int whereUsablePartialIndex(int iTab, WhereClause *pWC, Expr *pWhere){
  int i;
  WhereTerm *pTerm;
  for(i=0, pTerm=pWC->a; i<pWC->nTerm; i++, pTerm++){
    if( sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr(pTerm->pExpr, pWhere, iTab)
     && !ExprHasProperty(pTerm->pExpr, EP_FromJoin)

    ){
      return 1;
    }
  }
  return 0;
}

................................................................................
        pRHS->flags |= EP_Generic;
      }
      yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy328 ? TK_NE : TK_EQ, yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.pExpr, pRHS, 0);
    }else{
      yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0);
      if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ){
        yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->x.pList = yymsp[-1].minor.yy14;
        sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr);
      }else{
        sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy14);
      }
      if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy328 ) yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0);
    }
    yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.zStart;
    yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n];
................................................................................
  }
        break;
      case 224: /* expr ::= LP select RP */
{
    yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_SELECT, 0, 0, 0);
    if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ){
      yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->x.pSelect = yymsp[-1].minor.yy3;
      ExprSetProperty(yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, EP_xIsSelect);
      sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr);
    }else{
      sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy3);
    }
    yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.z;
    yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n];
  }
        break;
      case 225: /* expr ::= expr in_op LP select RP */
{
    yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0);
    if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ){
      yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->x.pSelect = yymsp[-1].minor.yy3;
      ExprSetProperty(yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, EP_xIsSelect);
      sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr);
    }else{
      sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy3);
    }
    if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy328 ) yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0);
    yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.zStart;
    yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n];
  }
................................................................................
        break;
      case 226: /* expr ::= expr in_op nm dbnm */
{
    SrcList *pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db, 0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
    yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-3].minor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0);
    if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ){
      yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->x.pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, 0,pSrc,0,0,0,0,0,0,0);
      ExprSetProperty(yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, EP_xIsSelect);
      sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr);
    }else{
      sqlite3SrcListDelete(pParse->db, pSrc);
    }
    if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy328 ) yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0);
    yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-3].minor.yy346.zStart;
    yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z ? &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n] : &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.n];
  }
        break;
      case 227: /* expr ::= EXISTS LP select RP */
{
    Expr *p = yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EXISTS, 0, 0, 0);
    if( p ){
      p->x.pSelect = yymsp[-1].minor.yy3;
      ExprSetProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect);
      sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, p);
    }else{
      sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy3);
    }
    yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z;
    yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n];
  }
        break;
      case 228: /* expr ::= CASE case_operand case_exprlist case_else END */
{
  yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_CASE, yymsp[-3].minor.yy132, 0, 0);
  if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ){
    yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->x.pList = yymsp[-1].minor.yy132 ? sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy14,yymsp[-1].minor.yy132) : yymsp[-2].minor.yy14;
    sqlite3ExprSetHeight(pParse, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr);
  }else{
    sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-2].minor.yy14);
    sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy132);
  }
  yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-4].minor.yy0.z;
  yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n];
}
................................................................................
  void *pEngine;                  /* The LEMON-generated LALR(1) parser */
  int tokenType;                  /* type of the next token */
  int lastTokenParsed = -1;       /* type of the previous token */
  u8 enableLookaside;             /* Saved value of db->lookaside.bEnabled */
  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;       /* The database connection */
  int mxSqlLen;                   /* Max length of an SQL string */


#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
  if( zSql==0 || pzErrMsg==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
#endif

  mxSqlLen = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH];
  if( db->nVdbeActive==0 ){
    db->u1.isInterrupted = 0;
  }
  pParse->rc = SQLITE_OK;
  pParse->zTail = zSql;
  i = 0;
................................................................................
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_handler(
  sqlite3 *db,
  int (*xBusy)(void*,int),
  void *pArg
){
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE;
#endif
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
  db->busyHandler.xFunc = xBusy;
  db->busyHandler.pArg = pArg;
  db->busyHandler.nBusy = 0;
  db->busyTimeout = 0;
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
................................................................................
  db->szMmap = sqlite3GlobalConfig.szMmap;
  db->nextPagesize = 0;
  db->nMaxSorterMmap = 0x7FFFFFFF;
  db->flags |= SQLITE_ShortColNames | SQLITE_EnableTrigger | SQLITE_CacheSpill
#if !defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX) || SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX
                 | SQLITE_AutoIndex
#endif



#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT<4
                 | SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION
                 | SQLITE_LoadExtension
#endif
#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_RECURSIVE_TRIGGERS
................................................................................
  int *pAutoinc               /* OUTPUT: True if column is auto-increment */
){
  int rc;
  char *zErrMsg = 0;
  Table *pTab = 0;
  Column *pCol = 0;
  int iCol = 0;

  char const *zDataType = 0;
  char const *zCollSeq = 0;
  int notnull = 0;
  int primarykey = 0;
  int autoinc = 0;








  /* Ensure the database schema has been loaded */
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
  sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
  rc = sqlite3Init(db, &zErrMsg);
  if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
    goto error_out;
  }
................................................................................
      rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, op, pArg);
    }else{
      rc = SQLITE_NOTFOUND;
    }
    sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree);
  }
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
  return rc;   
}

/*
** Interface to the testing logic.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...){
  int rc = 0;
................................................................................
    ** Return SQLITE_OK if SQLite has been initialized and SQLITE_ERROR if
    ** not.
    */
    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISINIT: {
      if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit==0 ) rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
      break;
    }





























  }
  va_end(ap);
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST */
  return rc;
}

/*
................................................................................

  /* Compile a SELECT statement for this cursor. For a full-table-scan, the
  ** statement loops through all rows of the %_content table. For a
  ** full-text query or docid lookup, the statement retrieves a single
  ** row by docid.
  */
  if( eSearch==FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH ){

    zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(





        "SELECT %s ORDER BY rowid %s",
        p->zReadExprlist, (pCsr->bDesc ? "DESC" : "ASC")
    );

    if( zSql ){
      rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pCsr->pStmt, 0);
      sqlite3_free(zSql);
    }else{
      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }
  }else if( eSearch==FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH ){
................................................................................
  }

  iDocid = pExpr->iDocid;
  pIter = pPhrase->doclist.pList;
  if( iDocid!=pCsr->iPrevId || pExpr->bEof ){
    int rc = SQLITE_OK;
    int bDescDoclist = pTab->bDescIdx;      /* For DOCID_CMP macro */
    int iMul;                     /* +1 if csr dir matches index dir, else -1 */
    int bOr = 0;
    u8 bEof = 0;
    u8 bTreeEof = 0;
    Fts3Expr *p;                  /* Used to iterate from pExpr to root */
    Fts3Expr *pNear;              /* Most senior NEAR ancestor (or pExpr) */

    /* Check if this phrase descends from an OR expression node. If not, 
................................................................................
      );
      isShiftDone = 1;

      /* Now that the shift has been done, check if the initial "..." are
      ** required. They are required if (a) this is not the first fragment,
      ** or (b) this fragment does not begin at position 0 of its column. 
      */
      if( rc==SQLITE_OK && (iPos>0 || iFragment>0) ){

        rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, zEllipsis, -1);



      }
      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || iCurrent<iPos ) continue;
    }

    if( iCurrent>=(iPos+nSnippet) ){
      if( isLast ){
        rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, zEllipsis, -1);

/******************************************************************************
** This file is an amalgamation of many separate C source files from SQLite
** version 3.8.8.  By combining all the individual C code files into this 
** single large file, the entire code can be compiled as a single translation
** unit.  This allows many compilers to do optimizations that would not be
** possible if the files were compiled separately.  Performance improvements
** of 5% or more are commonly seen when SQLite is compiled as a single
** translation unit.
**
** This file is all you need to compile SQLite.  To use SQLite in other
................................................................................
** string contains the date and time of the check-in (UTC) and an SHA1
** hash of the entire source tree.
**
** See also: [sqlite3_libversion()],
** [sqlite3_libversion_number()], [sqlite3_sourceid()],
** [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()].
*/
#define SQLITE_VERSION        "3.8.8"
#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3008008
#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID      "2015-02-25 14:25:31 6d132e7a224ee68b5cefe9222944aac5760ffc20"

/*
** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Version Numbers
** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_version, sqlite3_sourceid
**
** These interfaces provide the same information as the [SQLITE_VERSION],
** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER], and [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macros
................................................................................
** opcode causes the xFileControl method to swap the file handle with the one
** pointed to by the pArg argument.  This capability is used during testing
** and only needs to be supported when SQLITE_TEST is defined.
**
** </ul>
*/
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE               1
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE       2
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE       3
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_LAST_ERRNO              4
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT               5
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE              6
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER            7
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED            8
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY          9
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL            10
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE              11
................................................................................
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME           16
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE              18
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE                  19
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED              20
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC                   21
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO        22
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE       23

/* deprecated names */
#define SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE      SQLITE_FCNTL_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE
#define SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE      SQLITE_FCNTL_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE
#define SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO             SQLITE_FCNTL_LAST_ERRNO


/*
** CAPI3REF: Mutex Handle
**
** The mutex module within SQLite defines [sqlite3_mutex] to be an
** abstract type for a mutex object.  The SQLite core never looks
** at the internal representation of an [sqlite3_mutex].  It only
................................................................................
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_table(char **result);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Formatted String Printing Functions
**
** These routines are work-alikes of the "printf()" family of functions
** from the standard C library.
** These routines understand most of the common K&R formatting options,
** plus some additional non-standard formats, detailed below.
** Note that some of the more obscure formatting options from recent
** C-library standards are omitted from this implementation.
**
** ^The sqlite3_mprintf() and sqlite3_vmprintf() routines write their
** results into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()].
** The strings returned by these two routines should be
** released by [sqlite3_free()].  ^Both routines return a
** NULL pointer if [sqlite3_malloc()] is unable to allocate enough
** memory to hold the resulting string.
................................................................................
** written will be n-1 characters.
**
** ^The sqlite3_vsnprintf() routine is a varargs version of sqlite3_snprintf().
**
** These routines all implement some additional formatting
** options that are useful for constructing SQL statements.
** All of the usual printf() formatting options apply.  In addition, there
** is are "%q", "%Q", "%w" and "%z" options.
**
** ^(The %q option works like %s in that it substitutes a nul-terminated
** string from the argument list.  But %q also doubles every '\'' character.
** %q is designed for use inside a string literal.)^  By doubling each '\''
** character it escapes that character and allows it to be inserted into
** the string.
**
................................................................................
**  char *zSQL = sqlite3_mprintf("INSERT INTO table VALUES(%Q)", zText);
**  sqlite3_exec(db, zSQL, 0, 0, 0);
**  sqlite3_free(zSQL);
** </pre></blockquote>
**
** The code above will render a correct SQL statement in the zSQL
** variable even if the zText variable is a NULL pointer.
**
** ^(The "%w" formatting option is like "%q" except that it expects to
** be contained within double-quotes instead of single quotes, and it
** escapes the double-quote character instead of the single-quote
** character.)^  The "%w" formatting option is intended for safely inserting
** table and column names into a constructed SQL statement.
**
** ^(The "%z" formatting option works like "%s" but with the
** addition that after the string has been read and copied into
** the result, [sqlite3_free()] is called on the input string.)^
*/
SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_mprintf(const char*,...);
SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vmprintf(const char*, va_list);
................................................................................
**
** ^(This routine returns [SQLITE_OK] if shared cache was enabled or disabled
** successfully.  An [error code] is returned otherwise.)^
**
** ^Shared cache is disabled by default. But this might change in
** future releases of SQLite.  Applications that care about shared
** cache setting should set it explicitly.
**
** Note: This method is disabled on MacOS X 10.7 and iOS version 5.0
** and will always return SQLITE_MISUSE. On those systems, 
** shared cache mode should be enabled per-database connection via 
** [sqlite3_open_v2()] with [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE].
**
** This interface is threadsafe on processors where writing a
** 32-bit integer is atomic.
**
** See Also:  [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode]
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(int);
................................................................................
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOCALTIME_FAULT         18
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_EXPLAIN_STMT            19  /* NOT USED */
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_NEVER_CORRUPT           20
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_VDBE_COVERAGE           21
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BYTEORDER               22
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISINIT                  23
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SORTER_MMAP             24
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER                25
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LAST                    25

/*
** CAPI3REF: SQLite Runtime Status
**
** ^This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information
** about the performance of SQLite, and optionally to reset various
** highwater marks.  ^The first argument is an integer code for
................................................................................
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPagerFlags(Btree*,unsigned);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSyncDisabled(Btree*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree *p, int nPagesize, int nReserve, int eFix);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(Btree*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3BtreeLastPage(Btree*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSecureDelete(Btree*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetOptimalReserve(Btree*);

SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetReserveNoMutex(Btree *p);

SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(Btree *, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(Btree *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseOne(Btree*, const char *zMaster);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommitPhaseTwo(Btree*, int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeCommit(Btree*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree*,int,int);
................................................................................
  int aLimit[SQLITE_N_LIMIT];   /* Limits */
  int nMaxSorterMmap;           /* Maximum size of regions mapped by sorter */
  struct sqlite3InitInfo {      /* Information used during initialization */
    int newTnum;                /* Rootpage of table being initialized */
    u8 iDb;                     /* Which db file is being initialized */
    u8 busy;                    /* TRUE if currently initializing */
    u8 orphanTrigger;           /* Last statement is orphaned TEMP trigger */
    u8 imposterTable;           /* Building an imposter table */
  } init;
  int nVdbeActive;              /* Number of VDBEs currently running */
  int nVdbeRead;                /* Number of active VDBEs that read or write */
  int nVdbeWrite;               /* Number of active VDBEs that read and write */
  int nVdbeExec;                /* Number of nested calls to VdbeExec() */
  int nExtension;               /* Number of loaded extensions */
  void **aExtension;            /* Array of shared library handles */
................................................................................
#define EP_Skip      0x001000 /* COLLATE, AS, or UNLIKELY */
#define EP_Reduced   0x002000 /* Expr struct EXPR_REDUCEDSIZE bytes only */
#define EP_TokenOnly 0x004000 /* Expr struct EXPR_TOKENONLYSIZE bytes only */
#define EP_Static    0x008000 /* Held in memory not obtained from malloc() */
#define EP_MemToken  0x010000 /* Need to sqlite3DbFree() Expr.zToken */
#define EP_NoReduce  0x020000 /* Cannot EXPRDUP_REDUCE this Expr */
#define EP_Unlikely  0x040000 /* unlikely() or likelihood() function */
#define EP_ConstFunc 0x080000 /* Node is a SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT function */
#define EP_CanBeNull 0x100000 /* Can be null despite NOT NULL constraint */
#define EP_Subquery  0x200000 /* Tree contains a TK_SELECT operator */

/*
** Combinations of two or more EP_* flags
*/
#define EP_Propagate (EP_Collate|EP_Subquery) /* Propagate these bits up tree */

/*
** These macros can be used to test, set, or clear bits in the 
** Expr.flags field.
*/
#define ExprHasProperty(E,P)     (((E)->flags&(P))!=0)
#define ExprHasAllProperty(E,P)  (((E)->flags&(P))==(P))
................................................................................
SQLITE_PRIVATE Expr *sqlite3ExprFunction(Parse*,ExprList*, Token*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprAssignVarNumber(Parse*, Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprDelete(sqlite3*, Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE ExprList *sqlite3ExprListAppend(Parse*,ExprList*,Expr*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListSetName(Parse*,ExprList*,Token*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListSetSpan(Parse*,ExprList*,ExprSpan*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprListDelete(sqlite3*, ExprList*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3ExprListFlags(const ExprList*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3Init(sqlite3*, char**);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3InitCallback(void*, int, char**, char**);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Pragma(Parse*,Token*,Token*,Token*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(sqlite3*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ResetOneSchema(sqlite3*,int);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3CollapseDatabaseArray(sqlite3*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3BeginParse(Parse*,int);
................................................................................
  #define sqlite3JournalExists(p) 1
#endif

SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3MemJournalOpen(sqlite3_file *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3MemJournalSize(void);
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3IsMemJournal(sqlite3_file *);

SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprSetHeightAndFlags(Parse *pParse, Expr *p);
#if SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0

SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3SelectExprHeight(Select *);
SQLITE_PRIVATE   int sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(Parse*, int);
#else

  #define sqlite3SelectExprHeight(x) 0
  #define sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(x,y)
#endif

SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3Get4byte(const u8*);
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3Put4byte(u8*, u32);

................................................................................
#ifdef SQLITE_EBCDIC
      0,  1,  2,  3,  4,  5,  6,  7,  8,  9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, /* 0x */
     16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, /* 1x */
     32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, /* 2x */
     48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, /* 3x */
     64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78, 79, /* 4x */
     80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 85, 86, 87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, /* 5x */
     96, 97, 98, 99,100,101,102,103,104,105,106,107,108,109,110,111, /* 6x */
    112,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,121,122,123,124,125,126,127, /* 7x */
    128,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,138,139,140,141,142,143, /* 8x */
    144,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,157,158,159, /* 9x */
    160,161,162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,170,171,140,141,142,175, /* Ax */
    176,177,178,179,180,181,182,183,184,185,186,187,188,189,190,191, /* Bx */
    192,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,202,203,204,205,206,207, /* Cx */
    208,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,218,219,220,221,222,223, /* Dx */
    224,225,162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,234,235,236,237,238,239, /* Ex */
    240,241,242,243,244,245,246,247,248,249,250,251,252,253,254,255, /* Fx */
#endif
};

/*
** The following 256 byte lookup table is used to support SQLites built-in
** equivalents to the following standard library functions:
**
................................................................................
  Mem *aVar;              /* Values for the OP_Variable opcode. */
  char **azVar;           /* Name of variables */
  ynVar nVar;             /* Number of entries in aVar[] */
  ynVar nzVar;            /* Number of entries in azVar[] */
  u32 cacheCtr;           /* VdbeCursor row cache generation counter */
  int pc;                 /* The program counter */
  int rc;                 /* Value to return */
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  int rcApp;              /* errcode set by sqlite3_result_error_code() */
#endif
  u16 nResColumn;         /* Number of columns in one row of the result set */
  u8 errorAction;         /* Recovery action to do in case of an error */
  u8 minWriteFileFormat;  /* Minimum file format for writable database files */
  bft explain:2;          /* True if EXPLAIN present on SQL command */
  bft inVtabMethod:2;     /* See comments above */
  bft changeCntOn:1;      /* True to update the change-counter */
  bft expired:1;          /* True if the VM needs to be recompiled */
................................................................................
      if( pNew ){
        pNew->id = id;
        pNew->cnt = 0;
      }
      break;
    }
    default: {
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
      if( id-2<0 || id-2>=ArraySize(aStatic) ){
        (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
        return 0;
      }
#endif
      pNew = &aStatic[id-2];
      pNew->id = id;
      break;
    }
  }
  return (sqlite3_mutex*)pNew;
}
................................................................................

/*
** This routine deallocates a previously allocated mutex.
*/
static void debugMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *pX){
  sqlite3_debug_mutex *p = (sqlite3_debug_mutex*)pX;
  assert( p->cnt==0 );
  if( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST ){
    sqlite3_free(p);
  }else{
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
    (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
#endif
  }
}

/*
** The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt
** to enter a mutex.  If another thread is already within the mutex,
** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return
** SQLITE_BUSY.  The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns SQLITE_OK
................................................................................
#endif

/*
** Each recursive mutex is an instance of the following structure.
*/
struct sqlite3_mutex {
  pthread_mutex_t mutex;     /* Mutex controlling the lock */
#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR)
  int id;                    /* Mutex type */
#endif
#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF
  volatile int nRef;         /* Number of entrances */
  volatile pthread_t owner;  /* Thread that is within this mutex */
  int trace;                 /* True to trace changes */
#endif
};
#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF
#define SQLITE3_MUTEX_INITIALIZER { PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, 0, 0, (pthread_t)0, 0 }
................................................................................
        /* Use a recursive mutex if it is available */
        pthread_mutexattr_t recursiveAttr;
        pthread_mutexattr_init(&recursiveAttr);
        pthread_mutexattr_settype(&recursiveAttr, PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE);
        pthread_mutex_init(&p->mutex, &recursiveAttr);
        pthread_mutexattr_destroy(&recursiveAttr);
#endif



      }
      break;
    }
    case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST: {
      p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) );
      if( p ){



        pthread_mutex_init(&p->mutex, 0);
      }
      break;
    }
    default: {
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
      if( iType-2<0 || iType-2>=ArraySize(staticMutexes) ){
        (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
        return 0;
      }
#endif
      p = &staticMutexes[iType-2];



      break;
    }
  }
#if SQLITE_MUTEX_NREF || defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR)
  if( p ) p->id = iType;
#endif
  return p;
}


/*
** This routine deallocates a previously
** allocated mutex.  SQLite is careful to deallocate every
** mutex that it allocates.
*/
static void pthreadMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){
  assert( p->nRef==0 );
#if SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
  if( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE )
#endif
  {
    pthread_mutex_destroy(&p->mutex);
    sqlite3_free(p);
  }
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
  else{
    (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
  }
#endif
}

/*
** The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt
** to enter a mutex.  If another thread is already within the mutex,
** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return
** SQLITE_BUSY.  The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns SQLITE_OK
................................................................................
*/
#if SQLITE_OS_WINCE
# define SQLITE_WIN32_VOLATILE
#else
# define SQLITE_WIN32_VOLATILE volatile
#endif

/*
** For some Windows sub-platforms, the _beginthreadex() / _endthreadex()
** functions are not available (e.g. those not using MSVC, Cygwin, etc).
*/
#if SQLITE_OS_WIN && !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && \
    SQLITE_THREADSAFE>0 && !defined(__CYGWIN__)
# define SQLITE_OS_WIN_THREADS 1
#else
# define SQLITE_OS_WIN_THREADS 0
#endif

#endif /* _OS_WIN_H_ */

/************** End of os_win.h **********************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in mutex_w32.c ******************/
#endif

/*
................................................................................
  sqlite3_mutex *p;

  switch( iType ){
    case SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST:
    case SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE: {
      p = sqlite3MallocZero( sizeof(*p) );
      if( p ){

        p->id = iType;
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MUTEX_TRACE_DYNAMIC
        p->trace = 1;
#endif
#endif
#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
        InitializeCriticalSectionEx(&p->mutex, 0, 0);
#else
................................................................................
    default: {
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
      if( iType-2<0 || iType-2>=ArraySize(winMutex_staticMutexes) ){
        (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
        return 0;
      }
#endif



      p = &winMutex_staticMutexes[iType-2];

      p->id = iType;
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
#ifdef SQLITE_WIN32_MUTEX_TRACE_STATIC
      p->trace = 1;
#endif
#endif
      break;
    }
  }
................................................................................
/*
** This routine deallocates a previously
** allocated mutex.  SQLite is careful to deallocate every
** mutex that it allocates.
*/
static void winMutexFree(sqlite3_mutex *p){
  assert( p );

  assert( p->nRef==0 && p->owner==0 );
  if( p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST || p->id==SQLITE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE ){


    DeleteCriticalSection(&p->mutex);
    sqlite3_free(p);
  }else{
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
    (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
#endif
  }
}

/*
** The sqlite3_mutex_enter() and sqlite3_mutex_try() routines attempt
** to enter a mutex.  If another thread is already within the mutex,
** sqlite3_mutex_enter() will block and sqlite3_mutex_try() will return
** SQLITE_BUSY.  The sqlite3_mutex_try() interface returns SQLITE_OK
................................................................................
  double rounder;            /* Used for rounding floating point values */
  etByte flag_dp;            /* True if decimal point should be shown */
  etByte flag_rtz;           /* True if trailing zeros should be removed */
#endif
  PrintfArguments *pArgList = 0; /* Arguments for SQLITE_PRINTF_SQLFUNC */
  char buf[etBUFSIZE];       /* Conversion buffer */








  bufpt = 0;
  if( bFlags ){
    if( (bArgList = (bFlags & SQLITE_PRINTF_SQLFUNC))!=0 ){
      pArgList = va_arg(ap, PrintfArguments*);
    }
    useIntern = bFlags & SQLITE_PRINTF_INTERNAL;
  }else{
................................................................................
*/
SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vsnprintf(int n, char *zBuf, const char *zFormat, va_list ap){
  StrAccum acc;
  if( n<=0 ) return zBuf;
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
  if( zBuf==0 || zFormat==0 ) {
    (void)SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
    if( zBuf ) zBuf[0] = 0;
    return zBuf;
  }
#endif
  sqlite3StrAccumInit(&acc, zBuf, n, 0);
  acc.useMalloc = 0;
  sqlite3VXPrintf(&acc, 0, zFormat, ap);
  return sqlite3StrAccumFinish(&acc);
................................................................................
}

#endif /* SQLITE_OS_UNIX && defined(SQLITE_MUTEX_PTHREADS) */
/******************************** End Unix Pthreads *************************/


/********************************* Win32 Threads ****************************/
#if SQLITE_OS_WIN_THREADS

#define SQLITE_THREADS_IMPLEMENTED 1  /* Prevent the single-thread code below */
#include <process.h>

/* A running thread */
struct SQLiteThread {
  void *tid;               /* The thread handle */
................................................................................
    assert( bRc );
  }
  if( rc==WAIT_OBJECT_0 ) *ppOut = p->pResult;
  sqlite3_free(p);
  return (rc==WAIT_OBJECT_0) ? SQLITE_OK : SQLITE_ERROR;
}

#endif /* SQLITE_OS_WIN_THREADS */
/******************************** End Win32 Threads *************************/


/********************************* Single-Threaded **************************/
#ifndef SQLITE_THREADS_IMPLEMENTED
/*
** This implementation does not actually create a new thread.  It does the
................................................................................
#else
# define UNIXFILE_DIRSYNC    0x00
#endif
#define UNIXFILE_PSOW        0x10     /* SQLITE_IOCAP_POWERSAFE_OVERWRITE */
#define UNIXFILE_DELETE      0x20     /* Delete on close */
#define UNIXFILE_URI         0x40     /* Filename might have query parameters */
#define UNIXFILE_NOLOCK      0x80     /* Do no file locking */
#define UNIXFILE_WARNED    0x0100     /* verifyDbFile() warnings issued */

/*
** Include code that is common to all os_*.c files
*/
/************** Include os_common.h in the middle of os_unix.c ***************/
/************** Begin file os_common.h ***************************************/
/*
................................................................................
#undef osFcntl
#define osFcntl lockTrace
#endif /* SQLITE_LOCK_TRACE */

/*
** Retry ftruncate() calls that fail due to EINTR
**
** All calls to ftruncate() within this file should be made through
** this wrapper.  On the Android platform, bypassing the logic below
** could lead to a corrupt database.
*/
static int robust_ftruncate(int h, sqlite3_int64 sz){
  int rc;
#ifdef __ANDROID__
  /* On Android, ftruncate() always uses 32-bit offsets, even if 
  ** _FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64 is defined. This means it is unsafe to attempt to
  ** truncate a file to any size larger than 2GiB. Silently ignore any
................................................................................
*/
static void robust_close(unixFile *pFile, int h, int lineno){
  if( osClose(h) ){
    unixLogErrorAtLine(SQLITE_IOERR_CLOSE, "close",
                       pFile ? pFile->zPath : 0, lineno);
  }
}

/*
** Set the pFile->lastErrno.  Do this in a subroutine as that provides
** a convenient place to set a breakpoint.
*/
static void storeLastErrno(unixFile *pFile, int error){
  pFile->lastErrno = error;
}

/*
** Close all file descriptors accumuated in the unixInodeInfo->pUnused list.
*/ 
static void closePendingFds(unixFile *pFile){
  unixInodeInfo *pInode = pFile->pInode;
  UnixUnusedFd *p;
................................................................................

  /* Get low-level information about the file that we can used to
  ** create a unique name for the file.
  */
  fd = pFile->h;
  rc = osFstat(fd, &statbuf);
  if( rc!=0 ){
    storeLastErrno(pFile, errno);
#ifdef EOVERFLOW
    if( pFile->lastErrno==EOVERFLOW ) return SQLITE_NOLFS;
#endif
    return SQLITE_IOERR;
  }

#ifdef __APPLE__
................................................................................
  ** in the header of every SQLite database.  In this way, if there
  ** is a race condition such that another thread has already populated
  ** the first page of the database, no damage is done.
  */
  if( statbuf.st_size==0 && (pFile->fsFlags & SQLITE_FSFLAGS_IS_MSDOS)!=0 ){
    do{ rc = osWrite(fd, "S", 1); }while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR );
    if( rc!=1 ){
      storeLastErrno(pFile, errno);
      return SQLITE_IOERR;
    }
    rc = osFstat(fd, &statbuf);
    if( rc!=0 ){
      storeLastErrno(pFile, errno);
      return SQLITE_IOERR;
    }
  }
#endif

  memset(&fileId, 0, sizeof(fileId));
  fileId.dev = statbuf.st_dev;
................................................................................
    struct flock lock;
    lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
    lock.l_start = RESERVED_BYTE;
    lock.l_len = 1;
    lock.l_type = F_WRLCK;
    if( osFcntl(pFile->h, F_GETLK, &lock) ){
      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK;
      storeLastErrno(pFile, errno);
    } else if( lock.l_type!=F_UNLCK ){
      reserved = 1;
    }
  }
#endif
  
  unixLeaveMutex();
................................................................................
  ){
    lock.l_type = (eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK?F_RDLCK:F_WRLCK);
    lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE;
    if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) ){
      tErrno = errno;
      rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK);
      if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){
        storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno);
      }
      goto end_lock;
    }
  }


  /* If control gets to this point, then actually go ahead and make
................................................................................
      /* This could happen with a network mount */
      tErrno = errno;
      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; 
    }

    if( rc ){
      if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){
        storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno);
      }
      goto end_lock;
    }else{
      pFile->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK;
      pInode->nLock++;
      pInode->nShared = 1;
    }
................................................................................
      lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE;
    }

    if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock) ){
      tErrno = errno;
      rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK);
      if( rc!=SQLITE_BUSY ){
        storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno);
      }
    }
  }
  

#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  /* Set up the transaction-counter change checking flags when
................................................................................
    ** write lock until the rest is covered by a read lock:
    **  1:   [WWWWW]
    **  2:   [....W]
    **  3:   [RRRRW]
    **  4:   [RRRR.]
    */
    if( eFileLock==SHARED_LOCK ){

#if !defined(__APPLE__) || !SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
      (void)handleNFSUnlock;
      assert( handleNFSUnlock==0 );
#endif
#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
      if( handleNFSUnlock ){
        int tErrno;               /* Error code from system call errors */
................................................................................
        lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
        lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
        lock.l_len = divSize;
        if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==(-1) ){
          tErrno = errno;
          rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
          if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
            storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno);
          }
          goto end_unlock;
        }
        lock.l_type = F_RDLCK;
        lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
        lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST;
        lock.l_len = divSize;
        if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==(-1) ){
          tErrno = errno;
          rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK);
          if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
            storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno);
          }
          goto end_unlock;
        }
        lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
        lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
        lock.l_start = SHARED_FIRST+divSize;
        lock.l_len = SHARED_SIZE-divSize;
        if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==(-1) ){
          tErrno = errno;
          rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
          if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
            storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno);
          }
          goto end_unlock;
        }
      }else
#endif /* defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE */
      {
        lock.l_type = F_RDLCK;
................................................................................
          /* In theory, the call to unixFileLock() cannot fail because another
          ** process is holding an incompatible lock. If it does, this 
          ** indicates that the other process is not following the locking
          ** protocol. If this happens, return SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK. Returning
          ** SQLITE_BUSY would confuse the upper layer (in practice it causes 
          ** an assert to fail). */ 
          rc = SQLITE_IOERR_RDLOCK;
          storeLastErrno(pFile, errno);
          goto end_unlock;
        }
      }
    }
    lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
    lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
    lock.l_start = PENDING_BYTE;
    lock.l_len = 2L;  assert( PENDING_BYTE+1==RESERVED_BYTE );
    if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==0 ){
      pInode->eFileLock = SHARED_LOCK;
    }else{
      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
      storeLastErrno(pFile, errno);
      goto end_unlock;
    }
  }
  if( eFileLock==NO_LOCK ){
    /* Decrement the shared lock counter.  Release the lock using an
    ** OS call only when all threads in this same process have released
    ** the lock.
................................................................................
      lock.l_type = F_UNLCK;
      lock.l_whence = SEEK_SET;
      lock.l_start = lock.l_len = 0L;
      if( unixFileLock(pFile, &lock)==0 ){
        pInode->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
      }else{
        rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
        storeLastErrno(pFile, errno);
        pInode->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
        pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
      }
    }

    /* Decrement the count of locks against this same file.  When the
    ** count reaches zero, close any other file descriptors whose close
................................................................................
    /* failed to open/create the lock directory */
    int tErrno = errno;
    if( EEXIST == tErrno ){
      rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
    } else {
      rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK);
      if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
        storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno);
      }
    }
    return rc;
  } 
  
  /* got it, set the type and return ok */
  pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
................................................................................
  if( rc<0 ){
    int tErrno = errno;
    rc = 0;
    if( ENOENT != tErrno ){
      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK;
    }
    if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
      storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno);
    }
    return rc; 
  }
  pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

................................................................................
      /* got the lock, unlock it */
      lrc = robust_flock(pFile->h, LOCK_UN);
      if ( lrc ) {
        int tErrno = errno;
        /* unlock failed with an error */
        lrc = SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK; 
        if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc) ){
          storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno);
          rc = lrc;
        }
      }
    } else {
      int tErrno = errno;
      reserved = 1;
      /* someone else might have it reserved */
      lrc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK); 
      if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc) ){
        storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno);
        rc = lrc;
      }
    }
  }
  OSTRACE(("TEST WR-LOCK %d %d %d (flock)\n", pFile->h, rc, reserved));

#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_FLOCK_LOCK_ERRORS
................................................................................
  /* grab an exclusive lock */
  
  if (robust_flock(pFile->h, LOCK_EX | LOCK_NB)) {
    int tErrno = errno;
    /* didn't get, must be busy */
    rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK);
    if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
      storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno);
    }
  } else {
    /* got it, set the type and return ok */
    pFile->eFileLock = eFileLock;
  }
  OSTRACE(("LOCK    %d %s %s (flock)\n", pFile->h, azFileLock(eFileLock), 
           rc==SQLITE_OK ? "ok" : "failed"));
................................................................................
  if( !reserved ){
    sem_t *pSem = pFile->pInode->pSem;

    if( sem_trywait(pSem)==-1 ){
      int tErrno = errno;
      if( EAGAIN != tErrno ){
        rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_CHECKRESERVEDLOCK);
        storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno);
      } else {
        /* someone else has the lock when we are in NO_LOCK */
        reserved = (pFile->eFileLock < SHARED_LOCK);
      }
    }else{
      /* we could have it if we want it */
      sem_post(pSem);
................................................................................
  }
  
  /* no, really unlock. */
  if ( sem_post(pSem)==-1 ) {
    int rc, tErrno = errno;
    rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno, SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK);
    if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
      storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno);
    }
    return rc; 
  }
  pFile->eFileLock = NO_LOCK;
  return SQLITE_OK;
}

................................................................................
#ifdef SQLITE_IGNORE_AFP_LOCK_ERRORS
    rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
#else
    rc = sqliteErrorFromPosixError(tErrno,
                    setLockFlag ? SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK : SQLITE_IOERR_UNLOCK);
#endif /* SQLITE_IGNORE_AFP_LOCK_ERRORS */
    if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(rc) ){
      storeLastErrno(pFile, tErrno);
    }
    return rc;
  } else {
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }
}

................................................................................
    if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc1) ){
      lrc1Errno = pFile->lastErrno;
    }
    /* Drop the temporary PENDING lock */
    lrc2 = afpSetLock(context->dbPath, pFile, PENDING_BYTE, 1, 0);
    
    if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc1) ) {
      storeLastErrno(pFile, lrc1Errno);
      rc = lrc1;
      goto afp_end_lock;
    } else if( IS_LOCK_ERROR(lrc2) ){
      rc = lrc2;
      goto afp_end_lock;
    } else if( lrc1 != SQLITE_OK ) {
      rc = lrc1;
................................................................................
    got = osPread64(id->h, pBuf, cnt, offset);
    SimulateIOError( got = -1 );
#else
    newOffset = lseek(id->h, offset, SEEK_SET);
    SimulateIOError( newOffset-- );
    if( newOffset!=offset ){
      if( newOffset == -1 ){
        storeLastErrno((unixFile*)id, errno);
      }else{
        storeLastErrno((unixFile*)id, 0);
      }
      return -1;
    }
    got = osRead(id->h, pBuf, cnt);
#endif
    if( got==cnt ) break;
    if( got<0 ){
      if( errno==EINTR ){ got = 1; continue; }
      prior = 0;
      storeLastErrno((unixFile*)id,  errno);
      break;
    }else if( got>0 ){
      cnt -= got;
      offset += got;
      prior += got;
      pBuf = (void*)(got + (char*)pBuf);
    }
................................................................................
  got = seekAndRead(pFile, offset, pBuf, amt);
  if( got==amt ){
    return SQLITE_OK;
  }else if( got<0 ){
    /* lastErrno set by seekAndRead */
    return SQLITE_IOERR_READ;
  }else{
    storeLastErrno(pFile, 0);   /* not a system error */
    /* Unread parts of the buffer must be zero-filled */
    memset(&((char*)pBuf)[got], 0, amt-got);
    return SQLITE_IOERR_SHORT_READ;
  }
}

/*
................................................................................

  assert( nBuf==(nBuf&0x1ffff) );
  assert( fd>2 );
  nBuf &= 0x1ffff;
  TIMER_START;

#if defined(USE_PREAD)
  do{ rc = (int)osPwrite(fd, pBuf, nBuf, iOff); }while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR );
#elif defined(USE_PREAD64)
  do{ rc = (int)osPwrite64(fd, pBuf, nBuf, iOff);}while( rc<0 && errno==EINTR);
#else
  do{
    i64 iSeek = lseek(fd, iOff, SEEK_SET);
    SimulateIOError( iSeek-- );

    if( iSeek!=iOff ){
      if( piErrno ) *piErrno = (iSeek==-1 ? errno : 0);
................................................................................
  SimulateDiskfullError(( wrote=0, amt=1 ));

  if( amt>0 ){
    if( wrote<0 && pFile->lastErrno!=ENOSPC ){
      /* lastErrno set by seekAndWrite */
      return SQLITE_IOERR_WRITE;
    }else{
      storeLastErrno(pFile, 0); /* not a system error */
      return SQLITE_FULL;
    }
  }

  return SQLITE_OK;
}

................................................................................
  SimulateDiskfullError( return SQLITE_FULL );

  assert( pFile );
  OSTRACE(("SYNC    %-3d\n", pFile->h));
  rc = full_fsync(pFile->h, isFullsync, isDataOnly);
  SimulateIOError( rc=1 );
  if( rc ){
    storeLastErrno(pFile, errno);
    return unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_FSYNC, "full_fsync", pFile->zPath);
  }

  /* Also fsync the directory containing the file if the DIRSYNC flag
  ** is set.  This is a one-time occurrence.  Many systems (examples: AIX)
  ** are unable to fsync a directory, so ignore errors on the fsync.
  */
................................................................................
  */
  if( pFile->szChunk>0 ){
    nByte = ((nByte + pFile->szChunk - 1)/pFile->szChunk) * pFile->szChunk;
  }

  rc = robust_ftruncate(pFile->h, nByte);
  if( rc ){
    storeLastErrno(pFile, errno);
    return unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE, "ftruncate", pFile->zPath);
  }else{
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
    /* If we are doing a normal write to a database file (as opposed to
    ** doing a hot-journal rollback or a write to some file other than a
    ** normal database file) and we truncate the file to zero length,
    ** that effectively updates the change counter.  This might happen
................................................................................
static int unixFileSize(sqlite3_file *id, i64 *pSize){
  int rc;
  struct stat buf;
  assert( id );
  rc = osFstat(((unixFile*)id)->h, &buf);
  SimulateIOError( rc=1 );
  if( rc!=0 ){
    storeLastErrno((unixFile*)id, errno);
    return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT;
  }
  *pSize = buf.st_size;

  /* When opening a zero-size database, the findInodeInfo() procedure
  ** writes a single byte into that file in order to work around a bug
  ** in the OS-X msdos filesystem.  In order to avoid problems with upper
................................................................................
** nBytes or larger, this routine is a no-op.
*/
static int fcntlSizeHint(unixFile *pFile, i64 nByte){
  if( pFile->szChunk>0 ){
    i64 nSize;                    /* Required file size */
    struct stat buf;              /* Used to hold return values of fstat() */
   
    if( osFstat(pFile->h, &buf) ){
      return SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT;
    }

    nSize = ((nByte+pFile->szChunk-1) / pFile->szChunk) * pFile->szChunk;
    if( nSize>(i64)buf.st_size ){

#if defined(HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE) && HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE
      /* The code below is handling the return value of osFallocate() 
      ** correctly. posix_fallocate() is defined to "returns zero on success, 
................................................................................
  }

#if SQLITE_MAX_MMAP_SIZE>0
  if( pFile->mmapSizeMax>0 && nByte>pFile->mmapSize ){
    int rc;
    if( pFile->szChunk<=0 ){
      if( robust_ftruncate(pFile->h, nByte) ){
        storeLastErrno(pFile, errno);
        return unixLogError(SQLITE_IOERR_TRUNCATE, "ftruncate", pFile->zPath);
      }
    }

    rc = unixMapfile(pFile, nByte);
    return rc;
  }
................................................................................
static int unixFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){
  unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
  switch( op ){
    case SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE: {
      *(int*)pArg = pFile->eFileLock;
      return SQLITE_OK;
    }
    case SQLITE_FCNTL_LAST_ERRNO: {
      *(int*)pArg = pFile->lastErrno;
      return SQLITE_OK;
    }
    case SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE: {
      pFile->szChunk = *(int *)pArg;
      return SQLITE_OK;
    }
................................................................................
    */
    case SQLITE_FCNTL_DB_UNCHANGED: {
      ((unixFile*)id)->dbUpdate = 0;
      return SQLITE_OK;
    }
#endif
#if SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__)
    case SQLITE_FCNTL_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE:
    case SQLITE_FCNTL_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE: {
      return proxyFileControl(id,op,pArg);
    }
#endif /* SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE && defined(__APPLE__) */
  }
  return SQLITE_NOTFOUND;
}

................................................................................
  ** one if present. Create a new one if necessary.
  */
  unixEnterMutex();
  pInode = pDbFd->pInode;
  pShmNode = pInode->pShmNode;
  if( pShmNode==0 ){
    struct stat sStat;                 /* fstat() info for database file */
#ifndef SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY
    const char *zBasePath = pDbFd->zPath;
#endif

    /* Call fstat() to figure out the permissions on the database file. If
    ** a new *-shm file is created, an attempt will be made to create it
    ** with the same permissions.
    */
    if( osFstat(pDbFd->h, &sStat) && pInode->bProcessLock==0 ){
      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_FSTAT;
      goto shm_open_err;
    }

#ifdef SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY
    nShmFilename = sizeof(SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY) + 31;
#else
    nShmFilename = 6 + (int)strlen(zBasePath);
#endif
    pShmNode = sqlite3_malloc( sizeof(*pShmNode) + nShmFilename );
    if( pShmNode==0 ){
      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
      goto shm_open_err;
    }
    memset(pShmNode, 0, sizeof(*pShmNode)+nShmFilename);
    zShmFilename = pShmNode->zFilename = (char*)&pShmNode[1];
#ifdef SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY
    sqlite3_snprintf(nShmFilename, zShmFilename, 
                     SQLITE_SHM_DIRECTORY "/sqlite-shm-%x-%x",
                     (u32)sStat.st_ino, (u32)sStat.st_dev);
#else
    sqlite3_snprintf(nShmFilename, zShmFilename, "%s-shm", zBasePath);
    sqlite3FileSuffix3(pDbFd->zPath, zShmFilename);
#endif
    pShmNode->h = -1;
    pDbFd->pInode->pShmNode = pShmNode;
    pShmNode->pInode = pDbFd->pInode;
    pShmNode->mutex = sqlite3_mutex_alloc(SQLITE_MUTEX_FAST);
    if( pShmNode->mutex==0 ){
................................................................................

  /* If pShmNode->nRef has reached 0, then close the underlying
  ** shared-memory file, too */
  unixEnterMutex();
  assert( pShmNode->nRef>0 );
  pShmNode->nRef--;
  if( pShmNode->nRef==0 ){
    if( deleteFlag && pShmNode->h>=0 ){
      osUnlink(pShmNode->zFilename);
    }
    unixShmPurge(pDbFd);
  }
  unixLeaveMutex();

  return SQLITE_OK;
}

................................................................................
**
**   *  A constant sqlite3_io_methods object call METHOD that has locking
**      methods CLOSE, LOCK, UNLOCK, CKRESLOCK.
**
**   *  An I/O method finder function called FINDER that returns a pointer
**      to the METHOD object in the previous bullet.
*/
#define IOMETHODS(FINDER,METHOD,VERSION,CLOSE,LOCK,UNLOCK,CKLOCK,SHMMAP)     \
static const sqlite3_io_methods METHOD = {                                   \
   VERSION,                    /* iVersion */                                \
   CLOSE,                      /* xClose */                                  \
   unixRead,                   /* xRead */                                   \
   unixWrite,                  /* xWrite */                                  \
   unixTruncate,               /* xTruncate */                               \
   unixSync,                   /* xSync */                                   \
................................................................................
        pNew->pInode->aSemName[0] = '\0';
      }
    }
    unixLeaveMutex();
  }
#endif
  
  storeLastErrno(pNew, 0);
#if OS_VXWORKS
  if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
    if( h>=0 ) robust_close(pNew, h, __LINE__);
    h = -1;
    osUnlink(zFilename);
    pNew->ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_DELETE;
  }
................................................................................
#endif

  noLock = eType!=SQLITE_OPEN_MAIN_DB;

  
#if defined(__APPLE__) || SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
  if( fstatfs(fd, &fsInfo) == -1 ){
    storeLastErrno(p, errno);
    robust_close(p, fd, __LINE__);
    return SQLITE_IOERR_ACCESS;
  }
  if (0 == strncmp("msdos", fsInfo.f_fstypename, 5)) {
    ((unixFile*)pFile)->fsFlags |= SQLITE_FSFLAGS_IS_MSDOS;
  }
  if (0 == strncmp("exfat", fsInfo.f_fstypename, 5)) {
    ((unixFile*)pFile)->fsFlags |= SQLITE_FSFLAGS_IS_MSDOS;
  }
#endif

  /* Set up appropriate ctrlFlags */
  if( isDelete )                ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_DELETE;
  if( isReadonly )              ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_RDONLY;
  if( noLock )                  ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_NOLOCK;
  if( syncDir )                 ctrlFlags |= UNIXFILE_DIRSYNC;
................................................................................
    int useProxy = 0;

    /* SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING==1 means force always use proxy, 0 means 
    ** never use proxy, NULL means use proxy for non-local files only.  */
    if( envforce!=NULL ){
      useProxy = atoi(envforce)>0;
    }else{













      useProxy = !(fsInfo.f_flags&MNT_LOCAL);
    }
    if( useProxy ){
      rc = fillInUnixFile(pVfs, fd, pFile, zPath, ctrlFlags);
      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
        rc = proxyTransformUnixFile((unixFile*)pFile, ":auto:");
        if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
................................................................................
**
**
** Using proxy locks
** -----------------
**
** C APIs
**
**  sqlite3_file_control(db, dbname, SQLITE_FCNTL_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE,
**                       <proxy_path> | ":auto:");
**  sqlite3_file_control(db, dbname, SQLITE_FCNTL_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE,
**                       &<proxy_path>);
**
**
** SQL pragmas
**
**  PRAGMA [database.]lock_proxy_file=<proxy_path> | :auto:
**  PRAGMA [database.]lock_proxy_file
**
................................................................................
**       lock proxy files, only used when LOCKPROXYDIR is not set.
**    
**    
** As mentioned above, when compiled with SQLITE_PREFER_PROXY_LOCKING,
** setting the environment variable SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING to 1 will
** force proxy locking to be used for every database file opened, and 0
** will force automatic proxy locking to be disabled for all database
** files (explicitly calling the SQLITE_FCNTL_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE pragma or
** sqlite_file_control API is not affected by SQLITE_FORCE_PROXY_LOCKING).
*/

/*
** Proxy locking is only available on MacOSX 
*/
#if defined(__APPLE__) && SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE
................................................................................
struct proxyLockingContext {
  unixFile *conchFile;         /* Open conch file */
  char *conchFilePath;         /* Name of the conch file */
  unixFile *lockProxy;         /* Open proxy lock file */
  char *lockProxyPath;         /* Name of the proxy lock file */
  char *dbPath;                /* Name of the open file */
  int conchHeld;               /* 1 if the conch is held, -1 if lockless */
  int nFails;                  /* Number of conch taking failures */
  void *oldLockingContext;     /* Original lockingcontext to restore on close */
  sqlite3_io_methods const *pOldMethod;     /* Original I/O methods for close */
};

/* 
** The proxy lock file path for the database at dbPath is written into lPath, 
** which must point to valid, writable memory large enough for a maxLen length
................................................................................

/* get the host ID via gethostuuid(), pHostID must point to PROXY_HOSTIDLEN 
** bytes of writable memory.
*/
static int proxyGetHostID(unsigned char *pHostID, int *pError){
  assert(PROXY_HOSTIDLEN == sizeof(uuid_t));
  memset(pHostID, 0, PROXY_HOSTIDLEN);
# if defined(__APPLE__) && ((__MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED > 1050) || \
                            (__IPHONE_OS_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED > 2000))
  {
    struct timespec timeout = {1, 0}; /* 1 sec timeout */
    if( gethostuuid(pHostID, &timeout) ){
      int err = errno;
      if( pError ){
        *pError = err;
      }
      return SQLITE_IOERR;
    }
................................................................................
       * 1st try: get the mod time of the conch, wait 0.5s and try again. 
       * 2nd try: fail if the mod time changed or host id is different, wait 
       *           10 sec and try again
       * 3rd try: break the lock unless the mod time has changed.
       */
      struct stat buf;
      if( osFstat(conchFile->h, &buf) ){
        storeLastErrno(pFile, errno);
        return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK;
      }
      
      if( nTries==1 ){
        conchModTime = buf.st_mtimespec;
        usleep(500000); /* wait 0.5 sec and try the lock again*/
        continue;  
................................................................................
        return SQLITE_BUSY;
      }
      
      if( nTries==2 ){  
        char tBuf[PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN];
        int len = osPread(conchFile->h, tBuf, PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN, 0);
        if( len<0 ){
          storeLastErrno(pFile, errno);
          return SQLITE_IOERR_LOCK;
        }
        if( len>PROXY_PATHINDEX && tBuf[0]==(char)PROXY_CONCHVERSION){
          /* don't break the lock if the host id doesn't match */
          if( 0!=memcmp(&tBuf[PROXY_HEADERLEN], myHostID, PROXY_HOSTIDLEN) ){
            return SQLITE_BUSY;
          }
................................................................................
        continue; 
      }
      
      assert( nTries==3 );
      if( 0==proxyBreakConchLock(pFile, myHostID) ){
        rc = SQLITE_OK;
        if( lockType==EXCLUSIVE_LOCK ){
          rc = conchFile->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, SHARED_LOCK);
        }
        if( !rc ){
          rc = conchFile->pMethod->xLock((sqlite3_file*)conchFile, lockType);
        }
      }
    }
  } while( rc==SQLITE_BUSY && nTries<3 );
................................................................................
    int forceNewLockPath = 0;
    
    OSTRACE(("TAKECONCH  %d for %s pid=%d\n", conchFile->h,
             (pCtx->lockProxyPath ? pCtx->lockProxyPath : ":auto:"), getpid()));

    rc = proxyGetHostID(myHostID, &pError);
    if( (rc&0xff)==SQLITE_IOERR ){
      storeLastErrno(pFile, pError);
      goto end_takeconch;
    }
    rc = proxyConchLock(pFile, myHostID, SHARED_LOCK);
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
      goto end_takeconch;
    }
    /* read the existing conch file */
    readLen = seekAndRead((unixFile*)conchFile, 0, readBuf, PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN);
    if( readLen<0 ){
      /* I/O error: lastErrno set by seekAndRead */
      storeLastErrno(pFile, conchFile->lastErrno);
      rc = SQLITE_IOERR_READ;
      goto end_takeconch;
    }else if( readLen<=(PROXY_HEADERLEN+PROXY_HOSTIDLEN) || 
             readBuf[0]!=(char)PROXY_CONCHVERSION ){
      /* a short read or version format mismatch means we need to create a new 
      ** conch file. 
      */
................................................................................
          /* We are trying for an exclusive lock but another thread in this
           ** same process is still holding a shared lock. */
          rc = SQLITE_BUSY;
        } else {          
          rc = proxyConchLock(pFile, myHostID, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
        }
      }else{
        rc = proxyConchLock(pFile, myHostID, EXCLUSIVE_LOCK);
      }
      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
        char writeBuffer[PROXY_MAXCONCHLEN];
        int writeSize = 0;
        
        writeBuffer[0] = (char)PROXY_CONCHVERSION;
        memcpy(&writeBuffer[PROXY_HEADERLEN], myHostID, PROXY_HOSTIDLEN);
        if( pCtx->lockProxyPath!=NULL ){
          strlcpy(&writeBuffer[PROXY_PATHINDEX], pCtx->lockProxyPath,
                  MAXPATHLEN);
        }else{
          strlcpy(&writeBuffer[PROXY_PATHINDEX], tempLockPath, MAXPATHLEN);
        }
        writeSize = PROXY_PATHINDEX + strlen(&writeBuffer[PROXY_PATHINDEX]);
        robust_ftruncate(conchFile->h, writeSize);
        rc = unixWrite((sqlite3_file *)conchFile, writeBuffer, writeSize, 0);
        fsync(conchFile->h);
................................................................................
*/
static int proxyGetDbPathForUnixFile(unixFile *pFile, char *dbPath){
#if defined(__APPLE__)
  if( pFile->pMethod == &afpIoMethods ){
    /* afp style keeps a reference to the db path in the filePath field 
    ** of the struct */
    assert( (int)strlen((char*)pFile->lockingContext)<=MAXPATHLEN );
    strlcpy(dbPath, ((afpLockingContext *)pFile->lockingContext)->dbPath,
            MAXPATHLEN);
  } else
#endif
  if( pFile->pMethod == &dotlockIoMethods ){
    /* dot lock style uses the locking context to store the dot lock
    ** file path */
    int len = strlen((char *)pFile->lockingContext) - strlen(DOTLOCK_SUFFIX);
    memcpy(dbPath, (char *)pFile->lockingContext, len + 1);
................................................................................

/*
** This routine handles sqlite3_file_control() calls that are specific
** to proxy locking.
*/
static int proxyFileControl(sqlite3_file *id, int op, void *pArg){
  switch( op ){
    case SQLITE_FCNTL_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE: {
      unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
      if( pFile->pMethod == &proxyIoMethods ){
        proxyLockingContext *pCtx = (proxyLockingContext*)pFile->lockingContext;
        proxyTakeConch(pFile);
        if( pCtx->lockProxyPath ){
          *(const char **)pArg = pCtx->lockProxyPath;
        }else{
................................................................................
          *(const char **)pArg = ":auto: (not held)";
        }
      } else {
        *(const char **)pArg = NULL;
      }
      return SQLITE_OK;
    }
    case SQLITE_FCNTL_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE: {
      unixFile *pFile = (unixFile*)id;
      int rc = SQLITE_OK;
      int isProxyStyle = (pFile->pMethod == &proxyIoMethods);
      if( pArg==NULL || (const char *)pArg==0 ){
        if( isProxyStyle ){
          /* turn off proxy locking - not supported.  If support is added for
          ** switching proxy locking mode off then it will need to fail if
          ** the journal mode is WAL mode. 
          */
          rc = SQLITE_ERROR /*SQLITE_PROTOCOL? SQLITE_MISUSE?*/;
        }else{
          /* turn off proxy locking - already off - NOOP */
          rc = SQLITE_OK;
        }
      }else{
        const char *proxyPath = (const char *)pArg;
................................................................................
#define osInterlockedCompareExchange InterlockedCompareExchange
#else
  { "InterlockedCompareExchange", (SYSCALL)InterlockedCompareExchange, 0 },

#define osInterlockedCompareExchange ((LONG(WINAPI*)(LONG \
        SQLITE_WIN32_VOLATILE*, LONG,LONG))aSyscall[76].pCurrent)
#endif /* defined(InterlockedCompareExchange) */

#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && SQLITE_WIN32_USE_UUID
  { "UuidCreate",               (SYSCALL)UuidCreate,             0 },
#else
  { "UuidCreate",               (SYSCALL)0,                      0 },
#endif

#define osUuidCreate ((RPC_STATUS(RPC_ENTRY*)(UUID*))aSyscall[77].pCurrent)

#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && SQLITE_WIN32_USE_UUID
  { "UuidCreateSequential",     (SYSCALL)UuidCreateSequential,   0 },
#else
  { "UuidCreateSequential",     (SYSCALL)0,                      0 },
#endif

#define osUuidCreateSequential \
        ((RPC_STATUS(RPC_ENTRY*)(UUID*))aSyscall[78].pCurrent)

}; /* End of the overrideable system calls */

/*
** This is the xSetSystemCall() method of sqlite3_vfs for all of the
** "win32" VFSes.  Return SQLITE_OK opon successfully updating the
** system call pointer, or SQLITE_NOTFOUND if there is no configurable
................................................................................
  sqlite3_file *fd,               /* Handle open on database file */
  int iRegion,                    /* Region to retrieve */
  int szRegion,                   /* Size of regions */
  int isWrite,                    /* True to extend file if necessary */
  void volatile **pp              /* OUT: Mapped memory */
){
  winFile *pDbFd = (winFile*)fd;
  winShm *pShm = pDbFd->pShm;
  winShmNode *pShmNode;
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;

  if( !pShm ){
    rc = winOpenSharedMemory(pDbFd);
    if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ) return rc;
    pShm = pDbFd->pShm;
  }
  pShmNode = pShm->pShmNode;

  sqlite3_mutex_enter(pShmNode->mutex);
  assert( szRegion==pShmNode->szRegion || pShmNode->nRegion==0 );

  if( pShmNode->nRegion<=iRegion ){
    struct ShmRegion *apNew;           /* New aRegion[] array */
    int nByte = (iRegion+1)*szRegion;  /* Minimum required file size */
................................................................................
#endif
  if( sizeof(LARGE_INTEGER)<=nBuf-n ){
    LARGE_INTEGER i;
    osQueryPerformanceCounter(&i);
    memcpy(&zBuf[n], &i, sizeof(i));
    n += sizeof(i);
  }
#endif
#if !SQLITE_OS_WINCE && !SQLITE_OS_WINRT && SQLITE_WIN32_USE_UUID
  if( sizeof(UUID)<=nBuf-n ){
    UUID id;
    memset(&id, 0, sizeof(UUID));
    osUuidCreate(&id);
    memcpy(zBuf, &id, sizeof(UUID));
    n += sizeof(UUID);
  }
  if( sizeof(UUID)<=nBuf-n ){
    UUID id;
    memset(&id, 0, sizeof(UUID));
    osUuidCreateSequential(&id);
    memcpy(zBuf, &id, sizeof(UUID));
    n += sizeof(UUID);
  }
#endif
  return n;
}


/*
** Sleep for a little while.  Return the amount of time slept.
................................................................................
    winGetSystemCall,    /* xGetSystemCall */
    winNextSystemCall,   /* xNextSystemCall */
  };
#endif

  /* Double-check that the aSyscall[] array has been constructed
  ** correctly.  See ticket [bb3a86e890c8e96ab] */
  assert( ArraySize(aSyscall)==79 );

  /* get memory map allocation granularity */
  memset(&winSysInfo, 0, sizeof(SYSTEM_INFO));
#if SQLITE_OS_WINRT
  osGetNativeSystemInfo(&winSysInfo);
#else
  osGetSystemInfo(&winSysInfo);
................................................................................
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOVACUUM
  u8 autoVacuum;        /* True if auto-vacuum is enabled */
  u8 incrVacuum;        /* True if incr-vacuum is enabled */
  u8 bDoTruncate;       /* True to truncate db on commit */
#endif
  u8 inTransaction;     /* Transaction state */
  u8 max1bytePayload;   /* Maximum first byte of cell for a 1-byte payload */
#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
  u8 optimalReserve;    /* Desired amount of reserved space per page */
#endif
  u16 btsFlags;         /* Boolean parameters.  See BTS_* macros below */
  u16 maxLocal;         /* Maximum local payload in non-LEAFDATA tables */
  u16 minLocal;         /* Minimum local payload in non-LEAFDATA tables */
  u16 maxLeaf;          /* Maximum local payload in a LEAFDATA table */
  u16 minLeaf;          /* Minimum local payload in a LEAFDATA table */
  u32 pageSize;         /* Total number of bytes on a page */
  u32 usableSize;       /* Number of usable bytes on each page */
................................................................................
  ** written. For index b-trees, it is the root page of the associated
  ** table.  */
  if( isIndex ){
    HashElem *p;
    for(p=sqliteHashFirst(&pSchema->idxHash); p; p=sqliteHashNext(p)){
      Index *pIdx = (Index *)sqliteHashData(p);
      if( pIdx->tnum==(int)iRoot ){
        if( iTab ){
          /* Two or more indexes share the same root page.  There must
          ** be imposter tables.  So just return true.  The assert is not
          ** useful in that case. */
          return 1;
        }
        iTab = pIdx->pTable->tnum;
      }
    }
  }else{
    iTab = iRoot;
  }

................................................................................
** and autovacuum mode can no longer be changed.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree *p, int pageSize, int nReserve, int iFix){
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  BtShared *pBt = p->pBt;
  assert( nReserve>=-1 && nReserve<=255 );
  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);
#if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
  if( nReserve>pBt->optimalReserve ) pBt->optimalReserve = (u8)nReserve;
#endif
  if( pBt->btsFlags & BTS_PAGESIZE_FIXED ){
    sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
    return SQLITE_READONLY;
  }
  if( nReserve<0 ){
    nReserve = pBt->pageSize - pBt->usableSize;
  }
................................................................................
/*
** Return the currently defined page size
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree *p){
  return p->pBt->pageSize;
}


/*
** This function is similar to sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(), except that it
** may only be called if it is guaranteed that the b-tree mutex is already
** held.
**
** This is useful in one special case in the backup API code where it is
** known that the shared b-tree mutex is held, but the mutex on the 
** database handle that owns *p is not. In this case if sqlite3BtreeEnter()
** were to be called, it might collide with some other operation on the
** database handle that owns *p, causing undefined behavior.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetReserveNoMutex(Btree *p){
  int n;
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(p->pBt->mutex) );
  n = p->pBt->pageSize - p->pBt->usableSize;
  return n;
}



/*
** Return the number of bytes of space at the end of every page that
** are intentually left unused.  This is the "reserved" space that is
** sometimes used by extensions.
**
** If SQLITE_HAS_MUTEX is defined then the number returned is the
** greater of the current reserved space and the maximum requested
** reserve space.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeGetOptimalReserve(Btree *p){
  int n;
  sqlite3BtreeEnter(p);

  n = sqlite3BtreeGetReserveNoMutex(p);
#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
  if( n<p->pBt->optimalReserve ) n = p->pBt->optimalReserve;
#endif
  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
  return n;
}


/*
** Set the maximum page count for a database if mxPage is positive.
** No changes are made if mxPage is 0 or negative.
** Regardless of the value of mxPage, return the maximum page count.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3BtreeMaxPageCount(Btree *p, int mxPage){
................................................................................
    p->pBt->btsFlags &= ~BTS_SECURE_DELETE;
    if( newFlag ) p->pBt->btsFlags |= BTS_SECURE_DELETE;
  } 
  b = (p->pBt->btsFlags & BTS_SECURE_DELETE)!=0;
  sqlite3BtreeLeave(p);
  return b;
}


/*
** Change the 'auto-vacuum' property of the database. If the 'autoVacuum'
** parameter is non-zero, then auto-vacuum mode is enabled. If zero, it
** is disabled. The default value for the auto-vacuum property is 
** determined by the SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM macro.
*/
................................................................................
  const int nCopy = MIN(nSrcPgsz, nDestPgsz);
  const i64 iEnd = (i64)iSrcPg*(i64)nSrcPgsz;
#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
  /* Use BtreeGetReserveNoMutex() for the source b-tree, as although it is
  ** guaranteed that the shared-mutex is held by this thread, handle
  ** p->pSrc may not actually be the owner.  */
  int nSrcReserve = sqlite3BtreeGetReserveNoMutex(p->pSrc);
  int nDestReserve = sqlite3BtreeGetOptimalReserve(p->pDest);
#endif
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  i64 iOff;

  assert( sqlite3BtreeGetReserveNoMutex(p->pSrc)>=0 );
  assert( p->bDestLocked );
  assert( !isFatalError(p->rc) );
................................................................................
  u32 szHdr;
  u32 idx;
  u32 notUsed;
  const unsigned char *aKey = (const unsigned char*)pKey;

  if( CORRUPT_DB ) return;
  idx = getVarint32(aKey, szHdr);
  assert( nKey>=0 );
  assert( szHdr<=(u32)nKey );
  while( idx<szHdr ){
    idx += getVarint32(aKey+idx, notUsed);
    nField++;
  }
  assert( nField <= pKeyInfo->nField+pKeyInfo->nXField );
}
#else
................................................................................
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_zeroblob(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int n){
  assert( sqlite3_mutex_held(pCtx->pOut->db->mutex) );
  sqlite3VdbeMemSetZeroBlob(pCtx->pOut, n);
}
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_result_error_code(sqlite3_context *pCtx, int errCode){
  pCtx->isError = errCode;
  pCtx->fErrorOrAux = 1;
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  pCtx->pVdbe->rcApp = errCode;
#endif
  if( pCtx->pOut->flags & MEM_Null ){
    sqlite3VdbeMemSetStr(pCtx->pOut, sqlite3ErrStr(errCode), -1, 
                         SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
  }
}

/* Force an SQLITE_TOOBIG error. */
................................................................................
    ** returns, and those were broken by the automatic-reset change.  As a
    ** a work-around, the SQLITE_OMIT_AUTORESET compile-time restores the
    ** legacy behavior of returning SQLITE_MISUSE for cases where the 
    ** previous sqlite3_step() returned something other than a SQLITE_LOCKED
    ** or SQLITE_BUSY error.
    */
#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTORESET
    if( (rc = p->rc&0xff)==SQLITE_BUSY || rc==SQLITE_LOCKED ){
      sqlite3_reset((sqlite3_stmt*)p);
    }else{
      return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
    }
#else
    sqlite3_reset((sqlite3_stmt*)p);
#endif
................................................................................
#endif

    db->nVdbeActive++;
    if( p->readOnly==0 ) db->nVdbeWrite++;
    if( p->bIsReader ) db->nVdbeRead++;
    p->pc = 0;
  }
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
  p->rcApp = SQLITE_OK;
#endif
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN
  if( p->explain ){
    rc = sqlite3VdbeList(p);
  }else
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_EXPLAIN */
  {
    db->nVdbeExec++;
................................................................................
  ** be one of the values in the first assert() below. Variable p->rc 
  ** contains the value that would be returned if sqlite3_finalize() 
  ** were called on statement p.
  */
  assert( rc==SQLITE_ROW  || rc==SQLITE_DONE   || rc==SQLITE_ERROR 
       || rc==SQLITE_BUSY || rc==SQLITE_MISUSE
  );
  assert( (p->rc!=SQLITE_ROW && p->rc!=SQLITE_DONE) || p->rc==p->rcApp );
  if( p->isPrepareV2 && rc!=SQLITE_ROW && rc!=SQLITE_DONE ){
    /* If this statement was prepared using sqlite3_prepare_v2(), and an
    ** error has occurred, then return the error code in p->rc to the
    ** caller. Set the error code in the database handle to the same value.
    */ 
    rc = sqlite3VdbeTransferError(p);
  }
................................................................................
  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  char *zErr = 0;
  Table *pTab;
  Parse *pParse = 0;
  Incrblob *pBlob = 0;

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
  if( ppBlob==0 ){
    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
  }
#endif

  *ppBlob = 0;
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) || zTable==0 ){
    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
  }
#endif
  flags = !!flags;                /* flags = (flags ? 1 : 0); */

  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);

  pBlob = (Incrblob *)sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Incrblob));
  if( !pBlob ) goto blob_open_out;
  pParse = sqlite3StackAllocRaw(db, sizeof(*pParse));
  if( !pParse ) goto blob_open_out;
................................................................................
  sqlite3 *db;

  if( p==0 ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
  db = p->db;
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
  v = (Vdbe*)p->pStmt;

  if( n<0 || iOffset<0 || ((sqlite3_int64)iOffset+n)>p->nByte ){
    /* Request is out of range. Return a transient error. */
    rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
  }else if( v==0 ){
    /* If there is no statement handle, then the blob-handle has
    ** already been invalidated. Return SQLITE_ABORT in this case.
    */
    rc = SQLITE_ABORT;
................................................................................
  ** schema.  If not found, pSchema will remain NULL and nothing will match
  ** resulting in an appropriate error message toward the end of this routine
  */
  if( zDb ){
    testcase( pNC->ncFlags & NC_PartIdx );
    testcase( pNC->ncFlags & NC_IsCheck );
    if( (pNC->ncFlags & (NC_PartIdx|NC_IsCheck))!=0 ){
      /* Silently ignore database qualifiers inside CHECK constraints and
      ** partial indices.  Do not raise errors because that might break
      ** legacy and because it does not hurt anything to just ignore the
      ** database name. */
      zDb = 0;
    }else{
      for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
        assert( db->aDb[i].zName );
        if( sqlite3StrICmp(db->aDb[i].zName,zDb)==0 ){
          pSchema = db->aDb[i].pSchema;
          break;
................................................................................
            break;
          }
        }
      }
      if( pMatch ){
        pExpr->iTable = pMatch->iCursor;
        pExpr->pTab = pMatch->pTab;
        /* RIGHT JOIN not (yet) supported */
        assert( (pMatch->jointype & JT_RIGHT)==0 );
        if( (pMatch->jointype & JT_LEFT)!=0 ){
          ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_CanBeNull);
        }
        pSchema = pExpr->pTab->pSchema;
      }
    } /* if( pSrcList ) */

................................................................................
      pExpr->op = TK_COLUMN;
      pExpr->pTab = pItem->pTab;
      pExpr->iTable = pItem->iCursor;
      pExpr->iColumn = -1;
      pExpr->affinity = SQLITE_AFF_INTEGER;
      break;
    }
#endif /* defined(SQLITE_ENABLE_UPDATE_DELETE_LIMIT)
          && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY) */

    /* A lone identifier is the name of a column.
    */
    case TK_ID: {
      return lookupName(pParse, 0, 0, pExpr->u.zToken, pNC, pExpr);
    }
  
................................................................................
      }else{
        is_agg = pDef->xFunc==0;
        if( pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_UNLIKELY ){
          ExprSetProperty(pExpr, EP_Unlikely|EP_Skip);
          if( n==2 ){
            pExpr->iTable = exprProbability(pList->a[1].pExpr);
            if( pExpr->iTable<0 ){
              sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,
                "second argument to likelihood() must be a "
                "constant between 0.0 and 1.0");
              pNC->nErr++;
            }
          }else{
            /* EVIDENCE-OF: R-61304-29449 The unlikely(X) function is
            ** equivalent to likelihood(X, 0.0625).
            ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-01283-11636 The unlikely(X) function is
            ** short-hand for likelihood(X,0.0625).
            ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-36850-34127 The likely(X) function is short-hand
            ** for likelihood(X,0.9375).
            ** EVIDENCE-OF: R-53436-40973 The likely(X) function is equivalent
            ** to likelihood(X,0.9375). */
            /* TUNING: unlikely() probability is 0.0625.  likely() is 0.9375 */
            pExpr->iTable = pDef->zName[0]=='u' ? 8388608 : 125829120;
          }             
        }
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
        auth = sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_FUNCTION, 0, pDef->zName, 0);
        if( auth!=SQLITE_OK ){
................................................................................
                                    pDef->zName);
            pNC->nErr++;
          }
          pExpr->op = TK_NULL;
          return WRC_Prune;
        }
#endif
        if( pDef->funcFlags & SQLITE_FUNC_CONSTANT ){
          ExprSetProperty(pExpr,EP_ConstFunc);
        }
      }
      if( is_agg && (pNC->ncFlags & NC_AllowAgg)==0 ){
        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "misuse of aggregate function %.*s()", nId,zId);
        pNC->nErr++;
        is_agg = 0;
      }else if( no_such_func && pParse->db->init.busy==0 ){
        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such function: %.*s", nId, zId);
................................................................................
  assert( pEList!=0 );  /* sqlite3SelectNew() guarantees this */
  for(i=0, pItem=pOrderBy->a; i<pOrderBy->nExpr; i++, pItem++){
    if( pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol ){
      if( pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol>pEList->nExpr ){
        resolveOutOfRangeError(pParse, zType, i+1, pEList->nExpr);
        return 1;
      }
      resolveAlias(pParse, pEList, pItem->u.x.iOrderByCol-1, pItem->pExpr,
                   zType,0);
    }
  }
  return 0;
}

/*
** pOrderBy is an ORDER BY or GROUP BY clause in SELECT statement pSelect.
................................................................................
      p = p->pLeft;
      continue;
    }
    if( op==TK_COLLATE || (op==TK_REGISTER && p->op2==TK_COLLATE) ){
      pColl = sqlite3GetCollSeq(pParse, ENC(db), 0, p->u.zToken);
      break;
    }

    if( (op==TK_AGG_COLUMN || op==TK_COLUMN
          || op==TK_REGISTER || op==TK_TRIGGER)
     && p->pTab!=0
    ){
      /* op==TK_REGISTER && p->pTab!=0 happens when pExpr was originally
      ** a TK_COLUMN but was previously evaluated and cached in a register */
      int j = p->iColumn;
      if( j>=0 ){
        const char *zColl = p->pTab->aCol[j].zColl;
        pColl = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, ENC(db), zColl, 0);
      }
      break;
    }
    if( p->flags & EP_Collate ){
      if( p->pLeft && (p->pLeft->flags & EP_Collate)!=0 ){
        p = p->pLeft;
      }else{
        Expr *pNext  = p->pRight;
        /* The Expr.x union is never used at the same time as Expr.pRight */
        assert( p->x.pList==0 || p->pRight==0 );
        /* p->flags holds EP_Collate and p->pLeft->flags does not.  And
        ** p->x.pSelect cannot.  So if p->x.pLeft exists, it must hold at
        ** least one EP_Collate. Thus the following two ALWAYS. */
        if( p->x.pList!=0 && ALWAYS(!ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect)) ){
          int i;
          for(i=0; ALWAYS(i<p->x.pList->nExpr); i++){
            if( ExprHasProperty(p->x.pList->a[i].pExpr, EP_Collate) ){
              pNext = p->x.pList->a[i].pExpr;
              break;
            }
          }
        }
        p = pNext;
      }
    }else{
      break;
    }
  }
  if( sqlite3CheckCollSeq(pParse, pColl) ){ 
    pColl = 0;
................................................................................

/*
** Set the Expr.nHeight variable in the structure passed as an 
** argument. An expression with no children, Expr.pList or 
** Expr.pSelect member has a height of 1. Any other expression
** has a height equal to the maximum height of any other 
** referenced Expr plus one.
**
** Also propagate EP_Propagate flags up from Expr.x.pList to Expr.flags,
** if appropriate.
*/
static void exprSetHeight(Expr *p){
  int nHeight = 0;
  heightOfExpr(p->pLeft, &nHeight);
  heightOfExpr(p->pRight, &nHeight);
  if( ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect) ){
    heightOfSelect(p->x.pSelect, &nHeight);
  }else if( p->x.pList ){
    heightOfExprList(p->x.pList, &nHeight);
    p->flags |= EP_Propagate & sqlite3ExprListFlags(p->x.pList);
  }
  p->nHeight = nHeight + 1;
}

/*
** Set the Expr.nHeight variable using the exprSetHeight() function. If
** the height is greater than the maximum allowed expression depth,
** leave an error in pParse.
**
** Also propagate all EP_Propagate flags from the Expr.x.pList into
** Expr.flags. 
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprSetHeightAndFlags(Parse *pParse, Expr *p){
  exprSetHeight(p);
  sqlite3ExprCheckHeight(pParse, p->nHeight);
}

/*
** Return the maximum height of any expression tree referenced
** by the select statement passed as an argument.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE int sqlite3SelectExprHeight(Select *p){
  int nHeight = 0;
  heightOfSelect(p, &nHeight);
  return nHeight;
}
#else /* ABOVE:  Height enforcement enabled.  BELOW: Height enforcement off */
/*
** Propagate all EP_Propagate flags from the Expr.x.pList into
** Expr.flags. 
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprSetHeightAndFlags(Parse *pParse, Expr *p){
  if( p && p->x.pList && !ExprHasProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect) ){
    p->flags |= EP_Propagate & sqlite3ExprListFlags(p->x.pList);
  }
}
#define exprSetHeight(y)
#endif /* SQLITE_MAX_EXPR_DEPTH>0 */

/*
** This routine is the core allocator for Expr nodes.
**
** Construct a new expression node and return a pointer to it.  Memory
** for this node and for the pToken argument is a single allocation
................................................................................
  if( pRoot==0 ){
    assert( db->mallocFailed );
    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pLeft);
    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pRight);
  }else{
    if( pRight ){
      pRoot->pRight = pRight;
      pRoot->flags |= EP_Propagate & pRight->flags;
    }
    if( pLeft ){
      pRoot->pLeft = pLeft;
      pRoot->flags |= EP_Propagate & pLeft->flags;
    }
    exprSetHeight(pRoot);
  }
}

/*
** Allocate an Expr node which joins as many as two subtrees.
................................................................................
  pNew = sqlite3ExprAlloc(db, TK_FUNCTION, pToken, 1);
  if( pNew==0 ){
    sqlite3ExprListDelete(db, pList); /* Avoid memory leak when malloc fails */
    return 0;
  }
  pNew->x.pList = pList;
  assert( !ExprHasProperty(pNew, EP_xIsSelect) );
  sqlite3ExprSetHeightAndFlags(pParse, pNew);
  return pNew;
}

/*
** Assign a variable number to an expression that encodes a wildcard
** in the original SQL statement.  
**
................................................................................
    sqlite3ExprDelete(db, pItem->pExpr);
    sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zName);
    sqlite3DbFree(db, pItem->zSpan);
  }
  sqlite3DbFree(db, pList->a);
  sqlite3DbFree(db, pList);
}

/*
** Return the bitwise-OR of all Expr.flags fields in the given
** ExprList.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE u32 sqlite3ExprListFlags(const ExprList *pList){
  int i;
  u32 m = 0;
  if( pList ){
    for(i=0; i<pList->nExpr; i++){
       m |= pList->a[i].pExpr->flags;
    }
  }
  return m;
}

/*
** These routines are Walker callbacks used to check expressions to
** see if they are "constant" for some definition of constant.  The
** Walker.eCode value determines the type of "constant" we are looking
** for.
**
................................................................................
  }

  switch( pExpr->op ){
    /* Consider functions to be constant if all their arguments are constant
    ** and either pWalker->eCode==4 or 5 or the function has the
    ** SQLITE_FUNC_CONST flag. */
    case TK_FUNCTION:
      if( pWalker->eCode>=4 || ExprHasProperty(pExpr,EP_ConstFunc) ){
        return WRC_Continue;
      }else{
        pWalker->eCode = 0;
        return WRC_Abort;
      }
    case TK_ID:
    case TK_COLUMN:
................................................................................
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3ExprCacheStore(Parse *pParse, int iTab, int iCol, int iReg){
  int i;
  int minLru;
  int idxLru;
  struct yColCache *p;

  /* Unless an error has occurred, register numbers are always positive. */
  assert( iReg>0 || pParse->nErr || pParse->db->mallocFailed );
  assert( iCol>=-1 && iCol<32768 );  /* Finite column numbers */

  /* The SQLITE_ColumnCache flag disables the column cache.  This is used
  ** for testing only - to verify that SQLite always gets the same answer
  ** with and without the column cache.
  */
  if( OptimizationDisabled(pParse->db, SQLITE_ColumnCache) ) return;
................................................................................
        zKey = (char *)sqlite3_value_blob(argv[2]);
        rc = sqlite3CodecAttach(db, db->nDb-1, zKey, nKey);
        break;

      case SQLITE_NULL:
        /* No key specified.  Use the key from the main database */
        sqlite3CodecGetKey(db, 0, (void**)&zKey, &nKey);
        if( nKey>0 || sqlite3BtreeGetOptimalReserve(db->aDb[0].pBt)>0 ){
          rc = sqlite3CodecAttach(db, db->nDb-1, zKey, nKey);
        }
        break;
    }
  }
#endif

................................................................................
**
** See also sqlite3LocateTable().
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE Table *sqlite3FindTable(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, const char *zDatabase){
  Table *p = 0;
  int i;





  /* All mutexes are required for schema access.  Make sure we hold them. */
  assert( zDatabase!=0 || sqlite3BtreeHoldsAllMutexes(db) );
#if SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
  /* Only the admin user is allowed to know that the sqlite_user table
  ** exists */
  if( db->auth.authLevel<UAUTH_Admin && sqlite3UserAuthTable(zName)!=0 ){
    return 0;
................................................................................
    }
    pPk->nKeyCol = j;
  }
  pPk->isCovering = 1;
  assert( pPk!=0 );
  nPk = pPk->nKeyCol;

  /* Make sure every column of the PRIMARY KEY is NOT NULL.  (Except,
  ** do not enforce this for imposter tables.) */
  if( !db->init.imposterTable ){
    for(i=0; i<nPk; i++){
      pTab->aCol[pPk->aiColumn[i]].notNull = 1;
    }
    pPk->uniqNotNull = 1;
  }

  /* The root page of the PRIMARY KEY is the table root page */
  pPk->tnum = pTab->tnum;

  /* Update the in-memory representation of all UNIQUE indices by converting
  ** the final rowid column into one or more columns of the PRIMARY KEY.
  */
................................................................................
  pWhereRowid = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_ROW, 0, 0, 0);
  if( pWhereRowid == 0 ) goto limit_where_cleanup_1;
  pInClause = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, pWhereRowid, 0, 0);
  if( pInClause == 0 ) goto limit_where_cleanup_1;

  pInClause->x.pSelect = pSelect;
  pInClause->flags |= EP_xIsSelect;
  sqlite3ExprSetHeightAndFlags(pParse, pInClause);
  return pInClause;

  /* something went wrong. clean up anything allocated. */
limit_where_cleanup_1:
  sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, pSelect);
  return 0;

................................................................................
    len = 0;
    if( p1<0 ){
      for(z2=z; *z2; len++){
        SQLITE_SKIP_UTF8(z2);
      }
    }
  }
#ifdef SQLITE_SUBSTR_COMPATIBILITY
  /* If SUBSTR_COMPATIBILITY is defined then substr(X,0,N) work the same as
  ** as substr(X,1,N) - it returns the first N characters of X.  This
  ** is essentially a back-out of the bug-fix in check-in [5fc125d362df4b8]
  ** from 2009-02-02 for compatibility of applications that exploited the
  ** old buggy behavior. */
  if( p1==0 ) p1 = 1; /* <rdar://problem/6778339> */
#endif
  if( argc==3 ){
    p2 = sqlite3_value_int(argv[2]);
    if( p2<0 ){
      p2 = -p2;
      negP2 = 1;
    }
  }else{
................................................................................
#    define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 1
#  else
#    define SQLITE_ENABLE_LOCKING_STYLE 0
#  endif
#endif

/***************************************************************************
** The "pragma.h" include file is an automatically generated file that
** that includes the PragType_XXXX macro definitions and the aPragmaName[]

** object.  This ensures that the aPragmaName[] table is arranged in
** lexicographical order to facility a binary search of the pragma name.
** Do not edit pragma.h directly.  Edit and rerun the script in at 
** ../tool/mkpragmatab.tcl. */

/************** Include pragma.h in the middle of pragma.c *******************/
/************** Begin file pragma.h ******************************************/
/* DO NOT EDIT!
** This file is automatically generated by the script at
** ../tool/mkpragmatab.tcl.  To update the set of pragmas, edit
** that script and rerun it.
*/
#define PragTyp_HEADER_VALUE                   0
#define PragTyp_AUTO_VACUUM                    1
#define PragTyp_FLAG                           2
#define PragTyp_BUSY_TIMEOUT                   3
#define PragTyp_CACHE_SIZE                     4
#define PragTyp_CASE_SENSITIVE_LIKE            5
................................................................................
    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_INDEX_INFO,
    /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema,
    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
  { /* zName:     */ "index_list",
    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_INDEX_LIST,
    /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema,
    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
  { /* zName:     */ "index_xinfo",
    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_INDEX_INFO,
    /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema,
    /* iArg:      */ 1 },
#endif
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_INTEGRITY_CHECK)
  { /* zName:     */ "integrity_check",
    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_INTEGRITY_CHECK,
    /* ePragFlag: */ PragFlag_NeedSchema,
    /* iArg:      */ 0 },
#endif
................................................................................
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS)
  { /* zName:     */ "writable_schema",
    /* ePragTyp:  */ PragTyp_FLAG,
    /* ePragFlag: */ 0,
    /* iArg:      */ SQLITE_WriteSchema|SQLITE_RecoveryMode },
#endif
};
/* Number of pragmas: 59 on by default, 72 total. */


/************** End of pragma.h **********************************************/
/************** Continuing where we left off in pragma.c *********************/

/*
** Interpret the given string as a safety level.  Return 0 for OFF,
** 1 for ON or NORMAL and 2 for FULL.  Return 1 for an empty or 
** unrecognized string argument.  The FULL option is disallowed
** if the omitFull parameter it 1.
**
................................................................................
  char *aFcntl[4];       /* Argument to SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA */
  int iDb;               /* Database index for <database> */
  int lwr, upr, mid = 0;       /* Binary search bounds */
  int rc;                      /* return value form SQLITE_FCNTL_PRAGMA */
  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;    /* The database connection */
  Db *pDb;                     /* The specific database being pragmaed */
  Vdbe *v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);  /* Prepared statement */
  const struct sPragmaNames *pPragma;

  if( v==0 ) return;
  sqlite3VdbeRunOnlyOnce(v);
  pParse->nMem = 2;

  /* Interpret the [database.] part of the pragma statement. iDb is the
  ** index of the database this pragma is being applied to in db.aDb[]. */
................................................................................
    if( rc<0 ){
      upr = mid - 1;
    }else{
      lwr = mid + 1;
    }
  }
  if( lwr>upr ) goto pragma_out;
  pPragma = &aPragmaNames[mid];

  /* Make sure the database schema is loaded if the pragma requires that */
  if( (pPragma->mPragFlag & PragFlag_NeedSchema)!=0 ){
    if( sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse) ) goto pragma_out;
  }

  /* Jump to the appropriate pragma handler */
  switch( pPragma->ePragTyp ){
  
#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS) && !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_DEPRECATED)
  /*
  **  PRAGMA [database.]default_cache_size
  **  PRAGMA [database.]default_cache_size=N
  **
  ** The first form reports the current persistent setting for the
................................................................................
    break;
  }
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_PAGER_PRAGMAS */

#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_FLAG_PRAGMAS
  case PragTyp_FLAG: {
    if( zRight==0 ){
      returnSingleInt(pParse, pPragma->zName, (db->flags & pPragma->iArg)!=0 );

    }else{
      int mask = pPragma->iArg;    /* Mask of bits to set or clear. */
      if( db->autoCommit==0 ){
        /* Foreign key support may not be enabled or disabled while not
        ** in auto-commit mode.  */
        mask &= ~(SQLITE_ForeignKeys);
      }
#if SQLITE_USER_AUTHENTICATION
      if( db->auth.authLevel==UAUTH_User ){
................................................................................

  case PragTyp_INDEX_INFO: if( zRight ){
    Index *pIdx;
    Table *pTab;
    pIdx = sqlite3FindIndex(db, zRight, zDb);
    if( pIdx ){
      int i;
      int mx = pPragma->iArg ? pIdx->nColumn : pIdx->nKeyCol;
      pTab = pIdx->pTable;
      sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 6);
      pParse->nMem = 6;
      sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seqno", SQLITE_STATIC);
      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "cid", SQLITE_STATIC);
      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLITE_STATIC);
      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 3, COLNAME_NAME, "desc", SQLITE_STATIC);
      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 4, COLNAME_NAME, "coll", SQLITE_STATIC);
      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 5, COLNAME_NAME, "key", SQLITE_STATIC);
      for(i=0; i<mx; i++){
        i16 cnum = pIdx->aiColumn[i];
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, 1);
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, cnum, 2);
        if( cnum<0 ){
          sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Null, 0, 3);
        }else{
          sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 3, 0, pTab->aCol[cnum].zName, 0);
        }
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pIdx->aSortOrder[i], 4);
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 5, 0, pIdx->azColl[i], 0);
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i<pIdx->nKeyCol, 6);
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 6);
      }
    }
  }
  break;

  case PragTyp_INDEX_LIST: if( zRight ){
    Index *pIdx;
    Table *pTab;
    int i;
    pTab = sqlite3FindTable(db, zRight, zDb);
    if( pTab ){
      v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
      sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 5);
      pParse->nMem = 5;
      sqlite3CodeVerifySchema(pParse, iDb);
      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, COLNAME_NAME, "seq", SQLITE_STATIC);
      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 1, COLNAME_NAME, "name", SQLITE_STATIC);
      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 2, COLNAME_NAME, "unique", SQLITE_STATIC);
      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 3, COLNAME_NAME, "origin", SQLITE_STATIC);
      sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 4, COLNAME_NAME, "partial", SQLITE_STATIC);
      for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex, i=0; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext, i++){
        const char *azOrigin[] = { "c", "u", "pk" };
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, i, 1);
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 2, 0, pIdx->zName, 0);
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, IsUniqueIndex(pIdx), 3);
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp4(v, OP_String8, 0, 4, 0, azOrigin[pIdx->idxType], 0);
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_Integer, pIdx->pPartIdxWhere!=0, 5);
        sqlite3VdbeAddOp2(v, OP_ResultRow, 1, 5);
      }
    }
  }
  break;

  case PragTyp_DATABASE_LIST: {
    int i;
................................................................................
  ** the schema-version is potentially dangerous and may lead to program
  ** crashes or database corruption. Use with caution!
  **
  ** The user-version is not used internally by SQLite. It may be used by
  ** applications for any purpose.
  */
  case PragTyp_HEADER_VALUE: {
    int iCookie = pPragma->iArg;  /* Which cookie to read or write */
    sqlite3VdbeUsesBtree(v, iDb);
    if( zRight && (pPragma->mPragFlag & PragFlag_ReadOnly)==0 ){
      /* Write the specified cookie value */
      static const VdbeOpList setCookie[] = {
        { OP_Transaction,    0,  1,  0},    /* 0 */
        { OP_Integer,        0,  1,  0},    /* 1 */
        { OP_SetCookie,      0,  0,  1},    /* 2 */
      };
      int addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOpList(v, ArraySize(setCookie), setCookie, 0);
................................................................................
  **
  ** Call sqlite3_busy_timeout(db, N).  Return the current timeout value
  ** if one is set.  If no busy handler or a different busy handler is set
  ** then 0 is returned.  Setting the busy_timeout to 0 or negative
  ** disables the timeout.
  */
  /*case PragTyp_BUSY_TIMEOUT*/ default: {
    assert( pPragma->ePragTyp==PragTyp_BUSY_TIMEOUT );
    if( zRight ){
      sqlite3_busy_timeout(db, sqlite3Atoi(zRight));
    }
    returnSingleInt(pParse, "timeout",  db->busyTimeout);
    break;
  }

................................................................................
** exist on the table t1, a complete scan of the data might be
** avoided.
**
** Flattening is only attempted if all of the following are true:
**
**   (1)  The subquery and the outer query do not both use aggregates.
**
**   (2)  The subquery is not an aggregate or (2a) the outer query is not a join
**        and (2b) the outer query does not use subqueries other than the one
**        FROM-clause subquery that is a candidate for flattening.  (2b is
**        due to ticket [2f7170d73bf9abf80] from 2015-02-09.)
**
**   (3)  The subquery is not the right operand of a left outer join
**        (Originally ticket #306.  Strengthened by ticket #3300)
**
**   (4)  The subquery is not DISTINCT.
**
**  (**)  At one point restrictions (4) and (5) defined a subset of DISTINCT
................................................................................
  if( OptimizationDisabled(db, SQLITE_QueryFlattener) ) return 0;
  pSrc = p->pSrc;
  assert( pSrc && iFrom>=0 && iFrom<pSrc->nSrc );
  pSubitem = &pSrc->a[iFrom];
  iParent = pSubitem->iCursor;
  pSub = pSubitem->pSelect;
  assert( pSub!=0 );
  if( subqueryIsAgg ){
    if( isAgg ) return 0;                                /* Restriction (1)   */
    if( pSrc->nSrc>1 ) return 0;                         /* Restriction (2a)  */
    if( (p->pWhere && ExprHasProperty(p->pWhere,EP_Subquery))
     || (sqlite3ExprListFlags(p->pEList) & EP_Subquery)!=0
     || (sqlite3ExprListFlags(p->pOrderBy) & EP_Subquery)!=0
    ){
      return 0;                                          /* Restriction (2b)  */
    }
  }
    
  pSubSrc = pSub->pSrc;
  assert( pSubSrc );
  /* Prior to version 3.1.2, when LIMIT and OFFSET had to be simple constants,
  ** not arbitrary expressions, we allowed some combining of LIMIT and OFFSET
  ** because they could be computed at compile-time.  But when LIMIT and OFFSET
  ** became arbitrary expressions, we were forced to add restrictions (13)
  ** and (14). */
................................................................................
#endif
    if( pFrom->zName==0 ){
#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY
      Select *pSel = pFrom->pSelect;
      /* A sub-query in the FROM clause of a SELECT */
      assert( pSel!=0 );
      assert( pFrom->pTab==0 );
      if( sqlite3WalkSelect(pWalker, pSel) ) return WRC_Abort;
      pFrom->pTab = pTab = sqlite3DbMallocZero(db, sizeof(Table));
      if( pTab==0 ) return WRC_Abort;
      pTab->nRef = 1;
      pTab->zName = sqlite3MPrintf(db, "sqlite_sq_%p", (void*)pTab);
      while( pSel->pPrior ){ pSel = pSel->pPrior; }
      selectColumnsFromExprList(pParse, pSel->pEList, &pTab->nCol, &pTab->aCol);
      pTab->iPKey = -1;
................................................................................
  pTabList = p->pSrc;
  pEList = p->pEList;
  if( pParse->nErr || db->mallocFailed ){
    goto select_end;
  }
  isAgg = (p->selFlags & SF_Aggregate)!=0;
  assert( pEList!=0 );
#if SELECTTRACE_ENABLED
  if( sqlite3SelectTrace & 0x100 ){
    SELECTTRACE(0x100,pParse,p, ("after name resolution:\n"));
    sqlite3TreeViewSelect(0, p, 0);
  }
#endif


  /* Begin generating code.
  */
  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
  if( v==0 ) goto select_end;

  /* If writing to memory or generating a set
................................................................................
#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
/*
** Generate a human-readable description of a the Select object.
*/
SQLITE_PRIVATE void sqlite3TreeViewSelect(TreeView *pView, const Select *p, u8 moreToFollow){
  int n = 0;
  pView = sqlite3TreeViewPush(pView, moreToFollow);
  sqlite3TreeViewLine(pView, "SELECT%s%s (0x%p)",
    ((p->selFlags & SF_Distinct) ? " DISTINCT" : ""),
    ((p->selFlags & SF_Aggregate) ? " agg_flag" : ""), p
  );
  if( p->pSrc && p->pSrc->nSrc ) n++;
  if( p->pWhere ) n++;
  if( p->pGroupBy ) n++;
  if( p->pHaving ) n++;
  if( p->pOrderBy ) n++;
  if( p->pLimit ) n++;
................................................................................

  /* The call to execSql() to attach the temp database has left the file
  ** locked (as there was more than one active statement when the transaction
  ** to read the schema was concluded. Unlock it here so that this doesn't
  ** cause problems for the call to BtreeSetPageSize() below.  */
  sqlite3BtreeCommit(pTemp);

  nRes = sqlite3BtreeGetOptimalReserve(pMain);

  /* A VACUUM cannot change the pagesize of an encrypted database. */
#ifdef SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
  if( db->nextPagesize ){
    extern void sqlite3CodecGetKey(sqlite3*, int, void**, int*);
    int nKey;
    char *zKey;
................................................................................
  Parse *pParse;

  int rc = SQLITE_OK;
  Table *pTab;
  char *zErr = 0;

#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) || zCreateTable==0 ){
    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
  }
#endif
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
  if( !db->pVtabCtx || !(pTab = db->pVtabCtx->pTab) ){
    sqlite3Error(db, SQLITE_MISUSE);
    sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
  }
................................................................................
  ** and used to match WHERE clause constraints */
  nKeyCol = 0;
  pTable = pSrc->pTab;
  pWCEnd = &pWC->a[pWC->nTerm];
  pLoop = pLevel->pWLoop;
  idxCols = 0;
  for(pTerm=pWC->a; pTerm<pWCEnd; pTerm++){
    Expr *pExpr = pTerm->pExpr;
    assert( !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin)    /* prereq always non-zero */
         || pExpr->iRightJoinTable!=pSrc->iCursor   /*   for the right-hand   */
         || pLoop->prereq!=0 );                     /*   table of a LEFT JOIN */
    if( pLoop->prereq==0
     && (pTerm->wtFlags & TERM_VIRTUAL)==0
     && !ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin)
     && sqlite3ExprIsTableConstant(pExpr, pSrc->iCursor) ){
      pPartial = sqlite3ExprAnd(pParse->db, pPartial,
                                sqlite3ExprDup(pParse->db, pExpr, 0));
    }
    if( termCanDriveIndex(pTerm, pSrc, notReady) ){
      int iCol = pTerm->u.leftColumn;
      Bitmask cMask = iCol>=BMS ? MASKBIT(BMS-1) : MASKBIT(iCol);
      testcase( iCol==BMS );
      testcase( iCol==BMS-1 );
      if( !sentWarning ){
................................................................................
/* Check to see if a partial index with pPartIndexWhere can be used
** in the current query.  Return true if it can be and false if not.
*/
static int whereUsablePartialIndex(int iTab, WhereClause *pWC, Expr *pWhere){
  int i;
  WhereTerm *pTerm;
  for(i=0, pTerm=pWC->a; i<pWC->nTerm; i++, pTerm++){
    Expr *pExpr = pTerm->pExpr;
    if( sqlite3ExprImpliesExpr(pExpr, pWhere, iTab) 
     && (!ExprHasProperty(pExpr, EP_FromJoin) || pExpr->iRightJoinTable==iTab)
    ){
      return 1;
    }
  }
  return 0;
}

................................................................................
        pRHS->flags |= EP_Generic;
      }
      yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, yymsp[-3].minor.yy328 ? TK_NE : TK_EQ, yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.pExpr, pRHS, 0);
    }else{
      yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0);
      if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ){
        yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->x.pList = yymsp[-1].minor.yy14;
        sqlite3ExprSetHeightAndFlags(pParse, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr);
      }else{
        sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy14);
      }
      if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy328 ) yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0);
    }
    yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.zStart;
    yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n];
................................................................................
  }
        break;
      case 224: /* expr ::= LP select RP */
{
    yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_SELECT, 0, 0, 0);
    if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ){
      yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->x.pSelect = yymsp[-1].minor.yy3;
      ExprSetProperty(yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, EP_xIsSelect|EP_Subquery);
      sqlite3ExprSetHeightAndFlags(pParse, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr);
    }else{
      sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy3);
    }
    yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-2].minor.yy0.z;
    yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n];
  }
        break;
      case 225: /* expr ::= expr in_op LP select RP */
{
    yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0);
    if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ){
      yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->x.pSelect = yymsp[-1].minor.yy3;
      ExprSetProperty(yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, EP_xIsSelect|EP_Subquery);
      sqlite3ExprSetHeightAndFlags(pParse, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr);
    }else{
      sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy3);
    }
    if( yymsp[-3].minor.yy328 ) yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0);
    yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-4].minor.yy346.zStart;
    yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n];
  }
................................................................................
        break;
      case 226: /* expr ::= expr in_op nm dbnm */
{
    SrcList *pSrc = sqlite3SrcListAppend(pParse->db, 0,&yymsp[-1].minor.yy0,&yymsp[0].minor.yy0);
    yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_IN, yymsp[-3].minor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0);
    if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ){
      yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->x.pSelect = sqlite3SelectNew(pParse, 0,pSrc,0,0,0,0,0,0,0);
      ExprSetProperty(yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, EP_xIsSelect|EP_Subquery);
      sqlite3ExprSetHeightAndFlags(pParse, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr);
    }else{
      sqlite3SrcListDelete(pParse->db, pSrc);
    }
    if( yymsp[-2].minor.yy328 ) yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_NOT, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr, 0, 0);
    yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-3].minor.yy346.zStart;
    yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z ? &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n] : &yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[-1].minor.yy0.n];
  }
        break;
      case 227: /* expr ::= EXISTS LP select RP */
{
    Expr *p = yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_EXISTS, 0, 0, 0);
    if( p ){
      p->x.pSelect = yymsp[-1].minor.yy3;
      ExprSetProperty(p, EP_xIsSelect|EP_Subquery);
      sqlite3ExprSetHeightAndFlags(pParse, p);
    }else{
      sqlite3SelectDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy3);
    }
    yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-3].minor.yy0.z;
    yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n];
  }
        break;
      case 228: /* expr ::= CASE case_operand case_exprlist case_else END */
{
  yygotominor.yy346.pExpr = sqlite3PExpr(pParse, TK_CASE, yymsp[-3].minor.yy132, 0, 0);
  if( yygotominor.yy346.pExpr ){
    yygotominor.yy346.pExpr->x.pList = yymsp[-1].minor.yy132 ? sqlite3ExprListAppend(pParse,yymsp[-2].minor.yy14,yymsp[-1].minor.yy132) : yymsp[-2].minor.yy14;
    sqlite3ExprSetHeightAndFlags(pParse, yygotominor.yy346.pExpr);
  }else{
    sqlite3ExprListDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-2].minor.yy14);
    sqlite3ExprDelete(pParse->db, yymsp[-1].minor.yy132);
  }
  yygotominor.yy346.zStart = yymsp[-4].minor.yy0.z;
  yygotominor.yy346.zEnd = &yymsp[0].minor.yy0.z[yymsp[0].minor.yy0.n];
}
................................................................................
  void *pEngine;                  /* The LEMON-generated LALR(1) parser */
  int tokenType;                  /* type of the next token */
  int lastTokenParsed = -1;       /* type of the previous token */
  u8 enableLookaside;             /* Saved value of db->lookaside.bEnabled */
  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;       /* The database connection */
  int mxSqlLen;                   /* Max length of an SQL string */





  assert( zSql!=0 );
  mxSqlLen = db->aLimit[SQLITE_LIMIT_SQL_LENGTH];
  if( db->nVdbeActive==0 ){
    db->u1.isInterrupted = 0;
  }
  pParse->rc = SQLITE_OK;
  pParse->zTail = zSql;
  i = 0;
................................................................................
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_busy_handler(
  sqlite3 *db,
  int (*xBusy)(void*,int),
  void *pArg
){
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) ) return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
#endif
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
  db->busyHandler.xFunc = xBusy;
  db->busyHandler.pArg = pArg;
  db->busyHandler.nBusy = 0;
  db->busyTimeout = 0;
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
................................................................................
  db->szMmap = sqlite3GlobalConfig.szMmap;
  db->nextPagesize = 0;
  db->nMaxSorterMmap = 0x7FFFFFFF;
  db->flags |= SQLITE_ShortColNames | SQLITE_EnableTrigger | SQLITE_CacheSpill
#if !defined(SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX) || SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOMATIC_INDEX
                 | SQLITE_AutoIndex
#endif
#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_CKPTFULLFSYNC
                 | SQLITE_CkptFullFSync
#endif
#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_FILE_FORMAT<4
                 | SQLITE_LegacyFileFmt
#endif
#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_LOAD_EXTENSION
                 | SQLITE_LoadExtension
#endif
#if SQLITE_DEFAULT_RECURSIVE_TRIGGERS
................................................................................
  int *pAutoinc               /* OUTPUT: True if column is auto-increment */
){
  int rc;
  char *zErrMsg = 0;
  Table *pTab = 0;
  Column *pCol = 0;
  int iCol = 0;

  char const *zDataType = 0;
  char const *zCollSeq = 0;
  int notnull = 0;
  int primarykey = 0;
  int autoinc = 0;


#ifdef SQLITE_ENABLE_API_ARMOR
  if( !sqlite3SafetyCheckOk(db) || zTableName==0 ){
    return SQLITE_MISUSE_BKPT;
  }
#endif

  /* Ensure the database schema has been loaded */
  sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
  sqlite3BtreeEnterAll(db);
  rc = sqlite3Init(db, &zErrMsg);
  if( SQLITE_OK!=rc ){
    goto error_out;
  }
................................................................................
      rc = sqlite3OsFileControl(fd, op, pArg);
    }else{
      rc = SQLITE_NOTFOUND;
    }
    sqlite3BtreeLeave(pBtree);
  }
  sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
  return rc;
}

/*
** Interface to the testing logic.
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_test_control(int op, ...){
  int rc = 0;
................................................................................
    ** Return SQLITE_OK if SQLite has been initialized and SQLITE_ERROR if
    ** not.
    */
    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISINIT: {
      if( sqlite3GlobalConfig.isInit==0 ) rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
      break;
    }

    /*   sqlite3_test_control(SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER, db, dbName, onOff, tnum);
    **
    ** This test control is used to create imposter tables.  "db" is a pointer
    ** to the database connection.  dbName is the database name (ex: "main" or
    ** "temp") which will receive the imposter.  "onOff" turns imposter mode on
    ** or off.  "tnum" is the root page of the b-tree to which the imposter
    ** table should connect.
    **
    ** Enable imposter mode only when the schema has already been parsed.  Then
    ** run a single CREATE TABLE statement to construct the imposter table in the
    ** parsed schema.  Then turn imposter mode back off again.
    **
    ** If onOff==0 and tnum>0 then reset the schema for all databases, causing
    ** the schema to be reparsed the next time it is needed.  This has the
    ** effect of erasing all imposter tables.
    */
    case SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER: {
      sqlite3 *db = va_arg(ap, sqlite3*);
      sqlite3_mutex_enter(db->mutex);
      db->init.iDb = sqlite3FindDbName(db, va_arg(ap,const char*));
      db->init.busy = db->init.imposterTable = va_arg(ap,int);
      db->init.newTnum = va_arg(ap,int);
      if( db->init.busy==0 && db->init.newTnum>0 ){
        sqlite3ResetAllSchemasOfConnection(db);
      }
      sqlite3_mutex_leave(db->mutex);
      break;
    }
  }
  va_end(ap);
#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_BUILTIN_TEST */
  return rc;
}

/*
................................................................................

  /* Compile a SELECT statement for this cursor. For a full-table-scan, the
  ** statement loops through all rows of the %_content table. For a
  ** full-text query or docid lookup, the statement retrieves a single
  ** row by docid.
  */
  if( eSearch==FTS3_FULLSCAN_SEARCH ){
    if( pDocidGe || pDocidLe ){
      zSql = sqlite3_mprintf(
          "SELECT %s WHERE rowid BETWEEN %lld AND %lld ORDER BY rowid %s",
          p->zReadExprlist, pCsr->iMinDocid, pCsr->iMaxDocid,
          (pCsr->bDesc ? "DESC" : "ASC")
      );
    }else{
      zSql = sqlite3_mprintf("SELECT %s ORDER BY rowid %s", 
          p->zReadExprlist, (pCsr->bDesc ? "DESC" : "ASC")
      );
    }
    if( zSql ){
      rc = sqlite3_prepare_v2(p->db, zSql, -1, &pCsr->pStmt, 0);
      sqlite3_free(zSql);
    }else{
      rc = SQLITE_NOMEM;
    }
  }else if( eSearch==FTS3_DOCID_SEARCH ){
................................................................................
  }

  iDocid = pExpr->iDocid;
  pIter = pPhrase->doclist.pList;
  if( iDocid!=pCsr->iPrevId || pExpr->bEof ){
    int rc = SQLITE_OK;
    int bDescDoclist = pTab->bDescIdx;      /* For DOCID_CMP macro */

    int bOr = 0;
    u8 bEof = 0;
    u8 bTreeEof = 0;
    Fts3Expr *p;                  /* Used to iterate from pExpr to root */
    Fts3Expr *pNear;              /* Most senior NEAR ancestor (or pExpr) */

    /* Check if this phrase descends from an OR expression node. If not, 
................................................................................
      );
      isShiftDone = 1;

      /* Now that the shift has been done, check if the initial "..." are
      ** required. They are required if (a) this is not the first fragment,
      ** or (b) this fragment does not begin at position 0 of its column. 
      */
      if( rc==SQLITE_OK ){
        if( iPos>0 || iFragment>0 ){
          rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, zEllipsis, -1);
        }else if( iBegin ){
          rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, zDoc, iBegin);
        }
      }
      if( rc!=SQLITE_OK || iCurrent<iPos ) continue;
    }

    if( iCurrent>=(iPos+nSnippet) ){
      if( isLast ){
        rc = fts3StringAppend(pOut, zEllipsis, -1);

** string contains the date and time of the check-in (UTC) and an SHA1
** hash of the entire source tree.
**
** See also: [sqlite3_libversion()],
** [sqlite3_libversion_number()], [sqlite3_sourceid()],
** [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()].
*/
#define SQLITE_VERSION        "3.8.8.3"
#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3008008
#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID      "2015-02-25 13:29:11 9d6c1880fb75660bbabd693175579529785f8a6b"

/*
** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Version Numbers
** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_version, sqlite3_sourceid
**
** These interfaces provide the same information as the [SQLITE_VERSION],
** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER], and [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macros
................................................................................
** opcode causes the xFileControl method to swap the file handle with the one
** pointed to by the pArg argument.  This capability is used during testing
** and only needs to be supported when SQLITE_TEST is defined.
**
** </ul>
*/
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE               1
#define SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE             2
#define SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE             3
#define SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO                    4
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT               5
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE              6
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER            7
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED            8
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY          9
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL            10
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE              11
................................................................................
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME           16
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE              18
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE                  19
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED              20
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC                   21
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO        22
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE       23







/*
** CAPI3REF: Mutex Handle
**
** The mutex module within SQLite defines [sqlite3_mutex] to be an
** abstract type for a mutex object.  The SQLite core never looks
** at the internal representation of an [sqlite3_mutex].  It only
................................................................................
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_table(char **result);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Formatted String Printing Functions
**
** These routines are work-alikes of the "printf()" family of functions
** from the standard C library.




**
** ^The sqlite3_mprintf() and sqlite3_vmprintf() routines write their
** results into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()].
** The strings returned by these two routines should be
** released by [sqlite3_free()].  ^Both routines return a
** NULL pointer if [sqlite3_malloc()] is unable to allocate enough
** memory to hold the resulting string.
................................................................................
** written will be n-1 characters.
**
** ^The sqlite3_vsnprintf() routine is a varargs version of sqlite3_snprintf().
**
** These routines all implement some additional formatting
** options that are useful for constructing SQL statements.
** All of the usual printf() formatting options apply.  In addition, there
** is are "%q", "%Q", and "%z" options.
**
** ^(The %q option works like %s in that it substitutes a nul-terminated
** string from the argument list.  But %q also doubles every '\'' character.
** %q is designed for use inside a string literal.)^  By doubling each '\''
** character it escapes that character and allows it to be inserted into
** the string.
**
................................................................................
**  char *zSQL = sqlite3_mprintf("INSERT INTO table VALUES(%Q)", zText);
**  sqlite3_exec(db, zSQL, 0, 0, 0);
**  sqlite3_free(zSQL);
** </pre></blockquote>
**
** The code above will render a correct SQL statement in the zSQL
** variable even if the zText variable is a NULL pointer.






**
** ^(The "%z" formatting option works like "%s" but with the
** addition that after the string has been read and copied into
** the result, [sqlite3_free()] is called on the input string.)^
*/
SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_mprintf(const char*,...);
SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vmprintf(const char*, va_list);
................................................................................
**
** ^(This routine returns [SQLITE_OK] if shared cache was enabled or disabled
** successfully.  An [error code] is returned otherwise.)^
**
** ^Shared cache is disabled by default. But this might change in
** future releases of SQLite.  Applications that care about shared
** cache setting should set it explicitly.





**
** This interface is threadsafe on processors where writing a
** 32-bit integer is atomic.
**
** See Also:  [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode]
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(int);
................................................................................
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOCALTIME_FAULT         18
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_EXPLAIN_STMT            19  /* NOT USED */
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_NEVER_CORRUPT           20
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_VDBE_COVERAGE           21
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BYTEORDER               22
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISINIT                  23
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SORTER_MMAP             24

#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LAST                    24

/*
** CAPI3REF: SQLite Runtime Status
**
** ^This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information
** about the performance of SQLite, and optionally to reset various
** highwater marks.  ^The first argument is an integer code for

** string contains the date and time of the check-in (UTC) and an SHA1
** hash of the entire source tree.
**
** See also: [sqlite3_libversion()],
** [sqlite3_libversion_number()], [sqlite3_sourceid()],
** [sqlite_version()] and [sqlite_source_id()].
*/
#define SQLITE_VERSION        "3.8.8"
#define SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER 3008008
#define SQLITE_SOURCE_ID      "2015-02-25 14:25:31 6d132e7a224ee68b5cefe9222944aac5760ffc20"

/*
** CAPI3REF: Run-Time Library Version Numbers
** KEYWORDS: sqlite3_version, sqlite3_sourceid
**
** These interfaces provide the same information as the [SQLITE_VERSION],
** [SQLITE_VERSION_NUMBER], and [SQLITE_SOURCE_ID] C preprocessor macros
................................................................................
** opcode causes the xFileControl method to swap the file handle with the one
** pointed to by the pArg argument.  This capability is used during testing
** and only needs to be supported when SQLITE_TEST is defined.
**
** </ul>
*/
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_LOCKSTATE               1
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE       2
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE       3
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_LAST_ERRNO              4
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SIZE_HINT               5
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_CHUNK_SIZE              6
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_FILE_POINTER            7
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC_OMITTED            8
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_AV_RETRY          9
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_PERSIST_WAL            10
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_OVERWRITE              11
................................................................................
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_TEMPFILENAME           16
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_MMAP_SIZE              18
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_TRACE                  19
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_HAS_MOVED              20
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_SYNC                   21
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_COMMIT_PHASETWO        22
#define SQLITE_FCNTL_WIN32_SET_HANDLE       23

/* deprecated names */
#define SQLITE_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE      SQLITE_FCNTL_GET_LOCKPROXYFILE
#define SQLITE_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE      SQLITE_FCNTL_SET_LOCKPROXYFILE
#define SQLITE_LAST_ERRNO             SQLITE_FCNTL_LAST_ERRNO


/*
** CAPI3REF: Mutex Handle
**
** The mutex module within SQLite defines [sqlite3_mutex] to be an
** abstract type for a mutex object.  The SQLite core never looks
** at the internal representation of an [sqlite3_mutex].  It only
................................................................................
SQLITE_API void sqlite3_free_table(char **result);

/*
** CAPI3REF: Formatted String Printing Functions
**
** These routines are work-alikes of the "printf()" family of functions
** from the standard C library.
** These routines understand most of the common K&R formatting options,
** plus some additional non-standard formats, detailed below.
** Note that some of the more obscure formatting options from recent
** C-library standards are omitted from this implementation.
**
** ^The sqlite3_mprintf() and sqlite3_vmprintf() routines write their
** results into memory obtained from [sqlite3_malloc()].
** The strings returned by these two routines should be
** released by [sqlite3_free()].  ^Both routines return a
** NULL pointer if [sqlite3_malloc()] is unable to allocate enough
** memory to hold the resulting string.
................................................................................
** written will be n-1 characters.
**
** ^The sqlite3_vsnprintf() routine is a varargs version of sqlite3_snprintf().
**
** These routines all implement some additional formatting
** options that are useful for constructing SQL statements.
** All of the usual printf() formatting options apply.  In addition, there
** is are "%q", "%Q", "%w" and "%z" options.
**
** ^(The %q option works like %s in that it substitutes a nul-terminated
** string from the argument list.  But %q also doubles every '\'' character.
** %q is designed for use inside a string literal.)^  By doubling each '\''
** character it escapes that character and allows it to be inserted into
** the string.
**
................................................................................
**  char *zSQL = sqlite3_mprintf("INSERT INTO table VALUES(%Q)", zText);
**  sqlite3_exec(db, zSQL, 0, 0, 0);
**  sqlite3_free(zSQL);
** </pre></blockquote>
**
** The code above will render a correct SQL statement in the zSQL
** variable even if the zText variable is a NULL pointer.
**
** ^(The "%w" formatting option is like "%q" except that it expects to
** be contained within double-quotes instead of single quotes, and it
** escapes the double-quote character instead of the single-quote
** character.)^  The "%w" formatting option is intended for safely inserting
** table and column names into a constructed SQL statement.
**
** ^(The "%z" formatting option works like "%s" but with the
** addition that after the string has been read and copied into
** the result, [sqlite3_free()] is called on the input string.)^
*/
SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_mprintf(const char*,...);
SQLITE_API char *sqlite3_vmprintf(const char*, va_list);
................................................................................
**
** ^(This routine returns [SQLITE_OK] if shared cache was enabled or disabled
** successfully.  An [error code] is returned otherwise.)^
**
** ^Shared cache is disabled by default. But this might change in
** future releases of SQLite.  Applications that care about shared
** cache setting should set it explicitly.
**
** Note: This method is disabled on MacOS X 10.7 and iOS version 5.0
** and will always return SQLITE_MISUSE. On those systems, 
** shared cache mode should be enabled per-database connection via 
** [sqlite3_open_v2()] with [SQLITE_OPEN_SHAREDCACHE].
**
** This interface is threadsafe on processors where writing a
** 32-bit integer is atomic.
**
** See Also:  [SQLite Shared-Cache Mode]
*/
SQLITE_API int sqlite3_enable_shared_cache(int);
................................................................................
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LOCALTIME_FAULT         18
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_EXPLAIN_STMT            19  /* NOT USED */
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_NEVER_CORRUPT           20
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_VDBE_COVERAGE           21
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_BYTEORDER               22
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_ISINIT                  23
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_SORTER_MMAP             24
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_IMPOSTER                25
#define SQLITE_TESTCTRL_LAST                    25

/*
** CAPI3REF: SQLite Runtime Status
**
** ^This interface is used to retrieve runtime status information
** about the performance of SQLite, and optionally to reset various
** highwater marks.  ^The first argument is an integer code for

      }else{
        b = 1;
      }
      a = t/fsize;
      fossil_print("%*s%d:%d\n", colWidth, "compression-ratio:", a, b);
    }
    n = db_int(0, "SELECT COUNT(*) FROM event e WHERE e.type='ci'");
    fossil_print("%*s%d\n", colWidth, "checkins:", n);
    n = db_int(0, "SELECT count(*) FROM filename /*scan*/");
    fossil_print("%*s%d across all branches\n", colWidth, "files:", n);
    n = db_int(0, "SELECT count(*) FROM tag  /*scan*/"
                  " WHERE tagname GLOB 'wiki-*'");
    m = db_int(0, "SELECT COUNT(*) FROM event WHERE type='w'");
    fossil_print("%*s%d (%d changes)\n", colWidth, "wiki-pages:", n, m);
    n = db_int(0, "SELECT count(*) FROM tag  /*scan*/"

      }else{
        b = 1;
      }
      a = t/fsize;
      fossil_print("%*s%d:%d\n", colWidth, "compression-ratio:", a, b);
    }
    n = db_int(0, "SELECT COUNT(*) FROM event e WHERE e.type='ci'");
    fossil_print("%*s%d\n", colWidth, "check-ins:", n);
    n = db_int(0, "SELECT count(*) FROM filename /*scan*/");
    fossil_print("%*s%d across all branches\n", colWidth, "files:", n);
    n = db_int(0, "SELECT count(*) FROM tag  /*scan*/"
                  " WHERE tagname GLOB 'wiki-*'");
    m = db_int(0, "SELECT COUNT(*) FROM event WHERE type='w'");
    fossil_print("%*s%d (%d changes)\n", colWidth, "wiki-pages:", n, m);
    n = db_int(0, "SELECT count(*) FROM tag  /*scan*/"

** on the 'type' flag. See stats_report_init_view().
** The returned bytes are static.
*/
static const char *stats_report_label_for_type(){
  assert( statsReportType && "Must call stats_report_init_view() first." );
  switch( statsReportType ){
    case 'c':
      return "checkins";
    case 'e':
      return "technotes";
    case 'w':
      return "wiki changes";
    case 't':
      return "ticket changes";
    case 'g':
................................................................................
  cgi_printf("<span>Types:</span> ");
  if('*' == statsReportType){
    cgi_printf(" <strong>all</strong>", zTop);
  }else{
    cgi_printf(" <a href='%s'>all</a>", zTop);
  }
  if('c' == statsReportType){
    cgi_printf(" <strong>checkins</strong>", zTop);
  }else{
    cgi_printf(" <a href='%s&type=ci'>checkins</a>", zTop);
  }
  if('e' == statsReportType){
    cgi_printf(" <strong>technotes</strong>", zTop);
  }else{
    cgi_printf(" <a href='%s&type=e'>technotes</a>", zTop);
  }
  if( 't' == statsReportType ){
................................................................................
    "   WHERE filename.fnid=mlink.fnid"
    "   GROUP BY 1"
  );
  db_prepare(&query,
    "SELECT filename, cnt FROM statrep ORDER BY cnt DESC, filename /*sort*/"
  );
  mxEvent = db_int(1, "SELECT max(cnt) FROM statrep");
  @ <h1>Checkins Per File</h1>
  @ <table class='statistics-report-table-events' border='0'
  @ cellpadding='2' cellspacing='0' id='statsTable'>
  @ <thead><tr>
  @ <th>File</th>
  @ <th>Checkins</th>
  @ <th width='90%%'><!-- relative commits graph --></th>
  @ </tr></thead><tbody>
  while( SQLITE_ROW == db_step(&query) ){
    const char *zFile = db_column_text(&query, 0);
    const int n = db_column_int(&query, 1);
    int sz;
    if( n<=0 ) continue;
................................................................................
** Shows activity reports for the repository.
**
** Query Parameters:
**
**   view=REPORT_NAME  Valid values: bymonth, byyear, byuser
**   user=NAME         Restricts statistics to the given user
**   type=TYPE         Restricts the report to a specific event type:
**                     ci (checkin), w (wiki), t (ticket), g (tag)
**                     Defaulting to all event types.
**
** The view-specific query parameters include:
**
** view=byweek:
**
**   y=YYYY            The year to report (default is the server's

** on the 'type' flag. See stats_report_init_view().
** The returned bytes are static.
*/
static const char *stats_report_label_for_type(){
  assert( statsReportType && "Must call stats_report_init_view() first." );
  switch( statsReportType ){
    case 'c':
      return "check-ins";
    case 'e':
      return "technotes";
    case 'w':
      return "wiki changes";
    case 't':
      return "ticket changes";
    case 'g':
................................................................................
  cgi_printf("<span>Types:</span> ");
  if('*' == statsReportType){
    cgi_printf(" <strong>all</strong>", zTop);
  }else{
    cgi_printf(" <a href='%s'>all</a>", zTop);
  }
  if('c' == statsReportType){
    cgi_printf(" <strong>check-ins</strong>", zTop);
  }else{
    cgi_printf(" <a href='%s&type=ci'>check-ins</a>", zTop);
  }
  if('e' == statsReportType){
    cgi_printf(" <strong>technotes</strong>", zTop);
  }else{
    cgi_printf(" <a href='%s&type=e'>technotes</a>", zTop);
  }
  if( 't' == statsReportType ){
................................................................................
    "   WHERE filename.fnid=mlink.fnid"
    "   GROUP BY 1"
  );
  db_prepare(&query,
    "SELECT filename, cnt FROM statrep ORDER BY cnt DESC, filename /*sort*/"
  );
  mxEvent = db_int(1, "SELECT max(cnt) FROM statrep");
  @ <h1>Check-ins Per File</h1>
  @ <table class='statistics-report-table-events' border='0'
  @ cellpadding='2' cellspacing='0' id='statsTable'>
  @ <thead><tr>
  @ <th>File</th>
  @ <th>Check-ins</th>
  @ <th width='90%%'><!-- relative commits graph --></th>
  @ </tr></thead><tbody>
  while( SQLITE_ROW == db_step(&query) ){
    const char *zFile = db_column_text(&query, 0);
    const int n = db_column_int(&query, 1);
    int sz;
    if( n<=0 ) continue;
................................................................................
** Shows activity reports for the repository.
**
** Query Parameters:
**
**   view=REPORT_NAME  Valid values: bymonth, byyear, byuser
**   user=NAME         Restricts statistics to the given user
**   type=TYPE         Restricts the report to a specific event type:
**                     ci (check-in), w (wiki), t (ticket), g (tag)
**                     Defaulting to all event types.
**
** The view-specific query parameters include:
**
** view=byweek:
**
**   y=YYYY            The year to report (default is the server's

  ** Maintenance note: this function must of course be available
  ** before it is called. It "should" go in the HEAD so that client
  ** HEAD code can make use of it, but because the client can replace
  ** the HEAD, and some fossil pages rely on gebi(), we put it here.
  */
  @ <script>
  @ function gebi(x){
  @ if(/^#/.test(x)) x = x.substr(1);
  @ var e = document.getElementById(x);
  @ if(!e) throw new Error("Expecting element with ID "+x);
  @ else return e;}
  @ </script>
}

#if INTERFACE
/* Allowed parameters for style_adunit() */
#define ADUNIT_OFF        0x0001       /* Do not allow ads on this page */
................................................................................
          cgi_tag_query_parameter(zQPN);
        }
        switch( aSubmenuCtrl[i].eType ){
          case FF_ENTRY: {
            cgi_printf(
               "<span class='submenuctrl'>"
               "&nbsp;%h<input type='text' name='%s' size='%d' maxlength='%d'"
               "value='%h'%s></span>\n",
               aSubmenuCtrl[i].zLabel,
               zQPN,
               aSubmenuCtrl[i].iSize, aSubmenuCtrl[i].iSize,
               PD(zQPN,""),
               zDisabled
            );
            break;
................................................................................
    @   padding: 10px;
    @   margin: 0px;
    @   white-space: nowrap;
  },
  { "ul.browser li.file",
    "List element in the 'flat-view' file browser for a file",
    "  background-image: url(data:image/gif;base64,R0lGODlhEAAQAJEAAP"
    "\\/\\/\\/yEhIf\\/\\/\\/wAAACH5BAEHAAIALAAAAAAQABAAAAIvlIKpxqcfm" 
    "gOUvoaqDSCxrEEfF14GqFXImJZsu73wepJzVMNxrtNTj3NATMKhpwAAOw==);\n"
    "  background-repeat: no-repeat;\n"
    "  background-position: 0px center;\n"
    "  padding-left: 20px;\n"
    "  padding-top: 2px;\n"
  },
  { "ul.browser li.dir",
................................................................................
  { "td.rpteditex",
    "format for example table cells on the report edit page",
    @   border-width: thin;
    @   border-color: #000000;
    @   border-style: solid;
  },
  { "input.checkinUserColor",
    "format for user color input on checkin edit page",
    @ /* no special definitions, class defined, to enable color pickers, f.e.:
    @ **  add the color picker found at http:jscolor.com  as java script include
    @ **  to the header and configure the java script file with
    @ **   1. use as bindClass :checkinUserColor
    @ **   2. change the default hash adding behaviour to ON
    @ ** or change the class defition of element identified by id="clrcust"
    @ ** to a standard jscolor definition with java script in the footer. */
................................................................................
    @   color: red;
  },
  { "ul.filelist",
    "List of files in a timeline",
    @   margin-top: 3px;
    @   line-height: 100%;
  },




  { "table.sbsdiffcols",
    "side-by-side diff display (column-based)",
    @   width: 90%;
    @   border-spacing: 0;
    @   font-size: xx-small;
  },
  { "table.sbsdiffcols td",

  ** Maintenance note: this function must of course be available
  ** before it is called. It "should" go in the HEAD so that client
  ** HEAD code can make use of it, but because the client can replace
  ** the HEAD, and some fossil pages rely on gebi(), we put it here.
  */
  @ <script>
  @ function gebi(x){
  @ if(x.substr(0,1)=='#') x = x.substr(1);
  @ var e = document.getElementById(x);
  @ if(!e) throw new Error('Expecting element with ID '+x);
  @ else return e;}
  @ </script>
}

#if INTERFACE
/* Allowed parameters for style_adunit() */
#define ADUNIT_OFF        0x0001       /* Do not allow ads on this page */
................................................................................
          cgi_tag_query_parameter(zQPN);
        }
        switch( aSubmenuCtrl[i].eType ){
          case FF_ENTRY: {
            cgi_printf(
               "<span class='submenuctrl'>"
               "&nbsp;%h<input type='text' name='%s' size='%d' maxlength='%d'"
               " value='%h'%s></span>\n",
               aSubmenuCtrl[i].zLabel,
               zQPN,
               aSubmenuCtrl[i].iSize, aSubmenuCtrl[i].iSize,
               PD(zQPN,""),
               zDisabled
            );
            break;
................................................................................
    @   padding: 10px;
    @   margin: 0px;
    @   white-space: nowrap;
  },
  { "ul.browser li.file",
    "List element in the 'flat-view' file browser for a file",
    "  background-image: url(data:image/gif;base64,R0lGODlhEAAQAJEAAP"
    "\\/\\/\\/yEhIf\\/\\/\\/wAAACH5BAEHAAIALAAAAAAQABAAAAIvlIKpxqcfm"
    "gOUvoaqDSCxrEEfF14GqFXImJZsu73wepJzVMNxrtNTj3NATMKhpwAAOw==);\n"
    "  background-repeat: no-repeat;\n"
    "  background-position: 0px center;\n"
    "  padding-left: 20px;\n"
    "  padding-top: 2px;\n"
  },
  { "ul.browser li.dir",
................................................................................
  { "td.rpteditex",
    "format for example table cells on the report edit page",
    @   border-width: thin;
    @   border-color: #000000;
    @   border-style: solid;
  },
  { "input.checkinUserColor",
    "format for user color input on check-in edit page",
    @ /* no special definitions, class defined, to enable color pickers, f.e.:
    @ **  add the color picker found at http:jscolor.com  as java script include
    @ **  to the header and configure the java script file with
    @ **   1. use as bindClass :checkinUserColor
    @ **   2. change the default hash adding behaviour to ON
    @ ** or change the class defition of element identified by id="clrcust"
    @ ** to a standard jscolor definition with java script in the footer. */
................................................................................
    @   color: red;
  },
  { "ul.filelist",
    "List of files in a timeline",
    @   margin-top: 3px;
    @   line-height: 100%;
  },
  { "ul.filelist li",
    "List of files in a timeline",
    @   padding-top: 1px;
  },
  { "table.sbsdiffcols",
    "side-by-side diff display (column-based)",
    @   width: 90%;
    @   border-spacing: 0;
    @   font-size: xx-small;
  },
  { "table.sbsdiffcols td",

     "  FROM plink LEFT JOIN tagxref ON cid=rid AND tagid=%d"
     " WHERE pid=:pid AND isprim",
     tagType==2, tagid
  );
  db_bind_double(&s, ":mtime", mtime);

  if( tagType==2 ){
    /* Set the propagated tag marker on checkin :rid */
    db_prepare(&ins,
       "REPLACE INTO tagxref(tagid, tagtype, srcid, origid, value, mtime, rid)"
       "VALUES(%d,2,0,%d,%Q,:mtime,:rid)",
       tagid, origId, zValue
    );
    db_bind_double(&ins, ":mtime", mtime);
  }else{
    /* Remove all references to the tag from checkin :rid */
    zValue = 0;
    db_prepare(&ins,
       "DELETE FROM tagxref WHERE tagid=%d AND rid=:rid", tagid
    );
  }
  if( tagid==TAG_BGCOLOR ){
    db_prepare(&eventupdate,
................................................................................
**
**         Remove the tag TAGNAME from CHECK-IN, and also remove
**         the propagation of the tag to any descendants.
**
**     %fossil tag find ?--raw? ?-t|--type TYPE? ?-n|--limit #? TAGNAME
**
**         List all objects that use TAGNAME.  TYPE can be "ci" for
**         checkins or "e" for events. The limit option limits the number
**         of results to the given value.
**
**     %fossil tag list|ls ?--raw? ?CHECK-IN?
**
**         List all tags, or if CHECK-IN is supplied, list
**         all tags and their values for CHECK-IN.
**

     "  FROM plink LEFT JOIN tagxref ON cid=rid AND tagid=%d"
     " WHERE pid=:pid AND isprim",
     tagType==2, tagid
  );
  db_bind_double(&s, ":mtime", mtime);

  if( tagType==2 ){
    /* Set the propagated tag marker on check-in :rid */
    db_prepare(&ins,
       "REPLACE INTO tagxref(tagid, tagtype, srcid, origid, value, mtime, rid)"
       "VALUES(%d,2,0,%d,%Q,:mtime,:rid)",
       tagid, origId, zValue
    );
    db_bind_double(&ins, ":mtime", mtime);
  }else{
    /* Remove all references to the tag from check-in :rid */
    zValue = 0;
    db_prepare(&ins,
       "DELETE FROM tagxref WHERE tagid=%d AND rid=:rid", tagid
    );
  }
  if( tagid==TAG_BGCOLOR ){
    db_prepare(&eventupdate,
................................................................................
**
**         Remove the tag TAGNAME from CHECK-IN, and also remove
**         the propagation of the tag to any descendants.
**
**     %fossil tag find ?--raw? ?-t|--type TYPE? ?-n|--limit #? TAGNAME
**
**         List all objects that use TAGNAME.  TYPE can be "ci" for
**         check-ins or "e" for events. The limit option limits the number
**         of results to the given value.
**
**     %fossil tag list|ls ?--raw? ?CHECK-IN?
**
**         List all tags, or if CHECK-IN is supplied, list
**         all tags and their values for CHECK-IN.
**

    blob_reset(&file);
  }
  tar_finish(&zip);
  blob_write_to_file(&zip, g.argv[2]);
}

/*
** Given the RID for a checkin, construct a tarball containing
** all files in that checkin
**
** If RID is for an object that is not a real manifest, then the
** resulting tarball contains a single file which is the RID
** object.
**
** If the RID object does not exist in the repository, then
** pTar is zeroed.
................................................................................
  verify_all_options();

  if( g.argc!=4 ){
    usage("VERSION OUTPUTFILE");
  }
  rid = name_to_typed_rid(g.argv[2], "ci");
  if( rid==0 ){
    fossil_fatal("Checkin not found: %s", g.argv[2]);
    return;
  }

  if( zName==0 ){
    zName = db_text("default-name",
       "SELECT replace(%Q,' ','_') "
          " || strftime('_%%Y-%%m-%%d_%%H%%M%%S_', event.mtime) "
................................................................................
  blob_reset(&tarball);
}

/*
** WEBPAGE: tarball
** URL: /tarball/RID.tar.gz
**
** Generate a compressed tarball for a checkin.
** Return that tarball as the HTTP reply content.
**
** Optional URL Parameters:
**
** - name=NAME[.tar.gz] is base name of the output file. Defaults to
** something project/version-specific. The prefix of the name, up to
** the last '.', are used as the top-most directory name in the tar

    blob_reset(&file);
  }
  tar_finish(&zip);
  blob_write_to_file(&zip, g.argv[2]);
}

/*
** Given the RID for a check-in, construct a tarball containing
** all files in that check-in
**
** If RID is for an object that is not a real manifest, then the
** resulting tarball contains a single file which is the RID
** object.
**
** If the RID object does not exist in the repository, then
** pTar is zeroed.
................................................................................
  verify_all_options();

  if( g.argc!=4 ){
    usage("VERSION OUTPUTFILE");
  }
  rid = name_to_typed_rid(g.argv[2], "ci");
  if( rid==0 ){
    fossil_fatal("Check-in not found: %s", g.argv[2]);
    return;
  }

  if( zName==0 ){
    zName = db_text("default-name",
       "SELECT replace(%Q,' ','_') "
          " || strftime('_%%Y-%%m-%%d_%%H%%M%%S_', event.mtime) "
................................................................................
  blob_reset(&tarball);
}

/*
** WEBPAGE: tarball
** URL: /tarball/RID.tar.gz
**
** Generate a compressed tarball for a check-in.
** Return that tarball as the HTTP reply content.
**
** Optional URL Parameters:
**
** - name=NAME[.tar.gz] is base name of the output file. Defaults to
** something project/version-specific. The prefix of the name, up to
** the last '.', are used as the top-most directory name in the tar

  }else if( rid==0 ){
    Th_SetResult(interp, "name not found", -1);
  }
  return rid;
}

/*
** Attempt to lookup the specified checkin and file name into an rid.
** This function was copied from artifact_from_ci_and_filename() in
** info.c; however, it has been modified to report TH1 script errors
** instead of "fatal errors".
*/
int th1_artifact_from_ci_and_filename(
  Th_Interp *interp,
  const char *zCI,
................................................................................
** "th1Hooks"        = FOSSIL_ENABLE_TH1_HOOKS
** "tcl"             = FOSSIL_ENABLE_TCL
** "useTclStubs"     = USE_TCL_STUBS
** "tclStubs"        = FOSSIL_ENABLE_TCL_STUBS
** "tclPrivateStubs" = FOSSIL_ENABLE_TCL_PRIVATE_STUBS
** "json"            = FOSSIL_ENABLE_JSON
** "markdown"        = FOSSIL_ENABLE_MARKDOWN

**
*/
static int hasfeatureCmd(
  Th_Interp *interp,
  void *p,
  int argc,
  const char **argv,
................................................................................
    rc = 1;
  }
#endif
#if defined(FOSSIL_ENABLE_JSON)
  else if( 0 == fossil_strnicmp( zArg, "json\0", 5 ) ){
    rc = 1;
  }





#endif
  else if( 0 == fossil_strnicmp( zArg, "markdown\0", 9 ) ){
    rc = 1;
  }
  if( g.thTrace ){
    Th_Trace("[hasfeature %#h] => %d<br />\n", argl[1], zArg, rc);
  }

  }else if( rid==0 ){
    Th_SetResult(interp, "name not found", -1);
  }
  return rid;
}

/*
** Attempt to lookup the specified check-in and file name into an rid.
** This function was copied from artifact_from_ci_and_filename() in
** info.c; however, it has been modified to report TH1 script errors
** instead of "fatal errors".
*/
int th1_artifact_from_ci_and_filename(
  Th_Interp *interp,
  const char *zCI,
................................................................................
** "th1Hooks"        = FOSSIL_ENABLE_TH1_HOOKS
** "tcl"             = FOSSIL_ENABLE_TCL
** "useTclStubs"     = USE_TCL_STUBS
** "tclStubs"        = FOSSIL_ENABLE_TCL_STUBS
** "tclPrivateStubs" = FOSSIL_ENABLE_TCL_PRIVATE_STUBS
** "json"            = FOSSIL_ENABLE_JSON
** "markdown"        = FOSSIL_ENABLE_MARKDOWN
** "unicodeCmdLine"  = !BROKEN_MINGW_CMDLINE
**
*/
static int hasfeatureCmd(
  Th_Interp *interp,
  void *p,
  int argc,
  const char **argv,
................................................................................
    rc = 1;
  }
#endif
#if defined(FOSSIL_ENABLE_JSON)
  else if( 0 == fossil_strnicmp( zArg, "json\0", 5 ) ){
    rc = 1;
  }
#endif
#if !defined(BROKEN_MINGW_CMDLINE)
  else if( 0 == fossil_strnicmp( zArg, "unicodeCmdLine\0", 15 ) ){
    rc = 1;
  }
#endif
  else if( 0 == fossil_strnicmp( zArg, "markdown\0", 9 ) ){
    rc = 1;
  }
  if( g.thTrace ){
    Th_Trace("[hasfeature %#h] => %d<br />\n", argl[1], zArg, rc);
  }

**    ng             Suppress the graph if present
**    nd             Suppress "divider" lines
**    v              Show details of files changed
**    f=UUID         Show family (immediate parents and children) of UUID
**    from=UUID      Path from...
**    to=UUID          ... to this
**    shortest         ... show only the shortest path
**    uf=FUUID       Show only checkins that use given file version
**    brbg           Background color from branch name
**    ubg            Background color from user
**    namechng       Show only checkins that filename changes
**    ym=YYYY-MM     Shown only events for the given year/month.
**    datefmt=N      Override the date format
**
** p= and d= can appear individually or together.  If either p= or d=
** appear, then u=, y=, a=, and b= are ignored.
**
** If both a= and b= appear then both upper and lower bounds are honored.
................................................................................
  const char *zAfter = P("a");       /* Events after this time */
  const char *zBefore = P("b");      /* Events before this time */
  const char *zCirca = P("c");       /* Events near this time */
  const char *zMark = P("m");        /* Mark this event or an event this time */
  const char *zTagName = P("t");     /* Show events with this tag */
  const char *zBrName = P("r");      /* Show events related to this tag */
  const char *zSearch = P("s");      /* Search string */
  const char *zUses = P("uf");       /* Only show checkins hold this file */
  const char *zYearMonth = P("ym");  /* Show checkins for the given YYYY-MM */
  const char *zYearWeek = P("yw");   /* Checkins for YYYY-WW (week-of-year) */
  int useDividers = P("nd")==0;      /* Show dividers if "nd" is missing */
  int renameOnly = P("namechng")!=0; /* Show only checkins that rename files */
  int tagid;                         /* Tag ID */
  int tmFlags = 0;                   /* Timeline flags */
  const char *zThisTag = 0;          /* Suppress links to this tag */
  const char *zThisUser = 0;         /* Suppress links to this user */
  HQuery url;                        /* URL for various branch links */
  int from_rid = name_to_typed_rid(P("from"),"ci"); /* from= for paths */
  int to_rid = name_to_typed_rid(P("to"),"ci");    /* to= for path timelines */
................................................................................
    }
    if( tagid>0 ){
      blob_append_sql(&sql,
        " AND (EXISTS(SELECT 1 FROM tagxref"
            " WHERE tagid=%d AND tagtype>0 AND rid=blob.rid)\n", tagid);

      if( zBrName ){
        /* The next two blob_appendf() calls add SQL that causes checkins that
        ** are not part of the branch which are parents or children of the
        ** branch to be included in the report.  This related check-ins are
        ** useful in helping to visualize what has happened on a quiescent
        ** branch that is infrequently merged with a much more activate branch.
        */
        blob_append_sql(&sql,
          " OR EXISTS(SELECT 1 FROM plink CROSS JOIN tagxref ON rid=cid"
................................................................................
          cSep = ',';
        }
        blob_append_sql(&sql, ")");
      }
    }else{ /* zType!="all" */
      blob_append_sql(&sql, " AND event.type=%Q", zType);
      if( zType[0]=='c' ){
        zEType = "checkin";
      }else if( zType[0]=='w' ){
        zEType = "wiki edit";
      }else if( zType[0]=='t' ){
        zEType = "ticket change";
      }else if( zType[0]=='e' ){
        zEType = "technical note";
      }else if( zType[0]=='g' ){
................................................................................
**   -t|--type TYPE       Output items from the given types only, such as:
**                            ci = file commits only
**                            e  = technical notes only
**                            t  = tickets only
**                            w  = wiki commits only
**   -v|--verbose         Output the list of files changed by each commit
**                        and the type of each change (edited, deleted,
**                        etc.) after the checkin comment.
**   -W|--width <num>     Width of lines (default is to auto-detect). Must be
**                        >20 or 0 (= no limit, resulting in a single line per
**                        entry).
**   -R REPO_FILE         Specifies the repository db to use. Default is
**                        the current checkout's repository.
*/
void timeline_cmd(void){
................................................................................
    }
    zDate = mprintf("(SELECT julianday(%Q%s, 'utc'))", zOrigin, zShift);
  }

  if( zFilePattern ){
    if( zType==0 ){
      /* When zFilePattern is specified and type is not specified, only show
       * file checkins */
      zType="ci";
    }
    file_tree_name(zFilePattern, &treeName, 1);
    if( fossil_strcmp(blob_str(&treeName), ".")==0 ){
      /* When zTreeName refers to g.zLocalRoot, it's like not specifying
       * zFilePattern. */
      zFilePattern = 0;
................................................................................


/*
** COMMAND: test-timewarp-list
**
** Usage: %fossil test-timewarp-list ?-v|---verbose?
**
** Display all instances of child checkins that appear earlier in time
** than their parent.  If the -v|--verbose option is provided, both the
** parent and child checking and their times are shown.
*/
void test_timewarp_cmd(void){
  Stmt q;
  int verboseFlag;

  db_find_and_open_repository(0, 0);
  verboseFlag = find_option("verbose", "v", 0)!=0;

**    ng             Suppress the graph if present
**    nd             Suppress "divider" lines
**    v              Show details of files changed
**    f=UUID         Show family (immediate parents and children) of UUID
**    from=UUID      Path from...
**    to=UUID          ... to this
**    shortest         ... show only the shortest path
**    uf=FUUID       Show only check-ins that use given file version
**    brbg           Background color from branch name
**    ubg            Background color from user
**    namechng       Show only check-ins that filename changes
**    ym=YYYY-MM     Shown only events for the given year/month.
**    datefmt=N      Override the date format
**
** p= and d= can appear individually or together.  If either p= or d=
** appear, then u=, y=, a=, and b= are ignored.
**
** If both a= and b= appear then both upper and lower bounds are honored.
................................................................................
  const char *zAfter = P("a");       /* Events after this time */
  const char *zBefore = P("b");      /* Events before this time */
  const char *zCirca = P("c");       /* Events near this time */
  const char *zMark = P("m");        /* Mark this event or an event this time */
  const char *zTagName = P("t");     /* Show events with this tag */
  const char *zBrName = P("r");      /* Show events related to this tag */
  const char *zSearch = P("s");      /* Search string */
  const char *zUses = P("uf");       /* Only show check-ins hold this file */
  const char *zYearMonth = P("ym");  /* Show check-ins for the given YYYY-MM */
  const char *zYearWeek = P("yw");   /* Check-ins for YYYY-WW (week-of-year) */
  int useDividers = P("nd")==0;      /* Show dividers if "nd" is missing */
  int renameOnly = P("namechng")!=0; /* Show only check-ins that rename files */
  int tagid;                         /* Tag ID */
  int tmFlags = 0;                   /* Timeline flags */
  const char *zThisTag = 0;          /* Suppress links to this tag */
  const char *zThisUser = 0;         /* Suppress links to this user */
  HQuery url;                        /* URL for various branch links */
  int from_rid = name_to_typed_rid(P("from"),"ci"); /* from= for paths */
  int to_rid = name_to_typed_rid(P("to"),"ci");    /* to= for path timelines */
................................................................................
    }
    if( tagid>0 ){
      blob_append_sql(&sql,
        " AND (EXISTS(SELECT 1 FROM tagxref"
            " WHERE tagid=%d AND tagtype>0 AND rid=blob.rid)\n", tagid);

      if( zBrName ){
        /* The next two blob_appendf() calls add SQL that causes check-ins that
        ** are not part of the branch which are parents or children of the
        ** branch to be included in the report.  This related check-ins are
        ** useful in helping to visualize what has happened on a quiescent
        ** branch that is infrequently merged with a much more activate branch.
        */
        blob_append_sql(&sql,
          " OR EXISTS(SELECT 1 FROM plink CROSS JOIN tagxref ON rid=cid"
................................................................................
          cSep = ',';
        }
        blob_append_sql(&sql, ")");
      }
    }else{ /* zType!="all" */
      blob_append_sql(&sql, " AND event.type=%Q", zType);
      if( zType[0]=='c' ){
        zEType = "check-in";
      }else if( zType[0]=='w' ){
        zEType = "wiki edit";
      }else if( zType[0]=='t' ){
        zEType = "ticket change";
      }else if( zType[0]=='e' ){
        zEType = "technical note";
      }else if( zType[0]=='g' ){
................................................................................
**   -t|--type TYPE       Output items from the given types only, such as:
**                            ci = file commits only
**                            e  = technical notes only
**                            t  = tickets only
**                            w  = wiki commits only
**   -v|--verbose         Output the list of files changed by each commit
**                        and the type of each change (edited, deleted,
**                        etc.) after the check-in comment.
**   -W|--width <num>     Width of lines (default is to auto-detect). Must be
**                        >20 or 0 (= no limit, resulting in a single line per
**                        entry).
**   -R REPO_FILE         Specifies the repository db to use. Default is
**                        the current checkout's repository.
*/
void timeline_cmd(void){
................................................................................
    }
    zDate = mprintf("(SELECT julianday(%Q%s, 'utc'))", zOrigin, zShift);
  }

  if( zFilePattern ){
    if( zType==0 ){
      /* When zFilePattern is specified and type is not specified, only show
       * file check-ins */
      zType="ci";
    }
    file_tree_name(zFilePattern, &treeName, 1);
    if( fossil_strcmp(blob_str(&treeName), ".")==0 ){
      /* When zTreeName refers to g.zLocalRoot, it's like not specifying
       * zFilePattern. */
      zFilePattern = 0;
................................................................................


/*
** COMMAND: test-timewarp-list
**
** Usage: %fossil test-timewarp-list ?-v|---verbose?
**
** Display all instances of child check-ins that appear earlier in time
** than their parent.  If the -v|--verbose option is provided, both the
** parent and child check-ins and their times are shown.
*/
void test_timewarp_cmd(void){
  Stmt q;
  int verboseFlag;

  db_find_and_open_repository(0, 0);
  verboseFlag = find_option("verbose", "v", 0)!=0;

       "%s/tkttimeline?name=%T", g.zTop, zUuid);
  }
  style_submenu_element("History", "History",
    "%s/tkthistory/%s", g.zTop, zUuid);
  style_submenu_element("Status", "Status",
    "%s/info/%s", g.zTop, zUuid);
  if( zType[0]=='c' ){
    zTitle = mprintf("Check-Ins Associated With Ticket %h", zUuid);
  }else{
    zTitle = mprintf("Timeline Of Ticket %h", zUuid);
  }
  style_header("%z", zTitle);

  sqlite3_snprintf(6, zGlobPattern, "%s", zUuid);
  canonical16(zGlobPattern, strlen(zGlobPattern));

       "%s/tkttimeline?name=%T", g.zTop, zUuid);
  }
  style_submenu_element("History", "History",
    "%s/tkthistory/%s", g.zTop, zUuid);
  style_submenu_element("Status", "Status",
    "%s/info/%s", g.zTop, zUuid);
  if( zType[0]=='c' ){
    zTitle = mprintf("Check-ins Associated With Ticket %h", zUuid);
  }else{
    zTitle = mprintf("Timeline Of Ticket %h", zUuid);
  }
  style_header("%z", zTitle);

  sqlite3_snprintf(6, zGlobPattern, "%s", zUuid);
  canonical16(zGlobPattern, strlen(zGlobPattern));

      blob_reset(&path);
    }
  }
}


/*
** Get the contents of a file within the checking "revision".  If
** revision==NULL then get the file content for the current checkout.
*/
int historical_version_of_file(
  const char *revision,    /* The checkin containing the file */
  const char *file,        /* Full treename of the file */
  Blob *content,           /* Put the content here */
  int *pIsLink,            /* Set to true if file is link. */
  int *pIsExe,             /* Set to true if file is executable */
  int *pIsBin,             /* Set to true if file is binary */
  int errCode              /* Error code if file not found.  Panic if 0. */
){
................................................................................
  }else if( !g.localOpen ){
    rid = name_to_typed_rid(db_get("main-branch","trunk"),"ci");
  }else{
    rid = db_lget_int("checkout", 0);
  }
  if( !is_a_version(rid) ){
    if( errCode>0 ) return errCode;
    fossil_fatal("no such checkin: %s", revision);
  }
  pManifest = manifest_get(rid, CFTYPE_MANIFEST, 0);

  if( pManifest ){
    pFile = manifest_file_find(pManifest, file);
    if( pFile ){
      int rc;
................................................................................
      if( rc && pIsBin ){
        *pIsBin = looks_like_binary(content);
      }
      return rc;
    }
    manifest_destroy(pManifest);
    if( errCode<=0 ){
      fossil_fatal("file %s does not exist in checkin: %s", file, revision);
    }
  }else if( errCode<=0 ){
    if( revision==0 ){
      revision = db_text("current", "SELECT uuid FROM blob WHERE rid=%d", rid);
    }
    fossil_fatal("could not parse manifest for checkin: %s", revision);
  }
  return errCode;
}


/*
** COMMAND: revert

      blob_reset(&path);
    }
  }
}


/*
** Get the contents of a file within the check-in "revision".  If
** revision==NULL then get the file content for the current checkout.
*/
int historical_version_of_file(
  const char *revision,    /* The check-in containing the file */
  const char *file,        /* Full treename of the file */
  Blob *content,           /* Put the content here */
  int *pIsLink,            /* Set to true if file is link. */
  int *pIsExe,             /* Set to true if file is executable */
  int *pIsBin,             /* Set to true if file is binary */
  int errCode              /* Error code if file not found.  Panic if 0. */
){
................................................................................
  }else if( !g.localOpen ){
    rid = name_to_typed_rid(db_get("main-branch","trunk"),"ci");
  }else{
    rid = db_lget_int("checkout", 0);
  }
  if( !is_a_version(rid) ){
    if( errCode>0 ) return errCode;
    fossil_fatal("no such check-in: %s", revision);
  }
  pManifest = manifest_get(rid, CFTYPE_MANIFEST, 0);

  if( pManifest ){
    pFile = manifest_file_find(pManifest, file);
    if( pFile ){
      int rc;
................................................................................
      if( rc && pIsBin ){
        *pIsBin = looks_like_binary(content);
      }
      return rc;
    }
    manifest_destroy(pManifest);
    if( errCode<=0 ){
      fossil_fatal("file %s does not exist in check-in: %s", file, revision);
    }
  }else if( errCode<=0 ){
    if( revision==0 ){
      revision = db_text("current", "SELECT uuid FROM blob WHERE rid=%d", rid);
    }
    fossil_fatal("could not parse manifest for check-in: %s", revision);
  }
  return errCode;
}


/*
** COMMAND: revert

**
**         --localauth
**
**              Enables automatic login if the --localauth option is present
**              and the "localauth" setting is off and the connection is from
**              localhost.
**




**         --scgi
**
**              Create an SCGI server instead of an HTTP server
**
**
**    fossil winsrv delete ?SERVICE-NAME?
**
................................................................................
    const char *zPassword   = find_option("password", "W", 1);
    const char *zPort       = find_option("port", "P", 1);
    const char *zNotFound   = find_option("notfound", 0, 1);
    const char *zFileGlob   = find_option("files", 0, 1);
    const char *zLocalAuth  = find_option("localauth", 0, 0);
    const char *zRepository = find_repository_option();
    int useSCGI             = find_option("scgi", 0, 0)!=0;

    Blob binPath;

    verify_all_options();
    if( g.argc==4 ){
      zSvcName = g.argv[3];
    }else if( g.argc>4 ){
      fossil_fatal("too many arguments for create method.");
................................................................................
    }
    db_close(0);
    /* Build the fully-qualified path to the service binary file. */
    blob_zero(&binPath);
    blob_appendf(&binPath, "\"%s\" server", g.nameOfExe);
    if( zPort ) blob_appendf(&binPath, " --port %s", zPort);
    if( useSCGI ) blob_appendf(&binPath, " --scgi");

    if( zNotFound ) blob_appendf(&binPath, " --notfound \"%s\"", zNotFound);
    if( zFileGlob ) blob_appendf(&binPath, " --files-urlenc %T", zFileGlob);
    if( zLocalAuth ) blob_append(&binPath, " --localauth", -1);
    blob_appendf(&binPath, " \"%s\"", g.zRepositoryName);
    /* Create the service. */
    hScm = OpenSCManagerW(NULL, NULL, SC_MANAGER_ALL_ACCESS);
    if( !hScm ) winhttp_fatal("create", zSvcName, win32_get_last_errmsg());

**
**         --localauth
**
**              Enables automatic login if the --localauth option is present
**              and the "localauth" setting is off and the connection is from
**              localhost.
**
**         --repolist
**
**              If REPOSITORY is directory, URL "/" lists all repositories.
**
**         --scgi
**
**              Create an SCGI server instead of an HTTP server
**
**
**    fossil winsrv delete ?SERVICE-NAME?
**
................................................................................
    const char *zPassword   = find_option("password", "W", 1);
    const char *zPort       = find_option("port", "P", 1);
    const char *zNotFound   = find_option("notfound", 0, 1);
    const char *zFileGlob   = find_option("files", 0, 1);
    const char *zLocalAuth  = find_option("localauth", 0, 0);
    const char *zRepository = find_repository_option();
    int useSCGI             = find_option("scgi", 0, 0)!=0;
    int allowRepoList       = find_option("repolist",0,0)!=0;
    Blob binPath;

    verify_all_options();
    if( g.argc==4 ){
      zSvcName = g.argv[3];
    }else if( g.argc>4 ){
      fossil_fatal("too many arguments for create method.");
................................................................................
    }
    db_close(0);
    /* Build the fully-qualified path to the service binary file. */
    blob_zero(&binPath);
    blob_appendf(&binPath, "\"%s\" server", g.nameOfExe);
    if( zPort ) blob_appendf(&binPath, " --port %s", zPort);
    if( useSCGI ) blob_appendf(&binPath, " --scgi");
    if( allowRepoList ) blob_appendf(&binPath, " --repolist");
    if( zNotFound ) blob_appendf(&binPath, " --notfound \"%s\"", zNotFound);
    if( zFileGlob ) blob_appendf(&binPath, " --files-urlenc %T", zFileGlob);
    if( zLocalAuth ) blob_append(&binPath, " --localauth", -1);
    blob_appendf(&binPath, " \"%s\"", g.zRepositoryName);
    /* Create the service. */
    hScm = OpenSCManagerW(NULL, NULL, SC_MANAGER_ALL_ACCESS);
    if( !hScm ) winhttp_fatal("create", zSvcName, win32_get_last_errmsg());

  $(SRCDIR)/../skins/khaki/header.txt \
  $(SRCDIR)/../skins/plain_gray/css.txt \
  $(SRCDIR)/../skins/plain_gray/footer.txt \
  $(SRCDIR)/../skins/plain_gray/header.txt \
  $(SRCDIR)/../skins/rounded1/css.txt \
  $(SRCDIR)/../skins/rounded1/footer.txt \
  $(SRCDIR)/../skins/rounded1/header.txt \



  $(SRCDIR)/diff.tcl \
  $(SRCDIR)/markdown.md

TRANS_SRC = \
  $(OBJDIR)/add_.c \
  $(OBJDIR)/allrepo_.c \
  $(OBJDIR)/attach_.c \
................................................................................

APPTARGETS += $(LIBTARGETS)

ifdef FOSSIL_BUILD_SSL
APPTARGETS += openssl
endif

$(APPNAME):	$(OBJDIR)/headers $(CODECHECK1) $(OBJ) $(EXTRAOBJ) $(OBJDIR)/fossil.o $(APPTARGETS)
	$(CODECHECK1) $(TRANS_SRC)
	$(TCC) -o $@ $(OBJ) $(EXTRAOBJ) $(LIB) $(OBJDIR)/fossil.o

# This rule prevents make from using its default rules to try build
# an executable named "manifest" out of the file named "manifest.c"
#
$(SRCDIR)/../manifest:

  $(SRCDIR)/../skins/khaki/header.txt \
  $(SRCDIR)/../skins/plain_gray/css.txt \
  $(SRCDIR)/../skins/plain_gray/footer.txt \
  $(SRCDIR)/../skins/plain_gray/header.txt \
  $(SRCDIR)/../skins/rounded1/css.txt \
  $(SRCDIR)/../skins/rounded1/footer.txt \
  $(SRCDIR)/../skins/rounded1/header.txt \
  $(SRCDIR)/../skins/xekri/css.txt \
  $(SRCDIR)/../skins/xekri/footer.txt \
  $(SRCDIR)/../skins/xekri/header.txt \
  $(SRCDIR)/diff.tcl \
  $(SRCDIR)/markdown.md

TRANS_SRC = \
  $(OBJDIR)/add_.c \
  $(OBJDIR)/allrepo_.c \
  $(OBJDIR)/attach_.c \
................................................................................

APPTARGETS += $(LIBTARGETS)

ifdef FOSSIL_BUILD_SSL
APPTARGETS += openssl
endif

$(APPNAME):	$(APPTARGETS) $(OBJDIR)/headers $(CODECHECK1) $(OBJ) $(EXTRAOBJ) $(OBJDIR)/fossil.o
	$(CODECHECK1) $(TRANS_SRC)
	$(TCC) -o $@ $(OBJ) $(EXTRAOBJ) $(LIB) $(OBJDIR)/fossil.o

# This rule prevents make from using its default rules to try build
# an executable named "manifest" out of the file named "manifest.c"
#
$(SRCDIR)/../manifest:

  $(SRCDIR)/../skins/khaki/header.txt \
  $(SRCDIR)/../skins/plain_gray/css.txt \
  $(SRCDIR)/../skins/plain_gray/footer.txt \
  $(SRCDIR)/../skins/plain_gray/header.txt \
  $(SRCDIR)/../skins/rounded1/css.txt \
  $(SRCDIR)/../skins/rounded1/footer.txt \
  $(SRCDIR)/../skins/rounded1/header.txt \



  $(SRCDIR)/diff.tcl \
  $(SRCDIR)/markdown.md

TRANS_SRC = \
  $(OBJDIR)/add_.c \
  $(OBJDIR)/allrepo_.c \
  $(OBJDIR)/attach_.c \
................................................................................

APPTARGETS += $(LIBTARGETS)

ifdef FOSSIL_BUILD_SSL
APPTARGETS += openssl
endif

$(APPNAME):	$(OBJDIR)/headers $(CODECHECK1) $(OBJ) $(EXTRAOBJ) $(OBJDIR)/fossil.o $(APPTARGETS)
	$(CODECHECK1) $(TRANS_SRC)
	$(TCC) -o $@ $(OBJ) $(EXTRAOBJ) $(LIB) $(OBJDIR)/fossil.o

# This rule prevents make from using its default rules to try build
# an executable named "manifest" out of the file named "manifest.c"
#
$(SRCDIR)/../manifest:

  $(SRCDIR)/../skins/khaki/header.txt \
  $(SRCDIR)/../skins/plain_gray/css.txt \
  $(SRCDIR)/../skins/plain_gray/footer.txt \
  $(SRCDIR)/../skins/plain_gray/header.txt \
  $(SRCDIR)/../skins/rounded1/css.txt \
  $(SRCDIR)/../skins/rounded1/footer.txt \
  $(SRCDIR)/../skins/rounded1/header.txt \
  $(SRCDIR)/../skins/xekri/css.txt \
  $(SRCDIR)/../skins/xekri/footer.txt \
  $(SRCDIR)/../skins/xekri/header.txt \
  $(SRCDIR)/diff.tcl \
  $(SRCDIR)/markdown.md

TRANS_SRC = \
  $(OBJDIR)/add_.c \
  $(OBJDIR)/allrepo_.c \
  $(OBJDIR)/attach_.c \
................................................................................

APPTARGETS += $(LIBTARGETS)

ifdef FOSSIL_BUILD_SSL
APPTARGETS += openssl
endif

$(APPNAME):	$(APPTARGETS) $(OBJDIR)/headers $(CODECHECK1) $(OBJ) $(EXTRAOBJ) $(OBJDIR)/fossil.o
	$(CODECHECK1) $(TRANS_SRC)
	$(TCC) -o $@ $(OBJ) $(EXTRAOBJ) $(LIB) $(OBJDIR)/fossil.o

# This rule prevents make from using its default rules to try build
# an executable named "manifest" out of the file named "manifest.c"
#
$(SRCDIR)/../manifest:

        $(SRCDIR)\../skins/khaki/header.txt \
        $(SRCDIR)\../skins/plain_gray/css.txt \
        $(SRCDIR)\../skins/plain_gray/footer.txt \
        $(SRCDIR)\../skins/plain_gray/header.txt \
        $(SRCDIR)\../skins/rounded1/css.txt \
        $(SRCDIR)\../skins/rounded1/footer.txt \
        $(SRCDIR)\../skins/rounded1/header.txt \



        $(SRCDIR)\diff.tcl \
        $(SRCDIR)\markdown.md

OBJ   = $(OX)\add$O \
        $(OX)\allrepo$O \
        $(OX)\attach$O \
        $(OX)\bag$O \
................................................................................
page_index.h: mkindex$E $(SRC)
	$** > $@

builtin_data.h:	mkbuiltin$E $(EXTRA_FILES)
	mkbuiltin$E --prefix $(SRCDIR)/ $(EXTRA_FILES) > $@

clean:
	-del $(OX)\*.obj
	-del *.obj
	-del *_.c
	-del *.h
	-del *.ilk
	-del *.map
	-del *.res
	-del headers
	-del linkopts
	-del vc*.pdb

realclean: clean
	-del $(APPNAME)
	-del $(PDBNAME)
	-del translate$E
	-del translate$P
	-del mkindex$E
	-del mkindex$P
	-del makeheaders$E
	-del makeheaders$P
	-del mkversion$E
	-del mkversion$P
	-del codecheck1$E
	-del codecheck1$P
	-del mkbuiltin$E
	-del mkbuiltin$P

$(OBJDIR)\json$O : $(SRCDIR)\json_detail.h
$(OBJDIR)\json_artifact$O : $(SRCDIR)\json_detail.h
$(OBJDIR)\json_branch$O : $(SRCDIR)\json_detail.h
$(OBJDIR)\json_config$O : $(SRCDIR)\json_detail.h
$(OBJDIR)\json_diff$O : $(SRCDIR)\json_detail.h
$(OBJDIR)\json_dir$O : $(SRCDIR)\json_detail.h

        $(SRCDIR)\../skins/khaki/header.txt \
        $(SRCDIR)\../skins/plain_gray/css.txt \
        $(SRCDIR)\../skins/plain_gray/footer.txt \
        $(SRCDIR)\../skins/plain_gray/header.txt \
        $(SRCDIR)\../skins/rounded1/css.txt \
        $(SRCDIR)\../skins/rounded1/footer.txt \
        $(SRCDIR)\../skins/rounded1/header.txt \
        $(SRCDIR)\../skins/xekri/css.txt \
        $(SRCDIR)\../skins/xekri/footer.txt \
        $(SRCDIR)\../skins/xekri/header.txt \
        $(SRCDIR)\diff.tcl \
        $(SRCDIR)\markdown.md

OBJ   = $(OX)\add$O \
        $(OX)\allrepo$O \
        $(OX)\attach$O \
        $(OX)\bag$O \
................................................................................
page_index.h: mkindex$E $(SRC)
	$** > $@

builtin_data.h:	mkbuiltin$E $(EXTRA_FILES)
	mkbuiltin$E --prefix $(SRCDIR)/ $(EXTRA_FILES) > $@

clean:
	del $(OX)\*.obj 2>NUL
	del *.obj 2>NUL
	del *_.c 2>NUL
	del *.h 2>NUL
	del *.ilk 2>NUL
	del *.map 2>NUL
	del *.res 2>NUL
	del headers 2>NUL
	del linkopts 2>NUL
	del vc*.pdb 2>NUL

realclean: clean
	del $(APPNAME) 2>NUL
	del $(PDBNAME) 2>NUL
	del translate$E 2>NUL
	del translate$P 2>NUL
	del mkindex$E 2>NUL
	del mkindex$P 2>NUL
	del makeheaders$E 2>NUL
	del makeheaders$P 2>NUL
	del mkversion$E 2>NUL
	del mkversion$P 2>NUL
	del codecheck1$E 2>NUL
	del codecheck1$P 2>NUL
	del mkbuiltin$E 2>NUL
	del mkbuiltin$P 2>NUL

$(OBJDIR)\json$O : $(SRCDIR)\json_detail.h
$(OBJDIR)\json_artifact$O : $(SRCDIR)\json_detail.h
$(OBJDIR)\json_branch$O : $(SRCDIR)\json_detail.h
$(OBJDIR)\json_config$O : $(SRCDIR)\json_detail.h
$(OBJDIR)\json_diff$O : $(SRCDIR)\json_detail.h
$(OBJDIR)\json_dir$O : $(SRCDIR)\json_detail.h

  FILESUBTYPE VFT2_UNKNOWN
BEGIN
  BLOCK "StringFileInfo"
  BEGIN
    BLOCK "040904b0"
    BEGIN
      VALUE "CompanyName", "Fossil Development Team\0"
      VALUE "FileDescription", "Simple, high-reliability, distributed software configuration management system.\0"
      VALUE "ProductName", "Fossil\0"
      VALUE "ProductVersion", "Fossil " RELEASE_VERSION " " MANIFEST_VERSION " " MANIFEST_DATE " UTC\0"
      VALUE "FileVersion", "Fossil " RELEASE_VERSION " " MANIFEST_VERSION " " MANIFEST_DATE " UTC\0"
      VALUE "InternalName", "fossil\0"
      VALUE "LegalCopyright", "Copyright © " MANIFEST_YEAR " by D. Richard Hipp.  All rights reserved.\0"
      VALUE "OriginalFilename", "fossil.exe\0"
      VALUE "CompilerName", COMPILER_NAME "\0"

  FILESUBTYPE VFT2_UNKNOWN
BEGIN
  BLOCK "StringFileInfo"
  BEGIN
    BLOCK "040904b0"
    BEGIN
      VALUE "CompanyName", "Fossil Development Team\0"
      VALUE "FileDescription", "Fossil is a simple, high-reliability, distributed software configuration management system.\0"
      VALUE "ProductName", "Fossil\0"
      VALUE "ProductVersion", "Fossil " RELEASE_VERSION " " MANIFEST_VERSION " " MANIFEST_DATE " UTC\0"
      VALUE "FileVersion", "Fossil " RELEASE_VERSION " " MANIFEST_VERSION " " MANIFEST_DATE " UTC\0"
      VALUE "InternalName", "fossil\0"
      VALUE "LegalCopyright", "Copyright © " MANIFEST_YEAR " by D. Richard Hipp.  All rights reserved.\0"
      VALUE "OriginalFilename", "fossil.exe\0"
      VALUE "CompilerName", COMPILER_NAME "\0"

you like (as long as it does not collide with some other symbol in the
Fossil code) but it is traditional to name the function
"<i>commandname</i><b>_cmd</b>", as is done in the example.

You could also use "printf()" instead of "fossil_print()" to generate
the output text, if desired.  But "fossil_print()" is recommended as
it has extra logic to insert \r characters at the right times on
windows systems.

Once you have the command running, you can then start adding code to
make it do useful things.  There are lots of utility functions in
Fossil for parsing command-line options and for
opening and accessing and manipulating the repository and
the working check-out.  Study implementations of existing commands
to get an idea of how things are done.  You can easily find the implementations

you like (as long as it does not collide with some other symbol in the
Fossil code) but it is traditional to name the function
"<i>commandname</i><b>_cmd</b>", as is done in the example.

You could also use "printf()" instead of "fossil_print()" to generate
the output text, if desired.  But "fossil_print()" is recommended as
it has extra logic to insert \r characters at the right times on
Windows systems.

Once you have the command running, you can then start adding code to
make it do useful things.  There are lots of utility functions in
Fossil for parsing command-line options and for
opening and accessing and manipulating the repository and
the working check-out.  Study implementations of existing commands
to get an idea of how things are done.  You can easily find the implementations

<li> Mozilla/5.0 (Windows NT 6.1; rv:19.0) Gecko/20100101 Firefox/19.0
<li> Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 8.0; Windows_NT 5.1; Trident/4.0)
<li> Mozilla/5.0 (compatible; Googlebot/2.1; +http://www.google.com/bot.html)
<li> Wget/1.12 (openbsd4.9)
</ul>

The first two UserAgent strings above identify Firefox 19 and
Internet Explorer 8.0, both running on windows NT.  The third
example is the spider used by Google to index the internet.
The fourth example is the "wget" utility running on OpenBSD.
Thus the first two UserAgent strings above identify the requestor
as human whereas the second two identify the requestor as a spider.
Note that the UserAgent string is completely under the control
of the requestor and so a malicious spider can forge a UserAgent
string that makes it look like a human.  But most spiders truly

<li> Mozilla/5.0 (Windows NT 6.1; rv:19.0) Gecko/20100101 Firefox/19.0
<li> Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 8.0; Windows_NT 5.1; Trident/4.0)
<li> Mozilla/5.0 (compatible; Googlebot/2.1; +http://www.google.com/bot.html)
<li> Wget/1.12 (openbsd4.9)
</ul>

The first two UserAgent strings above identify Firefox 19 and
Internet Explorer 8.0, both running on Windows NT.  The third
example is the spider used by Google to index the internet.
The fourth example is the "wget" utility running on OpenBSD.
Thus the first two UserAgent strings above identify the requestor
as human whereas the second two identify the requestor as a spider.
Note that the UserAgent string is completely under the control
of the requestor and so a malicious spider can forge a UserAgent
string that makes it look like a human.  But most spiders truly

is a descendant through direct children.  Tag propagation does not
cross merges.  Tag propagation also stops as soon
as it encounters another check-in with the same tag.  A cancellation tag
is attached to a single check-in in order to either override a one-time
tag that was previously placed on that same check-in, or to block
tag propagation from an ancestor.

The initial checkin of every repository has two propagating tags.  In
figure 5, that initial check-in is check-in 1.  The <b>branch</b> tag
tells (by its value)  what branch the check-in is a member of.
The default branch is called "trunk."  All tags that begin with "<b>sym-</b>"
are symbolic name tags.  When a symbolic name tag is attached to a
check-in, that allows you to refer to that check-in by its symbolic
name rather than by its 40-character SHA1 hash name.  When a symbolic name
tag propagates (as does the <b>sym-trunk</b> tag) then referring to that

is a descendant through direct children.  Tag propagation does not
cross merges.  Tag propagation also stops as soon
as it encounters another check-in with the same tag.  A cancellation tag
is attached to a single check-in in order to either override a one-time
tag that was previously placed on that same check-in, or to block
tag propagation from an ancestor.

The initial check-in of every repository has two propagating tags.  In
figure 5, that initial check-in is check-in 1.  The <b>branch</b> tag
tells (by its value)  what branch the check-in is a member of.
The default branch is called "trunk."  All tags that begin with "<b>sym-</b>"
are symbolic name tags.  When a symbolic name tag is attached to a
check-in, that allows you to refer to that check-in by its symbolic
name rather than by its 40-character SHA1 hash name.  When a symbolic name
tag propagates (as does the <b>sym-trunk</b> tag) then referring to that

containing a snapshot of the <em>latest</em> version directly from 
Fossil's own fossil repository. Additionally, source archives of 
<em>released</em> versions of
fossil are available from the <a href="http://www.fossil-scm.org/download.html">downloads page</a>.
To obtain a development version of fossil, follow these steps:</p>

<ol>
<li><p>Point your web browser at
<a href="http://www.fossil-scm.org/">
http://www.fossil-scm.org/</a>.</p></li>

<li><p>Click on the 
<a href="http://www.fossil-scm.org/fossil/timeline">Timeline</a> 
link at the top of the page.</p></li>

................................................................................
<li><p>Select a version of of Fossil you want to download.  The latest
version on the trunk branch is usually a good choice.  Click on its
link.</p></li>

<li><p>Finally, click on one of the
"Zip Archive" or "Tarball" links, according to your preference.
These link will build a ZIP archive or a gzip-compressed tarball of the 
complete source code and download it to your browser.
</ol>

<h2>Aside: Is it really safe to use an unreleased development version of
the Fossil source code?</h2>

Yes!  Any check-in on the 
[/timeline?t=trunk | trunk branch] of the Fossil
................................................................................
clobber your files.  Fossil uses several
[./selfcheck.wiki | self-checks] prior to committing any
repository change that prevent loss-of-work due to bugs.

The Fossil [./selfhost.wiki | self-hosting repositories], especially
the one at [http://www.fossil-scm.org/fossil], usually run a version
of trunk that is less than a week or two old.  Look at the bottom
right-hand corner of this screen (to the right of "This page was
generated in...") to see exactly which version of Fossil is
rendering this page.  It is always safe to use whatever version
of the Fossil code you find running on the main Fossil website.

<h2>2.0 Compiling</h2>

<ol>
<li value="5">
<p>Unpack the ZIP or tarball you downloaded then
<b>cd</b> into the directory created.</p></li>

<li><i>(Optional, unix only)</i>
Run <b>./configure</b> to construct a makefile.

<ol type="a">
<li><p>
If you do not have the OpenSSL library installed on your system, then
add <b>--with-openssl=none</b> to omit the https functionality.

................................................................................
</ol>

<li><p>Run "<b>make</b>" to build the "fossil" or "fossil.exe" executable.
The details depend on your platform and compiler.

<ol type="a">
<li><p><i>Unix</i> → the configure-generated Makefile should work on
all unix and unix-like systems.  Simply type "<b>make</b>".

<li><p><i>Unix without running "configure"</i> → if you prefer to avoid running configure, you
can also use: <b>make -f Makefile.classic</b>.  You may want to make minor
edits to Makefile.classic to configure the build for your system.

<li><p><i>MinGW/MinGW-w64</i> → Use the mingw makefile:
"<b>make -f win/Makefile.mingw</b>". On a Windows box you will
need either Cygwin or Msys as build environment. On Cygwin, Linux
or Darwin you may want to make minor edits to win/Makefile.mingw
to configure the cross-compile environment.




<li><p><i>MSVC</i> → Use the MSVC makefile.  First
change to the "win/" subdirectory ("<b>cd win</b>") then run
"<b>nmake /f Makefile.msc</b>".<br><br>Alternatively, the batch
file "<b>win\buildmsvc.bat</b>" may be used and it will attempt to
detect and use the latest installed version of MSVC.<br><br>To enable
the optional <a href="https://www.openssl.org/">OpenSSL</a> support,
first <a href="https://www.openssl.org/source/">download the official
................................................................................
<blockquote><pre>
nmake /f Makefile.msc FOSSIL_ENABLE_SSL=1 FOSSIL_BUILD_SSL=1 PERLDIR=C:\full\path\to\Perl\bin
</pre></blockquote>
<blockquote><pre>
buildmsvc.bat FOSSIL_ENABLE_SSL=1 FOSSIL_BUILD_SSL=1 PERLDIR=C:\full\path\to\Perl\bin
</pre></blockquote>

<li><p><i>Cygwin</i> → The same as other unix-like systems. It is
recommended to configure using: "<b>configure --disable-internal-sqlite</b>",
making sure you have the "libsqlite3-devel" , "zlib-devel" and
"openssl-devel" packages installed first.
</ol>
</ol>

<h2>3.0 Installing</h2>

<ol>
<li value="8">
<p>The finished binary is named "fossil" (or "fossil.exe" on windows).  
Put this binary in a 
directory that is somewhere on your PATH environment variable.
It does not matter where.</p>

<li>
<p><b>(Optional:)</b>
To uninstall, just delete the binary.</p>

containing a snapshot of the <em>latest</em> version directly from 
Fossil's own fossil repository. Additionally, source archives of 
<em>released</em> versions of
fossil are available from the <a href="http://www.fossil-scm.org/download.html">downloads page</a>.
To obtain a development version of fossil, follow these steps:</p>

<ol>
<li><p>Point your web browser to
<a href="http://www.fossil-scm.org/">
http://www.fossil-scm.org/</a>.</p></li>

<li><p>Click on the 
<a href="http://www.fossil-scm.org/fossil/timeline">Timeline</a> 
link at the top of the page.</p></li>

................................................................................
<li><p>Select a version of of Fossil you want to download.  The latest
version on the trunk branch is usually a good choice.  Click on its
link.</p></li>

<li><p>Finally, click on one of the
"Zip Archive" or "Tarball" links, according to your preference.
These link will build a ZIP archive or a gzip-compressed tarball of the 
complete source code and download it to your computer.
</ol>

<h2>Aside: Is it really safe to use an unreleased development version of
the Fossil source code?</h2>

Yes!  Any check-in on the 
[/timeline?t=trunk | trunk branch] of the Fossil
................................................................................
clobber your files.  Fossil uses several
[./selfcheck.wiki | self-checks] prior to committing any
repository change that prevent loss-of-work due to bugs.

The Fossil [./selfhost.wiki | self-hosting repositories], especially
the one at [http://www.fossil-scm.org/fossil], usually run a version
of trunk that is less than a week or two old.  Look at the bottom
left-hand corner of this screen (to the right of "This page was
generated in...") to see exactly which version of Fossil is
rendering this page.  It is always safe to use whatever version
of the Fossil code you find running on the main Fossil website.

<h2>2.0 Compiling</h2>

<ol>
<li value="5">
<p>Unpack the ZIP or tarball you downloaded then
<b>cd</b> into the directory created.</p></li>

<li><i>(Optional, Unix only)</i>
Run <b>./configure</b> to construct a makefile.

<ol type="a">
<li><p>
If you do not have the OpenSSL library installed on your system, then
add <b>--with-openssl=none</b> to omit the https functionality.

................................................................................
</ol>

<li><p>Run "<b>make</b>" to build the "fossil" or "fossil.exe" executable.
The details depend on your platform and compiler.

<ol type="a">
<li><p><i>Unix</i> → the configure-generated Makefile should work on
all Unix and Unix-like systems.  Simply type "<b>make</b>".

<li><p><i>Unix without running "configure"</i> → if you prefer to avoid running configure, you
can also use: <b>make -f Makefile.classic</b>.  You may want to make minor
edits to Makefile.classic to configure the build for your system.

<li><p><i>MinGW3.x (not 4.0)/MinGW-w64</i> → Use the mingw makefile:
"<b>make -f win/Makefile.mingw</b>". On a Windows box you will
need either Cygwin or Msys as build environment. On Cygwin, Linux
or Darwin you may want to make minor edits to win/Makefile.mingw
to configure the cross-compile environment.

Hint: don't use MinGW-4.0, it will compile but fossil won't work correctly, see
<a href="https://www.fossil-scm.org/index.html/tktview/18cff45a4e210430e24c">https://www.fossil-scm.org/index.html/tktview/18cff45a4e210430e24c</a>.

<li><p><i>MSVC</i> → Use the MSVC makefile.  First
change to the "win/" subdirectory ("<b>cd win</b>") then run
"<b>nmake /f Makefile.msc</b>".<br><br>Alternatively, the batch
file "<b>win\buildmsvc.bat</b>" may be used and it will attempt to
detect and use the latest installed version of MSVC.<br><br>To enable
the optional <a href="https://www.openssl.org/">OpenSSL</a> support,
first <a href="https://www.openssl.org/source/">download the official
................................................................................
<blockquote><pre>
nmake /f Makefile.msc FOSSIL_ENABLE_SSL=1 FOSSIL_BUILD_SSL=1 PERLDIR=C:\full\path\to\Perl\bin
</pre></blockquote>
<blockquote><pre>
buildmsvc.bat FOSSIL_ENABLE_SSL=1 FOSSIL_BUILD_SSL=1 PERLDIR=C:\full\path\to\Perl\bin
</pre></blockquote>

<li><p><i>Cygwin</i> → The same as other Unix-like systems. It is
recommended to configure using: "<b>configure --disable-internal-sqlite</b>",
making sure you have the "libsqlite3-devel" , "zlib-devel" and
"openssl-devel" packages installed first.
</ol>
</ol>

<h2>3.0 Installing</h2>

<ol>
<li value="8">
<p>The finished binary is named "fossil" (or "fossil.exe" on Windows).  
Put this binary in a 
directory that is somewhere on your PATH environment variable.
It does not matter where.</p>

<li>
<p><b>(Optional:)</b>
To uninstall, just delete the binary.</p>

  *  Prompt the user to optionally fix invalid UTF-8 at check-in.
  *  Added a line-number toggle option to the [/help?cmd=/info|/info]
     and [/help?cmd=/artifact|/artifact] pages.
  *  Most commands now issue errors rather than silently ignoring unrecognized
     command-line options.
  *  Use full 40-character SHA1 hashes (instead of abbreviations) in most
     internal URLs.
  *  The "ssh:" sync method on windows now uses "plink.exe" instead of "ssh" as
     the secure-shell client program.
  *  Prevent a partial clone when the connection is lost.
  *  Make the distinction between 301 and 302 redirects.
  *  Allow commits against a closed check-in as long as the commit goes onto
     a different branch.
  *  Improved cache control in the web interface reduces unnecessary requests
     for common resources like the page logo and CSS.
................................................................................
  *  New --integrate option to [/help?cmd=merge | fossil merge], which
     automatically closes the merged branch when committing.
  *  Renamed <tt>/stats_report</tt> page to [/reports]. Graph width is now
     relative, not absolute.
  *  Added <tt>yw=YYYY-WW</tt> (year-week) filter to timeline to limit the results
     to a specific year and calendar week number, e.g. [/timeline?yw=2013-01].
  *  Updates to SQLite to prevent opening a repository file using file descriptors
     1 or 2 on unix.  This fixes a bug under which an assertion failure could
     overwrite part of a repository database file, corrupting it.
  *  Added support for unlimited line lengths in side-by-side diffs.
  *  New --close option to [/help?cmd=commit | fossil commit], which
     immediately closes the branch being committed.
  *  Added <tt>chart</tt> option to [/help?cmd=bisect | fossil bisect].
  *  Improvements to the "human or bot?" determination.
  *  Reports errors about missing CGI-standard environment variables for HTTP
................................................................................
<h2>Changes For Version 1.26 (2013-06-18)</h2>
  *  The argument to the --port option for the [/help?cmd=ui | fossil ui] and
     [/help?cmd=server | fossil server] commands can take an IP address in addition
     to the port number, causing Fossil to bind to just that one IP address.
  *  After prompting for a password, also ask if that password should be
     remembered.
  *  Performance improvements to the diff engine.
  *  Fix the side-by-side diff engine to work better with multi-byte unicode text.
  *  Color-coding in the web-based annotation (blame) display.  Fix the annotation
     engine so that it is no longer confused by time-warps.
  *  The markdown formatter is now available by default and can be used for
     tickets, wiki, and embedded documentation.
  *  Add subcommands "fossil bisect log" and "fossil bisect status" to the
     [/help?cmd=bisect | fossil bisect] command, as well as other bisect enhancements.
  *  Enhanced defenses that prevent spiders from using excessive CPU and bandwidth.
................................................................................
     is used.
  *  Add javascript so that clicking on column headers in a ticket report
     sorts by the indicated column.
  *  Add the "fossil cat" command which is basically an alias for
     "fossil finfo -p".
  *  Hyperlinks with the class "button" are rendered as submenu buttons
     on embedded documentation.
  *  The check-in comment editor on windows now defaults to NotePad.exe.
  *  Correctly deal with BOMs in check-in comments.  Also attempt to convert
     check-in comments to UTF8 from other encodings.
  *  Allow the deletion of multiple stash entries using multiple arguments
     to the "fossil stash rm" command.
  *  Enhance the "fossil server DIRECTORY" command to serve static content
     files contained in DIRECTORY.  For security, only files with a
     recognized suffix (such as *.html, *.jpg, *.txt, etc) will be delivered
................................................................................
  *  Add options to "fossil commit" to override the various sanity checks.
     Options added: --allow-empty, --allow-fork, --allow-older, and
     --allow-conflict.
  *  Optionally require a CAPTCHA (controlled by a setting on the
     Admin/Access webpage) when a user who is not logged in tries to
     edit wiki, or a ticket, or an attachment.
  *  Improvements to the "ssh://" sync protocol, to help it move past
     noisey motd comments.
  *  Add the uf=FILE-SHA1-HASH query parameter to the timeline, causing the
     timeline to show only check-ins that contain the specific file identified
     by FILE-SHA1-HASH.  ("uf" stands for "uses file".)
  *  Enhance the file change annotator so that it follows the file across
     name changes.
  *  Fix the server-side of the sync protocol so that it will not generate
     a delta loop when a file changes from its original state, through two
................................................................................
  *  Set the action= attribute of &lt;form&gt; elements using javascript,
     as an addition defense against spam-bots.
  *  Disallow invalid UTF8 characters (such as characters in the surrogate
     pair range) in filenames.
  *  Judge the UserAgent strings issued by the NetSurf webbrowser to be
     coming from a human, not from a bot.
  *  Add the zlib sources to the Fossil source tree (under compat/zlib) and
     use those sources when compiling on (windows) systems that do not have
     a zlib library installed by default.
  *  Prompt the user with the option to convert non-UTF8 files into UTF8
     when committing.
  *  Allow the characters <nowiki>*[]?</nowiki> in filenames.
  *  Allow the --context option on diff commands to have a value of 0.
  *  Added the "dbstat" command.
  *  Enhanced "fossil merge" so that if the VERSION argument is omitted, Fossil
................................................................................
  *  Added support for WYSIWYG editing of wiki pages. WYSIWYG is turned off
     by default and can be turned on by setting a configuration option.
  *  Allow style= attribute to occur in HTML markup on wiki pages.
  *  Added the --tk option to the "fossi diff" and "fossil stash diff"
     commands, causing color-coded diff output to be displayed in a Tcl/Tk
     GUI window.  This option only works if Tcl/Tk is installed on the
     host.
  *  On windows, make the "gdiff" command default to use WinDiff.exe.
  *  Update the "fossil stash" command so that it always prompts for a
     comment if the -m option is omitted.
  *  Enhance the timeline webpages so that a=, b=, c=, d=, p=, and dp=
     query parameters (and others) can all accept any valid checkin name
     (such as branch names or labels) instead of just SHA1 hashes.
  *  Added the "fossil stash show" command.
  *  Added the "fileage" webpage with links to this page from the check-in
     information page and from the file browser.
  *  Added --age and -t options to the "fossil ls" command.
  *  Added the --setmtime option to "fossil update".  When used, the mtime
     of all mananged files is set to the time when the most recent version of
     the file was checked in.
  *  Changed the "vdiff" webpage to show the complete text of files that
     were added or removed (the equivelent of using the -N or --newfile
     options with the "fossil diff" command-line.)
  *  Added the --temp option to "fossil clean" and "fossil extra", causing
     those commands to only look at temporary files generated by Fossil,
     such as merge-conflict reports or aborted check-in messages.
  *  Enhance the raw page download so that it can guess the mimetype of
     attachments based on the filename.
  *  Change the behavior of the from= and to= query parameters on the
................................................................................
     to use Tcl as part of their configuration.  This reduces the size of
     the Fossil binary and allows any version of Tcl 8.4 or later to be used.
  *  Merge the latest SQLite changes from upstream.
  *  Lots of minor bug fixes.

<h2>Changes For Version 1.23 (2012-08-08)</h2>
  *  The default checkout database name is now ".fslckout" instead of
     "_FOSSIL_" on unix.  Both names continue to work.
  *  Added the "fossil all changes" command
  *  Added the --ckout option to the "fossil all list" command
  *  Added the "public-pages" glob pattern that can be configured to allow
     anonymous users to see embedded documentation on sites where source
     code should not be accessible to anonymous users.
  *  Allow multiple --tag options on the same "fossil commit" command.
  *  Change the meaning of the --bgcolor option for "fossil commit" to only
................................................................................
  *  New command: ticket history. [98a855c508]
  *  Disabled SSLv2 in HTTPS client.[ea1d369d23]
  *  Fixed constant prompting regarding previously-saved SSL
     certificates. [636804745b]
  *  Other SSL improvements.
  *  Added -R REPOFILE support to several more CLI commands. [e080560378]
  *  Generated tarballs now have constant timestamps, so they are
     always identical for any given checkin. [e080560378]
  *  A number of minor HTML-related tweaks and fixes.
  *  Added --args FILENAME global CLI argument to import arbitrary
     CLI arguments from a file (e.g. long file lists). [e080560378]
  *  Fixed significant memory leak in annotation of files with long
     histories.[9929bab702]
  *  Added warnings when a merge operation overwrites local copies
     (UNDO is available, but previously this condition normally went
................................................................................
  *  Now works on MSVC with repos >2GB. [6092935ff2]
  *  A number of code cleanups to resolve warnings from various compilers.
  *  Update the built-in SQLite to version 3.7.9 beta.

<h2>Changes For Version 1.19 (2011-09-02)</h2>
  *  Added a ./configure script based on autosetup.
  *  Added the "[/help/winsrv | fossil winsrv]" command
     for creating a Fossil service on windows systems.
  *  Added "versionable settings" where settings that affect
     the local tree can be stored in versioned files in the
     .fossil-settings directory.
  *  Background colors for branches are choosen automatically if no
     color is specified by the user.
  *  The status, changes and extras commands now show
     pathnames relative to the current working directory,
     unless overridden by command line options or the
     "relative-paths" setting.<br><b>WARNING:</b> This
     change will break scripts which rely on the current
     output when the current working directory is not the
................................................................................
     repository root.
  *  Added "empty-dirs" versionable setting.
  *  Added support for client-side SSL certificates with "ssl-identity"
     setting and --ssl-identity option.
  *  Added "ssl-ca-location" setting to specify trusted root
     SSL certificates.
  *  Added the --case-sensitive BOOLEAN command-line option to many commands.
     Default to true for unix and false for windows.
  *  Added the "Color-Test" submenu button on the branch list web page.
  *  Compatibility improvements to the git-export feature.
  *  Performance improvements on SHA1 checksums
  *  Update to the latest SQLite version 3.7.8 alpha.
  *  Fix the tarball generator to work with very log pathnames

<h2>Changes For Version 1.18 (2011-07-14)</h2>

  *  Prompt the user to optionally fix invalid UTF-8 at check-in.
  *  Added a line-number toggle option to the [/help?cmd=/info|/info]
     and [/help?cmd=/artifact|/artifact] pages.
  *  Most commands now issue errors rather than silently ignoring unrecognized
     command-line options.
  *  Use full 40-character SHA1 hashes (instead of abbreviations) in most
     internal URLs.
  *  The "ssh:" sync method on Windows now uses "plink.exe" instead of "ssh" as
     the secure-shell client program.
  *  Prevent a partial clone when the connection is lost.
  *  Make the distinction between 301 and 302 redirects.
  *  Allow commits against a closed check-in as long as the commit goes onto
     a different branch.
  *  Improved cache control in the web interface reduces unnecessary requests
     for common resources like the page logo and CSS.
................................................................................
  *  New --integrate option to [/help?cmd=merge | fossil merge], which
     automatically closes the merged branch when committing.
  *  Renamed <tt>/stats_report</tt> page to [/reports]. Graph width is now
     relative, not absolute.
  *  Added <tt>yw=YYYY-WW</tt> (year-week) filter to timeline to limit the results
     to a specific year and calendar week number, e.g. [/timeline?yw=2013-01].
  *  Updates to SQLite to prevent opening a repository file using file descriptors
     1 or 2 on Unix.  This fixes a bug under which an assertion failure could
     overwrite part of a repository database file, corrupting it.
  *  Added support for unlimited line lengths in side-by-side diffs.
  *  New --close option to [/help?cmd=commit | fossil commit], which
     immediately closes the branch being committed.
  *  Added <tt>chart</tt> option to [/help?cmd=bisect | fossil bisect].
  *  Improvements to the "human or bot?" determination.
  *  Reports errors about missing CGI-standard environment variables for HTTP
................................................................................
<h2>Changes For Version 1.26 (2013-06-18)</h2>
  *  The argument to the --port option for the [/help?cmd=ui | fossil ui] and
     [/help?cmd=server | fossil server] commands can take an IP address in addition
     to the port number, causing Fossil to bind to just that one IP address.
  *  After prompting for a password, also ask if that password should be
     remembered.
  *  Performance improvements to the diff engine.
  *  Fix the side-by-side diff engine to work better with multi-byte Unicode text.
  *  Color-coding in the web-based annotation (blame) display.  Fix the annotation
     engine so that it is no longer confused by time-warps.
  *  The markdown formatter is now available by default and can be used for
     tickets, wiki, and embedded documentation.
  *  Add subcommands "fossil bisect log" and "fossil bisect status" to the
     [/help?cmd=bisect | fossil bisect] command, as well as other bisect enhancements.
  *  Enhanced defenses that prevent spiders from using excessive CPU and bandwidth.
................................................................................
     is used.
  *  Add javascript so that clicking on column headers in a ticket report
     sorts by the indicated column.
  *  Add the "fossil cat" command which is basically an alias for
     "fossil finfo -p".
  *  Hyperlinks with the class "button" are rendered as submenu buttons
     on embedded documentation.
  *  The check-in comment editor on Windows now defaults to NotePad.exe.
  *  Correctly deal with BOMs in check-in comments.  Also attempt to convert
     check-in comments to UTF8 from other encodings.
  *  Allow the deletion of multiple stash entries using multiple arguments
     to the "fossil stash rm" command.
  *  Enhance the "fossil server DIRECTORY" command to serve static content
     files contained in DIRECTORY.  For security, only files with a
     recognized suffix (such as *.html, *.jpg, *.txt, etc) will be delivered
................................................................................
  *  Add options to "fossil commit" to override the various sanity checks.
     Options added: --allow-empty, --allow-fork, --allow-older, and
     --allow-conflict.
  *  Optionally require a CAPTCHA (controlled by a setting on the
     Admin/Access webpage) when a user who is not logged in tries to
     edit wiki, or a ticket, or an attachment.
  *  Improvements to the "ssh://" sync protocol, to help it move past
     noisy motd comments.
  *  Add the uf=FILE-SHA1-HASH query parameter to the timeline, causing the
     timeline to show only check-ins that contain the specific file identified
     by FILE-SHA1-HASH.  ("uf" stands for "uses file".)
  *  Enhance the file change annotator so that it follows the file across
     name changes.
  *  Fix the server-side of the sync protocol so that it will not generate
     a delta loop when a file changes from its original state, through two
................................................................................
  *  Set the action= attribute of &lt;form&gt; elements using javascript,
     as an addition defense against spam-bots.
  *  Disallow invalid UTF8 characters (such as characters in the surrogate
     pair range) in filenames.
  *  Judge the UserAgent strings issued by the NetSurf webbrowser to be
     coming from a human, not from a bot.
  *  Add the zlib sources to the Fossil source tree (under compat/zlib) and
     use those sources when compiling on (Windows) systems that do not have
     a zlib library installed by default.
  *  Prompt the user with the option to convert non-UTF8 files into UTF8
     when committing.
  *  Allow the characters <nowiki>*[]?</nowiki> in filenames.
  *  Allow the --context option on diff commands to have a value of 0.
  *  Added the "dbstat" command.
  *  Enhanced "fossil merge" so that if the VERSION argument is omitted, Fossil
................................................................................
  *  Added support for WYSIWYG editing of wiki pages. WYSIWYG is turned off
     by default and can be turned on by setting a configuration option.
  *  Allow style= attribute to occur in HTML markup on wiki pages.
  *  Added the --tk option to the "fossi diff" and "fossil stash diff"
     commands, causing color-coded diff output to be displayed in a Tcl/Tk
     GUI window.  This option only works if Tcl/Tk is installed on the
     host.
  *  On Windows, make the "gdiff" command default to use WinDiff.exe.
  *  Update the "fossil stash" command so that it always prompts for a
     comment if the -m option is omitted.
  *  Enhance the timeline webpages so that a=, b=, c=, d=, p=, and dp=
     query parameters (and others) can all accept any valid check-in name
     (such as branch names or labels) instead of just SHA1 hashes.
  *  Added the "fossil stash show" command.
  *  Added the "fileage" webpage with links to this page from the check-in
     information page and from the file browser.
  *  Added --age and -t options to the "fossil ls" command.
  *  Added the --setmtime option to "fossil update".  When used, the mtime
     of all managed files is set to the time when the most recent version of
     the file was checked in.
  *  Changed the "vdiff" webpage to show the complete text of files that
     were added or removed (the equivalent of using the -N or --newfile
     options with the "fossil diff" command-line.)
  *  Added the --temp option to "fossil clean" and "fossil extra", causing
     those commands to only look at temporary files generated by Fossil,
     such as merge-conflict reports or aborted check-in messages.
  *  Enhance the raw page download so that it can guess the mimetype of
     attachments based on the filename.
  *  Change the behavior of the from= and to= query parameters on the
................................................................................
     to use Tcl as part of their configuration.  This reduces the size of
     the Fossil binary and allows any version of Tcl 8.4 or later to be used.
  *  Merge the latest SQLite changes from upstream.
  *  Lots of minor bug fixes.

<h2>Changes For Version 1.23 (2012-08-08)</h2>
  *  The default checkout database name is now ".fslckout" instead of
     "_FOSSIL_" on Unix.  Both names continue to work.
  *  Added the "fossil all changes" command
  *  Added the --ckout option to the "fossil all list" command
  *  Added the "public-pages" glob pattern that can be configured to allow
     anonymous users to see embedded documentation on sites where source
     code should not be accessible to anonymous users.
  *  Allow multiple --tag options on the same "fossil commit" command.
  *  Change the meaning of the --bgcolor option for "fossil commit" to only
................................................................................
  *  New command: ticket history. [98a855c508]
  *  Disabled SSLv2 in HTTPS client.[ea1d369d23]
  *  Fixed constant prompting regarding previously-saved SSL
     certificates. [636804745b]
  *  Other SSL improvements.
  *  Added -R REPOFILE support to several more CLI commands. [e080560378]
  *  Generated tarballs now have constant timestamps, so they are
     always identical for any given check-in. [e080560378]
  *  A number of minor HTML-related tweaks and fixes.
  *  Added --args FILENAME global CLI argument to import arbitrary
     CLI arguments from a file (e.g. long file lists). [e080560378]
  *  Fixed significant memory leak in annotation of files with long
     histories.[9929bab702]
  *  Added warnings when a merge operation overwrites local copies
     (UNDO is available, but previously this condition normally went
................................................................................
  *  Now works on MSVC with repos >2GB. [6092935ff2]
  *  A number of code cleanups to resolve warnings from various compilers.
  *  Update the built-in SQLite to version 3.7.9 beta.

<h2>Changes For Version 1.19 (2011-09-02)</h2>
  *  Added a ./configure script based on autosetup.
  *  Added the "[/help/winsrv | fossil winsrv]" command
     for creating a Fossil service on Windows systems.
  *  Added "versionable settings" where settings that affect
     the local tree can be stored in versioned files in the
     .fossil-settings directory.
  *  Background colors for branches are chosen automatically if no
     color is specified by the user.
  *  The status, changes and extras commands now show
     pathnames relative to the current working directory,
     unless overridden by command line options or the
     "relative-paths" setting.<br><b>WARNING:</b> This
     change will break scripts which rely on the current
     output when the current working directory is not the
................................................................................
     repository root.
  *  Added "empty-dirs" versionable setting.
  *  Added support for client-side SSL certificates with "ssl-identity"
     setting and --ssl-identity option.
  *  Added "ssl-ca-location" setting to specify trusted root
     SSL certificates.
  *  Added the --case-sensitive BOOLEAN command-line option to many commands.
     Default to true for Unix and false for Windows.
  *  Added the "Color-Test" submenu button on the branch list web page.
  *  Compatibility improvements to the git-export feature.
  *  Performance improvements on SHA1 checksums
  *  Update to the latest SQLite version 3.7.8 alpha.
  *  Fix the tarball generator to work with very log pathnames

<h2>Changes For Version 1.18 (2011-07-14)</h2>

determines which version of the documentation to display.

Fossil provides a variety of ways to specify a check-in.  This
document describes the various methods.

<h2>Canonical Check-in Name</h2>

The canonical name of a checkin is the SHA1 hash of its
[./fileformat.wiki#manifest | manifest] expressed as a 40-character
lowercase hexadecimal number.  For example:

<blockquote><pre>
fossil info e5a734a19a9826973e1d073b49dc2a16aa2308f9
</pre></blockquote>

................................................................................

The "tag:deed2" name will refer to the most recent check-in 
tagged with "deed2" not to the
check-in whose canonical name begins with "deed2".

<h2>Whole Branches</h2>

Usually whan a branch name is specified, it means the latest checkin on
that branch.  But for some commands (ex: [/help/purge|purge]) a branch name
on the argument means the earliest connected checkin on the branch.  This
seems confusing when being explained here, but it works out to be intuitive
in practice.

For example, the command "fossil purge XYZ" means to purge the checkin XYZ
and all of its descendents.  But when XYZ is in the form of a branch name, one
generally wants to purge the entire branch, not just the last checkin on the
branch.  And so for this reason, commands like purge will interpret a branch
name to be the first checkin of the branch rather than the last.  If there
are two or more branches with the same name, then these commands will select
the first check-in of the branch that has the most recent checkin.  What
happens is that Fossil searches for the most recent checkin with the given
tag, just as it always does.  But if that tag is a branch name, it then walks
back down the branch looking for the first check-in of that branch.

Again, this behavior only occurs on a few commands where it make sense.

<h2>Timestamps</h2>

................................................................................

In its default configuration, Fossil interprets and displays all dates
in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC).  This tends to work the best for
distributed projects where participants are scattered around the globe.
But there is an option on the Admin/Timeline page of the web-interface to
switch to local time.  The "<b>Z</b>" suffix on an timestamp check-in
name is meaningless if Fossil is in the default mode of using UTC for
everything, but if Fossil has been switched to localtime mode, then the
"<b>Z</b>" suffix means to interpret that particular timestamp using 
UTC instead localtime.

For an example of how timestamps are useful, 
consider the homepage for the Fossil website itself:

<blockquote>
http://www.fossil-scm.org/fossil/doc/<b>trunk</b>/www/index.wiki
</blockquote>

determines which version of the documentation to display.

Fossil provides a variety of ways to specify a check-in.  This
document describes the various methods.

<h2>Canonical Check-in Name</h2>

The canonical name of a check-in is the SHA1 hash of its
[./fileformat.wiki#manifest | manifest] expressed as a 40-character
lowercase hexadecimal number.  For example:

<blockquote><pre>
fossil info e5a734a19a9826973e1d073b49dc2a16aa2308f9
</pre></blockquote>

................................................................................

The "tag:deed2" name will refer to the most recent check-in 
tagged with "deed2" not to the
check-in whose canonical name begins with "deed2".

<h2>Whole Branches</h2>

Usually when a branch name is specified, it means the latest check-in on
that branch.  But for some commands (ex: [/help/purge|purge]) a branch name
on the argument means the earliest connected check-in on the branch.  This
seems confusing when being explained here, but it works out to be intuitive
in practice.

For example, the command "fossil purge XYZ" means to purge the check-in XYZ
and all of its descendants.  But when XYZ is in the form of a branch name, one
generally wants to purge the entire branch, not just the last check-in on the
branch.  And so for this reason, commands like purge will interpret a branch
name to be the first check-in of the branch rather than the last.  If there
are two or more branches with the same name, then these commands will select
the first check-in of the branch that has the most recent check-in.  What
happens is that Fossil searches for the most recent check-in with the given
tag, just as it always does.  But if that tag is a branch name, it then walks
back down the branch looking for the first check-in of that branch.

Again, this behavior only occurs on a few commands where it make sense.

<h2>Timestamps</h2>

................................................................................

In its default configuration, Fossil interprets and displays all dates
in Universal Coordinated Time (UTC).  This tends to work the best for
distributed projects where participants are scattered around the globe.
But there is an option on the Admin/Timeline page of the web-interface to
switch to local time.  The "<b>Z</b>" suffix on an timestamp check-in
name is meaningless if Fossil is in the default mode of using UTC for
everything, but if Fossil has been switched to local time mode, then the
"<b>Z</b>" suffix means to interpret that particular timestamp using 
UTC instead of local time.

For an example of how timestamps are useful, 
consider the homepage for the Fossil website itself:

<blockquote>
http://www.fossil-scm.org/fossil/doc/<b>trunk</b>/www/index.wiki
</blockquote>

    every artifact in a check-in.</li>
<li>The artifact ID of the manifest is the identifier of the check-in.</li>
</ul>

<h2>3.0 Fossil - The Program</h2>

Fossil is software.  The implementation of fossil is in the form
of a single executable named "fossil" (or "fossil.exe" on windows).
To install fossil on your system,
all you have to do is obtain a copy of this one executable file (either
by downloading a
<a href="http://www.fossil-scm.org/download.html">pre-compiled version</a>
or [./build.wiki | compiling it yourself]) and then
putting that file somewhere on your PATH.

    every artifact in a check-in.</li>
<li>The artifact ID of the manifest is the identifier of the check-in.</li>
</ul>

<h2>3.0 Fossil - The Program</h2>

Fossil is software.  The implementation of fossil is in the form
of a single executable named "fossil" (or "fossil.exe" on Windows).
To install fossil on your system,
all you have to do is obtain a copy of this one executable file (either
by downloading a
<a href="http://www.fossil-scm.org/download.html">pre-compiled version</a>
or [./build.wiki | compiling it yourself]) and then
putting that file somewhere on your PATH.

the introduction of code with incompatible licenses or other entanglements
that might cause legal problems for Fossil users.  Many larger companies
and other lawyer-rich organizations require this as a precondition to using 
Fossil.

If you do not wish to submit a Contributor Agreement, we would still
welcome your suggestions and example code, but we will not use your code
directly - we will be forced to reimplement your changes from scratch which
might take longer.

<h2>2.0 Submitting Patches</h2>

Suggested changes or bug fixes can be submitted by creating a patch
against the current source tree.  Email patches to 
<a href="mailto:drh@sqlite.org">drh@sqlite.org</a>.  Be sure to 
................................................................................
A contributor agreement is, of course, a prerequisite for check-in
privileges.</p>

Contributors are asked to make all non-trivial changes on a branch.  The
Fossil Architect (Richard Hipp) will merge changes onto the trunk.</p>

Contributors are required to following the
[./checkin.wiki | pre-checkin checklist] prior to every checkin to
the Fossil self-hosting repository.  This checklist is short and succinct
and should only require a few seconds to follow.  Contributors 
should print out a copy of the pre-checkin checklist and keep
it on a notecard beside their workstations, for quick reference.

Contributors should review the
[./style.wiki | Coding Style Guidelines] and mimic the coding style

the introduction of code with incompatible licenses or other entanglements
that might cause legal problems for Fossil users.  Many larger companies
and other lawyer-rich organizations require this as a precondition to using 
Fossil.

If you do not wish to submit a Contributor Agreement, we would still
welcome your suggestions and example code, but we will not use your code
directly - we will be forced to re-implement your changes from scratch which
might take longer.

<h2>2.0 Submitting Patches</h2>

Suggested changes or bug fixes can be submitted by creating a patch
against the current source tree.  Email patches to 
<a href="mailto:drh@sqlite.org">drh@sqlite.org</a>.  Be sure to 
................................................................................
A contributor agreement is, of course, a prerequisite for check-in
privileges.</p>

Contributors are asked to make all non-trivial changes on a branch.  The
Fossil Architect (Richard Hipp) will merge changes onto the trunk.</p>

Contributors are required to following the
[./checkin.wiki | pre-checkin checklist] prior to every check-in to
the Fossil self-hosting repository.  This checklist is short and succinct
and should only require a few seconds to follow.  Contributors 
should print out a copy of the pre-checkin checklist and keep
it on a notecard beside their workstations, for quick reference.

Contributors should review the
[./style.wiki | Coding Style Guidelines] and mimic the coding style

<h1 align="center">
Fossil SCM Contributor Agreement
</h1>

<p>
This agreement applies to your contribution of material to the
Fossil Software Configuration Management System ("Fossil") that is
mananged by Hipp, Wyrick &amp; Company, Inc. ("Hwaci") and
sets out the intellectual property rights you grant to Hwaci in the
contributed material.
The terms "contribution" and "contributed material" mean any source code, 
object code, patch, tool, sample, graphic, specification, manual, 
documentation, or any other material posted, submitted, or uploaded by 
you to the Fossil project.
 The term "you" means the person identified
................................................................................
<ul>
<li> Your contribution is an original work and that you can legally
     grant the rights set out in this agreement.
<li> Your contribution does not, to the best of your knowledge and belief,
     violate any third party's copyrights, trademarks, patents,
     or other intellectual property rights.
<li> You are authorized to sign this agreement on behalf of your
     company (if appliable).
</ul>
</ol>

<p>By filling in the following information and signing your name,
you agree to be bound by all of the terms
set forth in this agreement.  Please print clearly.</p>
 

<h1 align="center">
Fossil SCM Contributor Agreement
</h1>

<p>
This agreement applies to your contribution of material to the
Fossil Software Configuration Management System ("Fossil") that is
managed by Hipp, Wyrick &amp; Company, Inc. ("Hwaci") and
sets out the intellectual property rights you grant to Hwaci in the
contributed material.
The terms "contribution" and "contributed material" mean any source code, 
object code, patch, tool, sample, graphic, specification, manual, 
documentation, or any other material posted, submitted, or uploaded by 
you to the Fossil project.
 The term "you" means the person identified
................................................................................
<ul>
<li> Your contribution is an original work and that you can legally
     grant the rights set out in this agreement.
<li> Your contribution does not, to the best of your knowledge and belief,
     violate any third party's copyrights, trademarks, patents,
     or other intellectual property rights.
<li> You are authorized to sign this agreement on behalf of your
     company (if applicable).
</ul>
</ol>

<p>By filling in the following information and signing your name,
you agree to be bound by all of the terms
set forth in this agreement.  Please print clearly.</p>
 

<tr><td>&nbsp;</td> <td>1B@Jd,	         </td><td>Copy    </td><td> 75 @ 1256	     </td></tr>
<tr><td>&nbsp;</td> <td>6:scenda         </td><td>Literal </td><td> 6 'scenda'	     </td></tr>
<tr><td>&nbsp;</td> <td>5x@Kt,	         </td><td>Copy    </td><td> 380 @ 1336	     </td></tr>
<tr><td>&nbsp;</td> <td>6:pieces	 </td><td>Literal </td><td> 6 'pieces'	     </td></tr>
<tr><td>&nbsp;</td> <td>79@Qt,	         </td><td>Copy    </td><td> 457 @ 1720     </td></tr>
<tr><td>&nbsp;</td> <td>F: Example: eskil</td><td>Literal </td><td> 15 ' Example: eskil'</td></tr>
<tr><td>&nbsp;</td> <td>~E@Y0,           </td><td>Copy    </td><td>  4046 @ 2176        </td></tr>
<tr><td>Trailer</td><td>2zMM3E           </td><td>Ckecksum</td><td> -1101438770         </td></tr>
</table>

<p>The unified diff behind the above delta is</p>

<table border=1><tr><td><pre>
bluepeak:(761) ~/Projects/Tcl/Fossil/Devel/devel > diff -u ../DELTA/old ../DELTA/new 
--- ../DELTA/old        2007-08-23 21:14:40.000000000 -0700

<tr><td>&nbsp;</td> <td>1B@Jd,	         </td><td>Copy    </td><td> 75 @ 1256	     </td></tr>
<tr><td>&nbsp;</td> <td>6:scenda         </td><td>Literal </td><td> 6 'scenda'	     </td></tr>
<tr><td>&nbsp;</td> <td>5x@Kt,	         </td><td>Copy    </td><td> 380 @ 1336	     </td></tr>
<tr><td>&nbsp;</td> <td>6:pieces	 </td><td>Literal </td><td> 6 'pieces'	     </td></tr>
<tr><td>&nbsp;</td> <td>79@Qt,	         </td><td>Copy    </td><td> 457 @ 1720     </td></tr>
<tr><td>&nbsp;</td> <td>F: Example: eskil</td><td>Literal </td><td> 15 ' Example: eskil'</td></tr>
<tr><td>&nbsp;</td> <td>~E@Y0,           </td><td>Copy    </td><td>  4046 @ 2176        </td></tr>
<tr><td>Trailer</td><td>2zMM3E           </td><td>Checksum</td><td> -1101438770         </td></tr>
</table>

<p>The unified diff behind the above delta is</p>

<table border=1><tr><td><pre>
bluepeak:(761) ~/Projects/Tcl/Fossil/Devel/devel > diff -u ../DELTA/old ../DELTA/new 
--- ../DELTA/old        2007-08-23 21:14:40.000000000 -0700

  </blockquote>

  The CHECK-IN in the previous line can be any
  [./checkin_names.wiki | valid check-in name format].

  You can also add (and remove) tags from a check-in using the
  [./webui.wiki | web interface].  First locate the check-in that you
  what to tag on the tmline, then click on the link to go the detailed
  information page for that check-in.  Then find the "<b>edit</b>"
  link (near the "Commands:" label) and click on that.  There are
  controls on the edit page that allow new tags to be added and existing
  tags to be removed.
}

faq {
  How do I create a private branch that won't get pushed back to the
  main repository.
} {
  Use the <b>--private</b> command-line option on the
  <b>commit</b> command.  The result will be a check-in which exists on
  your local repository only and is never pushed to other repositories.
  All descendents of a private check-in are also private.

  Unless you specify something different using the <b>--branch</b> and/or
  <b>--bgcolor</b> options, the new private check-in will be put on a branch
  named "private" with an orange background color.

  You can merge from the trunk into your private branch in order to keep
  your private branch in sync with the latest changes on the trunk.  Once

  </blockquote>

  The CHECK-IN in the previous line can be any
  [./checkin_names.wiki | valid check-in name format].

  You can also add (and remove) tags from a check-in using the
  [./webui.wiki | web interface].  First locate the check-in that you
  what to tag on the timeline, then click on the link to go the detailed
  information page for that check-in.  Then find the "<b>edit</b>"
  link (near the "Commands:" label) and click on that.  There are
  controls on the edit page that allow new tags to be added and existing
  tags to be removed.
}

faq {
  How do I create a private branch that won't get pushed back to the
  main repository.
} {
  Use the <b>--private</b> command-line option on the
  <b>commit</b> command.  The result will be a check-in which exists on
  your local repository only and is never pushed to other repositories.
  All descendants of a private check-in are also private.

  Unless you specify something different using the <b>--branch</b> and/or
  <b>--bgcolor</b> options, the new private check-in will be put on a branch
  named "private" with an orange background color.

  You can merge from the trunk into your private branch in order to keep
  your private branch in sync with the latest changes on the trunk.  Once

</blockquote>

The CHECK-IN in the previous line can be any
[./checkin_names.wiki | valid check-in name format].

You can also add (and remove) tags from a check-in using the
[./webui.wiki | web interface].  First locate the check-in that you 
what to tag on the tmline, then click on the link to go the detailed
information page for that check-in.  Then find the "<b>edit</b>"
link (near the "Commands:" label) and click on that.  There are
controls on the edit page that allow new tags to be added and existing
tags to be removed.</blockquote></li>

<a name="q5"></a>
<p><b>(5) How do I create a private branch that won't get pushed back to the
  main repository.</b></p>

<blockquote>Use the <b>--private</b> command-line option on the 
<b>commit</b> command.  The result will be a check-in which exists on
your local repository only and is never pushed to other repositories.  
All descendents of a private check-in are also private.

Unless you specify something different using the <b>--branch</b> and/or
<b>--bgcolor</b> options, the new private check-in will be put on a branch
named "private" with an orange background color.

You can merge from the trunk into your private branch in order to keep
your private branch in sync with the latest changes on the trunk.  Once

</blockquote>

The CHECK-IN in the previous line can be any
[./checkin_names.wiki | valid check-in name format].

You can also add (and remove) tags from a check-in using the
[./webui.wiki | web interface].  First locate the check-in that you 
what to tag on the timeline, then click on the link to go the detailed
information page for that check-in.  Then find the "<b>edit</b>"
link (near the "Commands:" label) and click on that.  There are
controls on the edit page that allow new tags to be added and existing
tags to be removed.</blockquote></li>

<a name="q5"></a>
<p><b>(5) How do I create a private branch that won't get pushed back to the
  main repository.</b></p>

<blockquote>Use the <b>--private</b> command-line option on the 
<b>commit</b> command.  The result will be a check-in which exists on
your local repository only and is never pushed to other repositories.  
All descendants of a private check-in are also private.

Unless you specify something different using the <b>--branch</b> and/or
<b>--bgcolor</b> options, the new private check-in will be put on a branch
named "private" with an orange background color.

You can merge from the trunk into your private branch in order to keep
your private branch in sync with the latest changes on the trunk.  Once

</blockquote>

A manifest may optionally have a single B-card.  The B-card specifies
another manifest that serves as the "baseline" for this manifest.  A
manifest that has a B-card is called a delta-manifest and a manifest
that omits the B-card is a baseline-manifest.  The other manifest
identified by the argument of the B-card must be a baseline-manifest.
A baseline-manifest records the complete contents of a checkin.
A delta-manifest records only changes from its baseline.  

A manifest must have exactly one C-card.  The sole argument to
the C-card is a check-in comment that describes the check-in that
the manifest defines.  The check-in comment is text.  The following
escape sequences are applied to the text:
A space (ASCII 0x20) is represented as "\s" (ASCII 0x5C, 0x73).  A
................................................................................
some other artifact.  The T card has two or three values.  The
second argument is the 40 character lowercase artifact ID of the artifact
to which the tag is to be applied. The
first value is the tag name.  The first character of the tag
is either "+", "-", or "*".  The "+" means the tag should be added
to the artifact.  The "-" means the tag should be removed.
The "*" character means the tag should be added to the artifact
and all direct descendants (but not descendents through a merge) down
to but not including the first descendant that contains a 
more recent "-", "*", or "+" tag with the same name.
The optional third argument is the value of the tag.  A tag
without a value is a boolean.

When two or more tags with the same name are applied to the
same artifact, the tag with the latest (most recent) date is
used.

Some tags have special meaning.  The "comment" tag when applied
to a check-in will override the check-in comment of that check-in

</blockquote>

A manifest may optionally have a single B-card.  The B-card specifies
another manifest that serves as the "baseline" for this manifest.  A
manifest that has a B-card is called a delta-manifest and a manifest
that omits the B-card is a baseline-manifest.  The other manifest
identified by the argument of the B-card must be a baseline-manifest.
A baseline-manifest records the complete contents of a check-in.
A delta-manifest records only changes from its baseline.  

A manifest must have exactly one C-card.  The sole argument to
the C-card is a check-in comment that describes the check-in that
the manifest defines.  The check-in comment is text.  The following
escape sequences are applied to the text:
A space (ASCII 0x20) is represented as "\s" (ASCII 0x5C, 0x73).  A
................................................................................
some other artifact.  The T card has two or three values.  The
second argument is the 40 character lowercase artifact ID of the artifact
to which the tag is to be applied. The
first value is the tag name.  The first character of the tag
is either "+", "-", or "*".  The "+" means the tag should be added
to the artifact.  The "-" means the tag should be removed.
The "*" character means the tag should be added to the artifact
and all direct descendants (but not descendants through a merge) down
to but not including the first descendant that contains a 
more recent "-", "*", or "+" tag with the same name.
The optional third argument is the value of the tag.  A tag
without a value is a Boolean.

When two or more tags with the same name are applied to the
same artifact, the tag with the latest (most recent) date is
used.

Some tags have special meaning.  The "comment" tag when applied
to a check-in will override the check-in comment of that check-in

<p align="center"><b><i>
The following document was contributed by Gilles Ganault on 2013-01-08.
</i></b>
</p><hr>

<h1>Up and running in 5 minutes as a single user</h1>
<p>This short document explains the main basic Fossil commands for a single 
user, ie. with no additional users, with no need to synchronize with some remote 
repository, and no need for branching/forking.</p>

<h2>Create a new repository</h2>
<p>fossil new c:\test.repo</p>
<p>This will create the new SQLite binary file that holds the repository, ie. 
files, tickets, wiki, etc. It can be located anywhere, although it's considered 
best practise to keep it outside the work directory where you will work on files 
after they've been checked out of the repository.</p>

<h2>Open the repository</h2>
<p>cd c:\temp\test.fossil</p>
<p>fossil open c:\test.repo</p>
<p>This will check out the last revision of all the files in the repository, 
if any, into the current work directory. In addition, it will create a binary 
................................................................................
file _FOSSIL_ to keep track of changes (on non-Windows systems it is called
<tt>.fslckout</tt>).</p>

<h2>Add new files</h2>
<p>fossil add .</p>
<p>To tell Fossil to add new files to the repository. The files aren't actually 
added until you run &quot;commit&quot;. When using &quot;.&quot;, it tells Fossil 
to add all the files in the current directory recursively, ie. including all 
the files in all the subdirectories.</p>
<p>Note: To tell Fossil to ignore some extensions:</p>
<p>fossil settings ignore-glob &quot;*.o,*.obj,*.exe&quot; --global</p>

<h2>Remove files that haven't been commited yet</h2>
<p>fossil delete myfile.c</p>
<p>This will simply remove the item from the list of files that were previously 
added through &quot;fossil add&quot;.</p>

<h2>Check current status</h2>
<p>fossil changes</p>
<p>This shows the list of changes that have been done and will be commited the 
next time you run &quot;fossil commit&quot;. It's a useful command to run before 
running &quot;fossil commit&quot; just to check that things are OK before proceeding.</p>

<h2>Commit changes</h2>
<p>To actually apply the pending changes to the repository, eg. new files marked 
for addition, checked-out files that have been edited and must be checked-in, 
etc.</p>

<p>fossil commit -m "Added stuff"</p>

If no file names are provided on the command-line then all changes will be checked in,
otherwise just the listed file(s) will be checked in.
................................................................................

<h2>Compare two revisions of a file</h2>
<p>If you wish to compare the last revision of a file and its checked out version 
in your work directory:</p>
<p>fossil gdiff myfile.c</p>
<p>If you wish to compare two different revisions of a file in the repository:</p>
<p>fossil finfo myfile: Note the first hash, which is the UUID of the commit 
when the file was commited</p>
<p>fossil gdiff --from UUID#1 --to UUID#2 myfile.c</p>
<h2>Cancel changes and go back to previous revision</h2>
<p>fossil revert myfile.c</p>
<p>Fossil does not prompt when reverting a file. It simply reminds the user about the
"undo" command, just in case the revert was a mistake.</p>


<h2>Close the repository</h2>
<p>fossil close</p>
<p>This will simply remove the _FOSSIL_ at the root of the work directory but 
will not delete the files in the work directory. From then on, any use of &quot;fossil&quot; 
will trigger an error since there is no longer any connection.</p>

<p align="center"><b><i>
The following document was contributed by Gilles Ganault on 2013-01-08.
</i></b>
</p><hr>

<h1>Up and running in 5 minutes as a single user</h1>
<p>This short document explains the main basic Fossil commands for a single 
user, i.e. with no additional users, with no need to synchronize with some remote 
repository, and no need for branching/forking.</p>

<h2>Create a new repository</h2>
<p>fossil new c:\test.repo</p>
<p>This will create the new SQLite binary file that holds the repository, i.e. 
files, tickets, wiki, etc. It can be located anywhere, although it's considered 
best practice to keep it outside the work directory where you will work on files 
after they've been checked out of the repository.</p>

<h2>Open the repository</h2>
<p>cd c:\temp\test.fossil</p>
<p>fossil open c:\test.repo</p>
<p>This will check out the last revision of all the files in the repository, 
if any, into the current work directory. In addition, it will create a binary 
................................................................................
file _FOSSIL_ to keep track of changes (on non-Windows systems it is called
<tt>.fslckout</tt>).</p>

<h2>Add new files</h2>
<p>fossil add .</p>
<p>To tell Fossil to add new files to the repository. The files aren't actually 
added until you run &quot;commit&quot;. When using &quot;.&quot;, it tells Fossil 
to add all the files in the current directory recursively, i.e. including all 
the files in all the subdirectories.</p>
<p>Note: To tell Fossil to ignore some extensions:</p>
<p>fossil settings ignore-glob &quot;*.o,*.obj,*.exe&quot; --global</p>

<h2>Remove files that haven't been committed yet</h2>
<p>fossil delete myfile.c</p>
<p>This will simply remove the item from the list of files that were previously 
added through &quot;fossil add&quot;.</p>

<h2>Check current status</h2>
<p>fossil changes</p>
<p>This shows the list of changes that have been done and will be committed the 
next time you run &quot;fossil commit&quot;. It's a useful command to run before 
running &quot;fossil commit&quot; just to check that things are OK before proceeding.</p>

<h2>Commit changes</h2>
<p>To actually apply the pending changes to the repository, e.g. new files marked 
for addition, checked-out files that have been edited and must be checked-in, 
etc.</p>

<p>fossil commit -m "Added stuff"</p>

If no file names are provided on the command-line then all changes will be checked in,
otherwise just the listed file(s) will be checked in.
................................................................................

<h2>Compare two revisions of a file</h2>
<p>If you wish to compare the last revision of a file and its checked out version 
in your work directory:</p>
<p>fossil gdiff myfile.c</p>
<p>If you wish to compare two different revisions of a file in the repository:</p>
<p>fossil finfo myfile: Note the first hash, which is the UUID of the commit 
when the file was committed</p>
<p>fossil gdiff --from UUID#1 --to UUID#2 myfile.c</p>
<h2>Cancel changes and go back to previous revision</h2>
<p>fossil revert myfile.c</p>
<p>Fossil does not prompt when reverting a file. It simply reminds the user about the
"undo" command, just in case the revert was a mistake.</p>


<h2>Close the repository</h2>
<p>fossil close</p>
<p>This will simply remove the _FOSSIL_ at the root of the work directory but 
will not delete the files in the work directory. From then on, any use of &quot;fossil&quot; 
will trigger an error since there is no longer any connection.</p>

uncommon for no repository in the project to hold all the different code
versions for a project.  Instead the information is distributed.
Individual developers have one or more private branches.  A hierarchy
of integrators merge changes from individual developers into collaborative
branches, until all the changes are merged together at the top-level master
branch.  And all of this can be accomplished without having to have all the
code in any one repository.  Developers or groups of developers can share
only those branches that they want to share and keep other branchs of the
project private.  This is analogous to sharding an a distributed database.

Fossil allows private branches, but its default mode is to share everything.
And so in a Fossil project, all repositories tend to contain all of the
content at all times.  This is analogous to replication in a
distributed database.

The Git model works best for large projects, like the
................................................................................
into a single branch and only present Linus with a handful of branches
at a time.  Git encourages a programming model where each developer
works in his or her own branch and then merges changes up the hierarchy
until they reach the master branch.

Fossil is designed for smaller and non-hierarchical teams where all
developers are operating directly on the master branch, or at most
a small number of well defined branches.
The [./concepts.wiki#workflow | autosync] mode of Fossil makes it easy
for multiple developers to work on a single branch and maintain
linear development on that branch and avoid needless forking
and merging.

<h3>3.3 Branches</h3>

................................................................................
and the changes stay integrated naturally.

So to a first approximation, branches in Git are developer-centric whereas
branches in Fossil are feature-centric.

The Git approach scales much better for large projects like the Linux
kernel with thousands of contributors who in many cases don't even know
each others names.  The integrators serve a gatekeeper role to help keep
undesirable code out of the official Linux source tree.  On the other hand,
not many projects are as big or as loosely organized as the Linux kernel.
Most projects have a small team of developers who all know each other
well and trust each other, and who enjoy working together collaboratively
without the overhead and hierarchy of integrators.

One consequence of the "everybody-sees-everything" focus of Fossil is that
................................................................................
Git features the "rebase" command which can be used to change the
sequence of check-ins in the repository.  Rebase can be used to "clean up"
a complex sequence of check-ins to make their intent easier for others
to understand.  This is important if you view the history of a project
as part of the documentation for the project.

Fossil takes an opposing view.  Fossil views history as sacrosanct and
stubornly refuses to change it.
Fossil allows mistakes to be corrected (for example, check-in comments
can be revised, and check-ins can be moved onto new branches even after
the check-in has occurred) but the correction is an addition to the repository
and the original actions are preserved and displayed alongside
the corrections, thus preserving an historically accurate audit trail.
This is analogous to an accounting practice of marking through an incorrect
entry in a ledger and writing a correction beside it.

uncommon for no repository in the project to hold all the different code
versions for a project.  Instead the information is distributed.
Individual developers have one or more private branches.  A hierarchy
of integrators merge changes from individual developers into collaborative
branches, until all the changes are merged together at the top-level master
branch.  And all of this can be accomplished without having to have all the
code in any one repository.  Developers or groups of developers can share
only those branches that they want to share and keep other branches of the
project private.  This is analogous to sharding a distributed database.

Fossil allows private branches, but its default mode is to share everything.
And so in a Fossil project, all repositories tend to contain all of the
content at all times.  This is analogous to replication in a
distributed database.

The Git model works best for large projects, like the
................................................................................
into a single branch and only present Linus with a handful of branches
at a time.  Git encourages a programming model where each developer
works in his or her own branch and then merges changes up the hierarchy
until they reach the master branch.

Fossil is designed for smaller and non-hierarchical teams where all
developers are operating directly on the master branch, or at most
a small number of well-defined branches.
The [./concepts.wiki#workflow | autosync] mode of Fossil makes it easy
for multiple developers to work on a single branch and maintain
linear development on that branch and avoid needless forking
and merging.

<h3>3.3 Branches</h3>

................................................................................
and the changes stay integrated naturally.

So to a first approximation, branches in Git are developer-centric whereas
branches in Fossil are feature-centric.

The Git approach scales much better for large projects like the Linux
kernel with thousands of contributors who in many cases don't even know
each other's names.  The integrators serve a gatekeeper role to help keep
undesirable code out of the official Linux source tree.  On the other hand,
not many projects are as big or as loosely organized as the Linux kernel.
Most projects have a small team of developers who all know each other
well and trust each other, and who enjoy working together collaboratively
without the overhead and hierarchy of integrators.

One consequence of the "everybody-sees-everything" focus of Fossil is that
................................................................................
Git features the "rebase" command which can be used to change the
sequence of check-ins in the repository.  Rebase can be used to "clean up"
a complex sequence of check-ins to make their intent easier for others
to understand.  This is important if you view the history of a project
as part of the documentation for the project.

Fossil takes an opposing view.  Fossil views history as sacrosanct and
stubbornly refuses to change it.
Fossil allows mistakes to be corrected (for example, check-in comments
can be revised, and check-ins can be moved onto new branches even after
the check-in has occurred) but the correction is an addition to the repository
and the original actions are preserved and displayed alongside
the corrections, thus preserving an historically accurate audit trail.
This is analogous to an accounting practice of marking through an incorrect
entry in a ledger and writing a correction beside it.

      edits in any of your Fossil projects.  Use 
      "[/help?cmd=all | fossil all pull]" on your laptop
      prior to going off network (for example, on a long plane ride)
      to make sure you have all the latest content locally.  Then run
      "[/help/all|fossil all push]" when you get back online to upload
      your changes.
  
  5.  Sub-menu options on Timelines lets you select either 20 or 200
      records.  But you can manual edit the "n=" query parameter in the
      URL to get any number of records you desire.  To see a complete
      timeline graph, set n to some ridiculously large value like 10000000.
  
  6.  You can manually add a "c=CHECKIN" query parameter to the timeline
      URL to get a snapshot of what was going on about the time of some
      checkin.  The "CHECKIN" can be
      [./checkin_names.wiki | any valid check-in or version name], including
      tags, branch names, and dates.  For example, to see what was going 
      on in the Fossil repository on 2008-01-01, visit
      [http://www.fossil-scm.org/fossil/timeline?c=2008-01-01].
  
  7.  Further to the previous two hints, there are lots of query parameters
      that you can add to timeline pages.  The available query parameters
................................................................................
      this command is "test-diff", not "diff".
  
  9.  On web pages showing the content of a file (for example
      [http://www.fossil-scm.org/fossil/artifact/c7dd1de9f]) you can manually
      add a query parameter of the form "ln=FROM,TO" to the URL that
      will cause the range of lines indicated to be highlighted.  This
      is useful in pointing out a few lines of code using a hyperlink
      in a email or text message.  Example:
      [http://www.fossil-scm.org/fossil/artifact/c7dd1de9f?ln=28,30].
      Adding the "ln" query parameter without any argument simply turns
      on line numbers.   This feature only works right with files with
      a mimetype of text/plain, of course.
  
  10.  When editing documentation to be checked in as managed files, you can
       preview what the documentation will look like by using the special
       "ckout" branch name in the "doc" URL while running "fossil ui".
       See the [./embeddeddoc.wiki | embedded documentation] for details.

      edits in any of your Fossil projects.  Use 
      "[/help?cmd=all | fossil all pull]" on your laptop
      prior to going off network (for example, on a long plane ride)
      to make sure you have all the latest content locally.  Then run
      "[/help/all|fossil all push]" when you get back online to upload
      your changes.
  
  5.  To see an entire timeline, type "all" into the "Max:" entry box.



  
  6.  You can manually add a "c=CHECKIN" query parameter to the timeline
      URL to get a snapshot of what was going on about the time of some
      check-in.  The "CHECKIN" can be
      [./checkin_names.wiki | any valid check-in or version name], including
      tags, branch names, and dates.  For example, to see what was going 
      on in the Fossil repository on 2008-01-01, visit
      [http://www.fossil-scm.org/fossil/timeline?c=2008-01-01].
  
  7.  Further to the previous two hints, there are lots of query parameters
      that you can add to timeline pages.  The available query parameters
................................................................................
      this command is "test-diff", not "diff".
  
  9.  On web pages showing the content of a file (for example
      [http://www.fossil-scm.org/fossil/artifact/c7dd1de9f]) you can manually
      add a query parameter of the form "ln=FROM,TO" to the URL that
      will cause the range of lines indicated to be highlighted.  This
      is useful in pointing out a few lines of code using a hyperlink
      in an email or text message.  Example:
      [http://www.fossil-scm.org/fossil/artifact/c7dd1de9f?ln=28,30].
      Adding the "ln" query parameter without any argument simply turns
      on line numbers.   This feature only works right with files with
      a mimetype of text/plain, of course.
  
  10.  When editing documentation to be checked in as managed files, you can
       preview what the documentation will look like by using the special
       "ckout" branch name in the "doc" URL while running "fossil ui".
       See the [./embeddeddoc.wiki | embedded documentation] for details.

<li> [./changes.wiki | Change Log]
<li> [./hacker-howto.wiki | Hacker How-To]
<li> [./hints.wiki | Tip &amp; Hints]
<li> [./permutedindex.html | Documentation Index]
<li> [http://www.fossil-scm.org/schimpf-book/home | Jim Schimpf's book]
<li> Mailing list
     <ul>
     <li> [http://lists.fossil-scm.org:8080/cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo/fossil-users | sign-up]
     <li> [http://www.mail-archive.com/fossil-users@lists.fossil-scm.org | archives]
     </ul>
</ul>
<center><img src="fossil3.gif"></center>
</div>

<p>Fossil is a simple, high-reliability, distributed software configuration
management with these advanced features:

  1.  <b>Integrated Bug Tracking, Wiki, and Technotes</b> -
      In addition to doing [./concepts.wiki | distributed version control]
      like Git and Mercurial,
      Fossil also supports [./bugtheory.wiki | bug tracking],
      [./wikitheory.wiki | wiki], and [./event.wiki | technotes].

<li> [./changes.wiki | Change Log]
<li> [./hacker-howto.wiki | Hacker How-To]
<li> [./hints.wiki | Tip &amp; Hints]
<li> [./permutedindex.html | Documentation Index]
<li> [http://www.fossil-scm.org/schimpf-book/home | Jim Schimpf's book]
<li> Mailing list
     <ul>
     <li> [http://mailinglists.sqlite.org/cgi-bin/mailman/listinfo/fossil-users | sign-up]
     <li> [http://www.mail-archive.com/fossil-users@lists.fossil-scm.org | archives]
     </ul>
</ul>
<center><img src="fossil3.gif"></center>
</div>

<p>Fossil is a simple, high-reliability, distributed software configuration
management system with these advanced features:

  1.  <b>Integrated Bug Tracking, Wiki, and Technotes</b> -
      In addition to doing [./concepts.wiki | distributed version control]
      like Git and Mercurial,
      Fossil also supports [./bugtheory.wiki | bug tracking],
      [./wikitheory.wiki | wiki], and [./event.wiki | technotes].

those concepts.

As with the "import" command, the --git option is not required
since the git-fast-export file format is currently the only VCS interchange 
format that Fossil will generate.  However,
future versions of Fossil might add the ability to generate other
VCS interchange formats, and so for compatibility, the use of the --git 
option recommented.

An anonymous user sends this comment:

<blockquote>
The main Fossil branch is called "trunk", while the main git branch is
called "master". After you've exported your FOSSIL repo to git, you won't 
see any files and gitk will complain about a missing "HEAD". You can 
resolve this problem by merging "trunk" with "master"
(first verify using git status that you are on the "master" branch): 
<tt>git merge trunk</tt>
</blockquote>

those concepts.

As with the "import" command, the --git option is not required
since the git-fast-export file format is currently the only VCS interchange 
format that Fossil will generate.  However,
future versions of Fossil might add the ability to generate other
VCS interchange formats, and so for compatibility, the use of the --git 
option recommended.

An anonymous user sends this comment:

<blockquote>
The main Fossil branch is called "trunk", while the main git branch is
called "master". After you've exported your FOSSIL repo to git, you won't 
see any files and gitk will complain about a missing "HEAD". You can 
resolve this problem by merging "trunk" with "master"
(first verify using git status that you are on the "master" branch): 
<tt>git merge trunk</tt>
</blockquote>

set doclist {
  adding_code.wiki {Adding New Features To Fossil}
  adding_code.wiki {Hacking Fossil}
  antibot.wiki {Defense against Spiders and Bots}
  bugtheory.wiki {Bug Tracking In Fossil}
  branching.wiki {Branching, Forking, Merging, and Tagging}
  build.wiki {Compiling and Installing Fossil}
  checkin_names.wiki {Checkin And Version Names}
  checkin.wiki {Check-in Checklist}
  changes.wiki {Fossil Changelog}
  copyright-release.html {Contributor License Agreement}
  concepts.wiki {Fossil Core Concepts}
  contribute.wiki {Contributing Code or Documentation To The Fossil Project}
  customskin.md {Theming: Customizing The Appearance of Web Pages}
  custom_ticket.wiki {Customizing The Ticket System}

set doclist {
  adding_code.wiki {Adding New Features To Fossil}
  adding_code.wiki {Hacking Fossil}
  antibot.wiki {Defense against Spiders and Bots}
  bugtheory.wiki {Bug Tracking In Fossil}
  branching.wiki {Branching, Forking, Merging, and Tagging}
  build.wiki {Compiling and Installing Fossil}
  checkin_names.wiki {Check-in And Version Names}
  checkin.wiki {Check-in Checklist}
  changes.wiki {Fossil Changelog}
  copyright-release.html {Contributor License Agreement}
  concepts.wiki {Fossil Core Concepts}
  contribute.wiki {Contributing Code or Documentation To The Fossil Project}
  customskin.md {Theming: Customizing The Appearance of Web Pages}
  custom_ticket.wiki {Customizing The Ticket System}

<li><a href="antibot.wiki">Bots &mdash; Defense against Spiders and</a></li>
<li><a href="private.wiki">Branches &mdash; Creating, Syncing, and Deleting Private</a></li>
<li><a href="branching.wiki">Branching, Forking, Merging, and Tagging</a></li>
<li><a href="bugtheory.wiki">Bug Tracking In Fossil</a></li>
<li><a href="makefile.wiki">Build Process &mdash; The Fossil</a></li>
<li><a href="changes.wiki">Changelog &mdash; Fossil</a></li>
<li><a href="checkin.wiki">Check-in Checklist</a></li>
<li><a href="checkin_names.wiki">Checkin And Version Names</a></li>
<li><a href="checkin.wiki">Checklist &mdash; Check-in</a></li>
<li><a href="../test/release-checklist.wiki">Checklist &mdash; Pre-Release Testing</a></li>
<li><a href="foss-cklist.wiki">Checklist For Successful Open-Source Projects</a></li>
<li><a href="selfcheck.wiki">Checks &mdash; Fossil Repository Integrity Self</a></li>
<li><a href="contribute.wiki">Code or Documentation To The Fossil Project &mdash; Contributing</a></li>
<li><a href="style.wiki">Code Style Guidelines &mdash; Source</a></li>
<li><a href="build.wiki">Compiling and Installing Fossil</a></li>
................................................................................
<li><a href="webui.wiki">Interface &mdash; The Fossil Web</a></li>
<li><a href="th1.md">Language &mdash; The TH1 Scripting</a></li>
<li><a href="copyright-release.html">License Agreement &mdash; Contributor</a></li>
<li><a href="password.wiki">Management And Authentication &mdash; Password</a></li>
<li><a href="branching.wiki">Merging, and Tagging &mdash; Branching, Forking,</a></li>
<li><a href="fossil-from-msvc.wiki">Microsoft Express 2010 IDE &mdash; Integrating Fossil in the</a></li>
<li><a href="fiveminutes.wiki">Minutes as a Single User &mdash; Update and Running in 5</a></li>
<li><a href="checkin_names.wiki">Names &mdash; Checkin And Version</a></li>
<li><a href="adding_code.wiki">New Features To Fossil &mdash; Adding</a></li>
<li><a href="newrepo.wiki">New Fossil Repository &mdash; How To Create A</a></li>
<li><a href="foss-cklist.wiki">Open-Source Projects &mdash; Checklist For Successful</a></li>
<li><a href="pop.wiki">Operations &mdash; Principles Of</a></li>
<li><a href="tech_overview.wiki">Overview Of The Design And Implementation Of Fossil &mdash; A Technical</a></li>
<li><a href="index.wiki">Page &mdash; Home</a></li>
<li><a href="customskin.md">Pages &mdash; Theming: Customizing The Appearance of Web</a></li>
................................................................................
<li><a href="tickets.wiki">Ticket System &mdash; The Fossil</a></li>
<li><a href="hints.wiki">Tips And Usage Hints &mdash; Fossil</a></li>
<li><a href="bugtheory.wiki">Tracking In Fossil &mdash; Bug</a></li>
<li><a href="fiveminutes.wiki">Update and Running in 5 Minutes as a Single User</a></li>
<li><a href="hints.wiki">Usage Hints &mdash; Fossil Tips And</a></li>
<li><a href="fiveminutes.wiki">User &mdash; Update and Running in 5 Minutes as a Single</a></li>
<li><a href="ssl.wiki">Using SSL with Fossil</a></li>
<li><a href="checkin_names.wiki">Version Names &mdash; Checkin And</a></li>
<li><a href="fossil-v-git.wiki">Versus Git &mdash; Fossil</a></li>
<li><a href="webui.wiki">Web Interface &mdash; The Fossil</a></li>
<li><a href="customskin.md">Web Pages &mdash; Theming: Customizing The Appearance of</a></li>
<li><a href="quotes.wiki">What People Are Saying About Fossil, Git, and DVCSes in General &mdash; Quotes:</a></li>
<li><a href="wikitheory.wiki">Wiki In Fossil</a></li>
<li><a href="ssl.wiki">with Fossil &mdash; Using SSL</a></li>
</ul></div>

<li><a href="antibot.wiki">Bots &mdash; Defense against Spiders and</a></li>
<li><a href="private.wiki">Branches &mdash; Creating, Syncing, and Deleting Private</a></li>
<li><a href="branching.wiki">Branching, Forking, Merging, and Tagging</a></li>
<li><a href="bugtheory.wiki">Bug Tracking In Fossil</a></li>
<li><a href="makefile.wiki">Build Process &mdash; The Fossil</a></li>
<li><a href="changes.wiki">Changelog &mdash; Fossil</a></li>
<li><a href="checkin.wiki">Check-in Checklist</a></li>
<li><a href="checkin_names.wiki">Check-in And Version Names</a></li>
<li><a href="checkin.wiki">Checklist &mdash; Check-in</a></li>
<li><a href="../test/release-checklist.wiki">Checklist &mdash; Pre-Release Testing</a></li>
<li><a href="foss-cklist.wiki">Checklist For Successful Open-Source Projects</a></li>
<li><a href="selfcheck.wiki">Checks &mdash; Fossil Repository Integrity Self</a></li>
<li><a href="contribute.wiki">Code or Documentation To The Fossil Project &mdash; Contributing</a></li>
<li><a href="style.wiki">Code Style Guidelines &mdash; Source</a></li>
<li><a href="build.wiki">Compiling and Installing Fossil</a></li>
................................................................................
<li><a href="webui.wiki">Interface &mdash; The Fossil Web</a></li>
<li><a href="th1.md">Language &mdash; The TH1 Scripting</a></li>
<li><a href="copyright-release.html">License Agreement &mdash; Contributor</a></li>
<li><a href="password.wiki">Management And Authentication &mdash; Password</a></li>
<li><a href="branching.wiki">Merging, and Tagging &mdash; Branching, Forking,</a></li>
<li><a href="fossil-from-msvc.wiki">Microsoft Express 2010 IDE &mdash; Integrating Fossil in the</a></li>
<li><a href="fiveminutes.wiki">Minutes as a Single User &mdash; Update and Running in 5</a></li>
<li><a href="checkin_names.wiki">Names &mdash; Check-in And Version</a></li>
<li><a href="adding_code.wiki">New Features To Fossil &mdash; Adding</a></li>
<li><a href="newrepo.wiki">New Fossil Repository &mdash; How To Create A</a></li>
<li><a href="foss-cklist.wiki">Open-Source Projects &mdash; Checklist For Successful</a></li>
<li><a href="pop.wiki">Operations &mdash; Principles Of</a></li>
<li><a href="tech_overview.wiki">Overview Of The Design And Implementation Of Fossil &mdash; A Technical</a></li>
<li><a href="index.wiki">Page &mdash; Home</a></li>
<li><a href="customskin.md">Pages &mdash; Theming: Customizing The Appearance of Web</a></li>
................................................................................
<li><a href="tickets.wiki">Ticket System &mdash; The Fossil</a></li>
<li><a href="hints.wiki">Tips And Usage Hints &mdash; Fossil</a></li>
<li><a href="bugtheory.wiki">Tracking In Fossil &mdash; Bug</a></li>
<li><a href="fiveminutes.wiki">Update and Running in 5 Minutes as a Single User</a></li>
<li><a href="hints.wiki">Usage Hints &mdash; Fossil Tips And</a></li>
<li><a href="fiveminutes.wiki">User &mdash; Update and Running in 5 Minutes as a Single</a></li>
<li><a href="ssl.wiki">Using SSL with Fossil</a></li>
<li><a href="checkin_names.wiki">Version Names &mdash; Check-in And</a></li>
<li><a href="fossil-v-git.wiki">Versus Git &mdash; Fossil</a></li>
<li><a href="webui.wiki">Web Interface &mdash; The Fossil</a></li>
<li><a href="customskin.md">Web Pages &mdash; Theming: Customizing The Appearance of</a></li>
<li><a href="quotes.wiki">What People Are Saying About Fossil, Git, and DVCSes in General &mdash; Quotes:</a></li>
<li><a href="wikitheory.wiki">Wiki In Fossil</a></li>
<li><a href="ssl.wiki">with Fossil &mdash; Using SSL</a></li>
</ul></div>

fossil commit --private
</pre></blockquote>

The --private option causes Fossil to put the check-in in a new branch
named "private".  That branch will not participate in subsequent clone,
sync, push, or pull operations.  The branch will remain on the one local
repository where it was created.  Note that you only use the --private
option for the first checkin that creates the private branch.
Additional checkins into the private branch remain private automatically.

<h2>Publishing Private Changes</h2>

After additional work, one might desire to publish the changes associated
with a private branch.  The usual way to do this is to merge those
changes into a public branch.  For example:
................................................................................
visible to other users of the project.

<h2>Syncing Private Branches</h2>

A private branch normally stays on the one repository where it was
originally created.  But sometimes you want to share private branches
with another repository.  For example, you might be building a cross-platform
application and have separate repositories on your windows laptop, 
your linux desktop, and your iMac.  You can transfer private branches
between these machines by using the --private option on the "sync",
"push", "pull", and "clone" commands.  For example, if you are running
"fossil server" on your linux box and you want to clone that repository
to your Mac, including all private branches, use:

<blockquote><pre>
fossil clone --private http://user@linux.localnetwork:8080/ mac-clone.fossil
</pre></blockquote>

You'll have to supply a username and password in order for this to work.

fossil commit --private
</pre></blockquote>

The --private option causes Fossil to put the check-in in a new branch
named "private".  That branch will not participate in subsequent clone,
sync, push, or pull operations.  The branch will remain on the one local
repository where it was created.  Note that you only use the --private
option for the first check-in that creates the private branch.
Additional checkins into the private branch remain private automatically.

<h2>Publishing Private Changes</h2>

After additional work, one might desire to publish the changes associated
with a private branch.  The usual way to do this is to merge those
changes into a public branch.  For example:
................................................................................
visible to other users of the project.

<h2>Syncing Private Branches</h2>

A private branch normally stays on the one repository where it was
originally created.  But sometimes you want to share private branches
with another repository.  For example, you might be building a cross-platform
application and have separate repositories on your Windows laptop, 
your Linux desktop, and your iMac.  You can transfer private branches
between these machines by using the --private option on the "sync",
"push", "pull", and "clone" commands.  For example, if you are running
"fossil server" on your Linux box and you want to clone that repository
to your Mac, including all private branches, use:

<blockquote><pre>
fossil clone --private http://user@linux.localnetwork:8080/ mac-clone.fossil
</pre></blockquote>

You'll have to supply a username and password in order for this to work.

    <p>Note: If you are behind a restrictive firewall, you might need
    to <a href="#proxy">specify an HTTP proxy</a>.</p>

    <p>A Fossil repository is a single disk file.  Instead of cloning,
    you can just make a copy of the repository file (for example, using
    "scp").  Note, however, that the repository file contains auxiliary
    information above and beyond the versioned files, including some
    sensitive information such as password hashs and email addresses.  If you
    want to share Fossil repositories directly, consider running the
    [/help/scrub|fossil scrub] command to remove sensitive information
    before transmitting the file.
    
<h2>Importing From Another Version Control System</h2>

    <p>Rather than start a new project, or clone an existing Fossil project,
................................................................................
    <p>Servers are also easily configured as:
    <ul>
    <li>[./server.wiki#inetd|inetd/xinetd]
    <li>[./server.wiki#cgi|CGI]
    <li>[./server.wiki#scgi|SCGI]
    </ul>

    <p>The the [./selfhost.wiki | self-hosting fossil repositories] use
    CGI.  

<a name="proxy"></a>
<h2>HTTP Proxies</h2>

    <p>If you are behind a restrictive firewall that requires you to use
    an HTTP proxy to reach the internet, then you can configure the proxy

    <p>Note: If you are behind a restrictive firewall, you might need
    to <a href="#proxy">specify an HTTP proxy</a>.</p>

    <p>A Fossil repository is a single disk file.  Instead of cloning,
    you can just make a copy of the repository file (for example, using
    "scp").  Note, however, that the repository file contains auxiliary
    information above and beyond the versioned files, including some
    sensitive information such as password hashes and email addresses.  If you
    want to share Fossil repositories directly, consider running the
    [/help/scrub|fossil scrub] command to remove sensitive information
    before transmitting the file.
    
<h2>Importing From Another Version Control System</h2>

    <p>Rather than start a new project, or clone an existing Fossil project,
................................................................................
    <p>Servers are also easily configured as:
    <ul>
    <li>[./server.wiki#inetd|inetd/xinetd]
    <li>[./server.wiki#cgi|CGI]
    <li>[./server.wiki#scgi|SCGI]
    </ul>

    <p>The [./selfhost.wiki | self-hosting fossil repositories] use
    CGI.  

<a name="proxy"></a>
<h2>HTTP Proxies</h2>

    <p>If you are behind a restrictive firewall that requires you to use
    an HTTP proxy to reach the internet, then you can configure the proxy

The following are collected quotes from various forums and blogs about
Fossil, Git, and DVCSes in general.  This collection is put together
by the creator of Fossil, so of course there is selection bias...

<h2>On The Usability Of Git:</h2>

<ol>
<li>Git approaches the useability of iptables, which is to say, utterly 
unusable unless you have the manpage tattooed on you arm.

<blockquote>
<i>by mml at [http://news.ycombinator.com/item?id=1433387]</i>
</blockquote>

<li><nowiki>It's simplest to think of the state of your [git] repository
................................................................................
<li>Fossil is awesome!!! I have never seen an app like that before, 
such simplicity and flexibility!!!

<blockquote>
<i>zengr at [http://stackoverflow.com/questions/138621/best-version-control-for-lone-developer]</i>
</blockquote>










</ol>


<h2>On Git Versus Fossil</h2>

<ol>
<li value=13>
Just want to say thanks for fossil making my life easier.... 
Also <nowiki>[for]</nowiki> not having a misanthropic command line interface.

<blockquote>
<i>Joshua Paine at [http://www.mail-archive.com/fossil-users@lists.fossil-scm.org/msg02736.html]</i>
</blockquote>

The following are collected quotes from various forums and blogs about
Fossil, Git, and DVCSes in general.  This collection is put together
by the creator of Fossil, so of course there is selection bias...

<h2>On The Usability Of Git:</h2>

<ol>
<li>Git approaches the usability of iptables, which is to say, utterly 
unusable unless you have the manpage tattooed on you arm.

<blockquote>
<i>by mml at [http://news.ycombinator.com/item?id=1433387]</i>
</blockquote>

<li><nowiki>It's simplest to think of the state of your [git] repository
................................................................................
<li>Fossil is awesome!!! I have never seen an app like that before, 
such simplicity and flexibility!!!

<blockquote>
<i>zengr at [http://stackoverflow.com/questions/138621/best-version-control-for-lone-developer]</i>
</blockquote>

<li>This is my favourite VCS. I can carry it on a USB. And it's a complete system, with it's own
server, ticketing system, Wiki pages, and a very, very helpful timeline visualization. And 
the entire program in a single file!

<blockquote>
<i>thunderbong commenting on hacker news: [https://news.ycombinator.com/item?id=9131619]</i>
</blockquote>


</ol>


<h2>On Git Versus Fossil</h2>

<ol>
<li value=14>
Just want to say thanks for fossil making my life easier.... 
Also <nowiki>[for]</nowiki> not having a misanthropic command line interface.

<blockquote>
<i>Joshua Paine at [http://www.mail-archive.com/fossil-users@lists.fossil-scm.org/msg02736.html]</i>
</blockquote>

    scgi_pass localhost:9000;
    scgi_param SCRIPT_NAME "/demo_project";
}
</pre></blockquote>

Note that Nginx does not normally send either the PATH_INFO or SCRIPT_NAME
variables via SCGI, but Fossil needs one or the other.  So the configuration
above needs to add SCRIPT_NAME.  If you do not do this, Fossil return an
error.

    scgi_pass localhost:9000;
    scgi_param SCRIPT_NAME "/demo_project";
}
</pre></blockquote>

Note that Nginx does not normally send either the PATH_INFO or SCRIPT_NAME
variables via SCGI, but Fossil needs one or the other.  So the configuration
above needs to add SCRIPT_NAME.  If you do not do this, Fossil returns an
error.

files.

<h2>Checksum Over All Files In A Check-in</h2>

Manifest artifacts that define a check-in have two fields (the
R-card and Z-card) that record MD5 hashes of the manifest itself
and of all other files in the manifest.  Prior to any check-in
commit, these checksums are verified to ensure that the checkin
agrees exactly with what is on disk.  Similarly,
the repository checksum is verified after a checkout to make
sure that the entire repository was checked out correctly.
Note that these added checks use a different hash (MD5 instead
of SHA1) in order to avoid common-mode failures in the hash
algorithm implementation.

files.

<h2>Checksum Over All Files In A Check-in</h2>

Manifest artifacts that define a check-in have two fields (the
R-card and Z-card) that record MD5 hashes of the manifest itself
and of all other files in the manifest.  Prior to any check-in
commit, these checksums are verified to ensure that the check-in
agrees exactly with what is on disk.  Similarly,
the repository checksum is verified after a checkout to make
sure that the entire repository was checked out correctly.
Note that these added checks use a different hash (MD5 instead
of SHA1) in order to avoid common-mode failures in the hash
algorithm implementation.

their behavior.  See the [/help/server|online documentation] for an overview.
</p>
</blockquote>
<a name="inetd"></a>
<h2>Fossil as an inetd/xinetd or stunnel service</h2><blockquote>
<p>
A Fossil server can be launched on-demand by inetd or xinetd using
the [/help/http|fossil http] command.  To launch Fossil from inetd, modify
your inetd configuration file (typically "/etc/inetd.conf") to contain a
line something like this:
<blockquote>
<pre>
12345 stream tcp nowait.1000 root /usr/bin/fossil /usr/bin/fossil http /home/fossil/repo.fossil
</pre>
</blockquote>
................................................................................
appears on port "12345", that it should launch the binary "/usr/bin/fossil"
program with the arguments shown.
Obviously you will
need to modify the pathnames for your particular setup.
The final argument is either the name of the fossil repository to be served,
or a directory containing multiple repositories.
</p>













<p>
If your system is running xinetd, then the configuration is likely to be
in the file "/etc/xinetd.conf" or in a subfile of "/etc/xinetd.d".
An xinetd configuration file will appear like this:</p>
<blockquote>
<pre>
service http-alt
................................................................................
<p>
In both cases notice that Fossil was launched as root.  This is not required,
but if it is done, then Fossil will automatically put itself into a chroot
jail for the user who owns the fossil repository before reading any information
off of the wire.
</p>
<p>




[http://www.stunnel.org/ | Stunnel version 4] is an inetd-like process that
accepts and decodes SSL-encrypted connections.  Fossil can be run directly from
stunnel in a mannar similar to inetd and xinetd.  This can be used to provide
a secure link to a Fossil project.  The configuration needed to get stunnel4
to invoke Fossil is very similar to the inetd and xinetd examples shown above.
The relevant parts of an stunnel configuration might look something
like the following:
<blockquote><pre><nowiki>
[https]
accept       = www.ubercool-project.org:443
TIMEOUTclose = 0
exec         = /usr/bin/fossil
execargs     = /usr/bin/fossil http /home/fossil/ubercool.fossil --https
</nowiki></pre></blockquote>
See the stunnel4 documentation for further details bout the /etc/stunnel/stunnel.conf
configuration file.  Note that the [/help/http|fossil http] command should include 
the --https option to let Fossil know to use "https" instead of "http" as the scheme
on generated hyperlinks.
<p>
Using inetd or xinetd or stunnel is a more complex setup 
than the "standalone" server, but it has the
advantage of only using system resources when an actual connection is
................................................................................
as [http://www.sqlite.org] and [http://system.data.sqlite.org]) and
it has a typical load of 0.05 to 0.1.  A single HTTP request to Fossil
normally takes less than 10 milliseconds of CPU time to complete.  So
requests can be arriving at a continuous rate of 20 or more per second 
and the CPU can still be mostly idle.
<p>
However, there are some Fossil web pages that can consume large 
amounts of CPU time, expecially on repositories with a large number
of files or with long revision histories.  High CPU usage pages include
[/help?cmd=/zip | /zip], [/help?cmd=/tarball | /tarball],
[/help?cmd=/annotate | /annotate] and others.  On very large repositories,
these commands can take 15 seconds or more of CPU time.  
If these kinds of requests arrive too quickly, the load average on the
server can grow dramatically, making the server unresponsive.
<p>
................................................................................
fossil set max-loadavg 1.5
fossil all set max-loadavg 1.5
</pre></blockquote>
The second form is especially useful for changing the maximum load average
simultaneously on a large number of repositories.
<p>
Note that this load-average limiting feature is only available on operating
systems that support the "getloadavg()" API.  Most modern unix systems have
this interface, but Windows does not, so the feature will not work on Windows.
Note also that Linux implements "getloadavg()" by accessing the "/proc/loadavg"
file in the "proc" virtual filesystem.  If you are running a Fossil instance
inside a chroot() jail on Linux, you will need to make the "/proc" file
system available inside that jail in order for this feature to work.  On
the self-hosting Fossil repository, this was accomplished by adding a line
to the "/etc/mtab" file that looks like:

their behavior.  See the [/help/server|online documentation] for an overview.
</p>
</blockquote>
<a name="inetd"></a>
<h2>Fossil as an inetd/xinetd or stunnel service</h2><blockquote>
<p>
A Fossil server can be launched on-demand by inetd or xinetd using
the [/help/http|fossil http] command. To launch Fossil from inetd, modify
your inetd configuration file (typically "/etc/inetd.conf") to contain a
line something like this:
<blockquote>
<pre>
12345 stream tcp nowait.1000 root /usr/bin/fossil /usr/bin/fossil http /home/fossil/repo.fossil
</pre>
</blockquote>
................................................................................
appears on port "12345", that it should launch the binary "/usr/bin/fossil"
program with the arguments shown.
Obviously you will
need to modify the pathnames for your particular setup.
The final argument is either the name of the fossil repository to be served,
or a directory containing multiple repositories.
</p>
<p>
For systems where the port-specification must be a symbolic name and cannot be 
numeric, add the desired name and port to /etc/services, e.g.:
<blockquote>
<pre>
fossil          12345/tcp  #fossil server
</pre>
</blockquote>
and use the symbolic name ('fossil' in this example) instead of the numeral ('12345') 
in inetd.conf. For details, see the relevant section in your system's documentation, e.g. 
the [https://www.freebsd.org/doc/en/books/handbook/network-inetd.html|FreeBSD Handbook] in 
case you use FreeBSD.
</p>
<p>
If your system is running xinetd, then the configuration is likely to be
in the file "/etc/xinetd.conf" or in a subfile of "/etc/xinetd.d".
An xinetd configuration file will appear like this:</p>
<blockquote>
<pre>
service http-alt
................................................................................
<p>
In both cases notice that Fossil was launched as root.  This is not required,
but if it is done, then Fossil will automatically put itself into a chroot
jail for the user who owns the fossil repository before reading any information
off of the wire.
</p>
<p>
Inetd or xinetd must be enabled, and must be (re)started whenever their configuration
changes - consult your system's documentation for details. 
</p>
<p>
[https://www.stunnel.org/ | Stunnel version 5] is an inetd-like process that
accepts and decodes SSL-encrypted connections.  Fossil can be run directly from
stunnel in a manner similar to inetd and xinetd.  This can be used to provide
a secure link to a Fossil project.  The configuration needed to get stunnel5
to invoke Fossil is very similar to the inetd and xinetd examples shown above.
The relevant parts of an stunnel configuration might look something
like the following:
<blockquote><pre><nowiki>
[https]
accept       = www.ubercool-project.org:443
TIMEOUTclose = 0
exec         = /usr/bin/fossil
execargs     = /usr/bin/fossil http /home/fossil/ubercool.fossil --https
</nowiki></pre></blockquote>
See the stunnel5 documentation for further details about the /etc/stunnel/stunnel.conf
configuration file.  Note that the [/help/http|fossil http] command should include 
the --https option to let Fossil know to use "https" instead of "http" as the scheme
on generated hyperlinks.
<p>
Using inetd or xinetd or stunnel is a more complex setup 
than the "standalone" server, but it has the
advantage of only using system resources when an actual connection is
................................................................................
as [http://www.sqlite.org] and [http://system.data.sqlite.org]) and
it has a typical load of 0.05 to 0.1.  A single HTTP request to Fossil
normally takes less than 10 milliseconds of CPU time to complete.  So
requests can be arriving at a continuous rate of 20 or more per second 
and the CPU can still be mostly idle.
<p>
However, there are some Fossil web pages that can consume large 
amounts of CPU time, especially on repositories with a large number
of files or with long revision histories.  High CPU usage pages include
[/help?cmd=/zip | /zip], [/help?cmd=/tarball | /tarball],
[/help?cmd=/annotate | /annotate] and others.  On very large repositories,
these commands can take 15 seconds or more of CPU time.  
If these kinds of requests arrive too quickly, the load average on the
server can grow dramatically, making the server unresponsive.
<p>
................................................................................
fossil set max-loadavg 1.5
fossil all set max-loadavg 1.5
</pre></blockquote>
The second form is especially useful for changing the maximum load average
simultaneously on a large number of repositories.
<p>
Note that this load-average limiting feature is only available on operating
systems that support the "getloadavg()" API.  Most modern Unix systems have
this interface, but Windows does not, so the feature will not work on Windows.
Note also that Linux implements "getloadavg()" by accessing the "/proc/loadavg"
file in the "proc" virtual filesystem.  If you are running a Fossil instance
inside a chroot() jail on Linux, you will need to make the "/proc" file
system available inside that jail in order for this feature to work.  On
the self-hosting Fossil repository, this was accomplished by adding a line
to the "/etc/mtab" file that looks like:

The questions will inevitably arise:  How does Fossil perform? 
Does it use a lot of disk space or bandwidth?  Is it scalable?

In an attempt to answers these questions, this report looks at several
projects that use fossil for configuration management and examines how
well they are working.  The following table is a summary of the results.
(Last updated on 2012-02-26.)
Explanation and analysis follows the table.

<table border=1>
<tr>
<th>Project</th>
<th>Number Of Artifacts</th>
<th>Number Of Check-ins</th>
<th>Project&nbsp;Duration<br>(as of 2009-08-23)</th>
<th>Average Check-ins Per Day</th>
<th>Uncompressed Size</th>
<th>Repository Size</th>
<th>Compression Ratio</th>
<th>Clone Bandwidth</th>
</tr>

<tr align="center">
<td>[http://www.sqlite.org/src/timeline | SQLite]
<td>41113
<td>9943
<td>4290&nbsp;days<br>11.75&nbsp;yrs
<td>2.32
<td>2.09&nbsp;GB
<td>33.2&nbsp;MB
<td>63:1
<td>23.2&nbsp;MB
</tr>

<tr align="center">
<td>[http://core.tcl.tk/tcl/timeline | TCL]
<td>74806
<td>13541
<td>5085&nbsp;days<br>13.92&nbsp;yrs
<td>2.66
<td>5.2&nbsp;GB
<td>86&nbsp;MB
<td>60:1
<td>67.0&nbsp;MB
</tr>

<tr align="center">
<td>[/timeline | Fossil]
<td>15561
<td>3764
<td>1681&nbsp;days<br>4.6&nbsp;yrs
<td>2.24
<td>721&nbsp;MB
<td>18.8&nbsp;MB
<td>38:1
<td>12.0&nbsp;MB
</tr>

<tr align="center">
<td>[http://www.sqlite.org/slt/timeline | SLT]
<td>2174
<td>100
<td>1183&nbsp;days<br>3.24&nbsp;yrs
<td>0.08
<td>1.94&nbsp;GB
<td>143&nbsp;MB
<td>12:1
<td>141&nbsp;MB
</tr>

<tr align="center">
<td>[http://www.sqlite.org/th3.html | TH3]
<td>5624
<td>1472
<td>1248&nbsp;days<br>3.42&nbsp;yrs
<td>1.78
<td>252&nbsp;MB
<td>12.5&nbsp;MB
<td>20:1
<td>12.2&nbsp;MB
</tr>

<tr align="center">
<td>[http://www.sqlite.org/docsrc/timeline | SQLite Docs]
<td>3664
<td>1003
<td>1567&nbsp;days<br>4.29&nbsp;yrs
<td>0.64
<td>108&nbsp;MB
<td>6.6&nbsp;MB
<td>16:1
<td>5.71&nbsp;MB
</tr>

</table>

<h2>Measured Attributes</h2>

In Fossil, every version of every file, every wiki page, every change to
................................................................................
changed, it still only counts as one check-in.

The "Uncompressed Size" is the total size of all the artifacts within
the repository assuming they were all uncompressed and stored 
separately on the disk.  Fossil makes use of delta compression between related
versions of the same file, and then uses zlib compression on the resulting
deltas.  The total resulting repository size is shown after the uncompressed
size.  For this chart, "fossil rebuild --compress" was run on each repository
prior to measuring its compressed size.  Repository sizes would typically 
be 20% larger without that rebuild.

On the right end of the table, we show the "Clone Bandwidth".  This is the
total number of bytes sent from server back to the client.  The number of
bytes sent from client to server is neglible in comparison.
These byte counts include HTTP protocol overhead.

In the table and throughout this article,
"GB" means gigabytes (10<sup><small>9</small></sup> bytes)
not <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gibibyte">gibibytes</a>
(2<sup><small>30</small></sup> bytes).  Similarly, "MB" and "KB"
means megabytes and kilobytes, not mebibytes and kibibytes.

<h2>Analysis And Supplimental Data</h2>

Perhaps the two most interesting datapoints in the above table are SQLite
and SLT.  SQLite is a long-running project with long revision chains.
Some of the files in SQLite have been edited over a thousand times.
Each of these edits is stored as a delta, and hence the SQLite project
gets excellent 63:1 compression.  SLT, on the other hand, consists of
many large (megabyte-sized) SQL scripts that have one or maybe two
edits each.  There is very little delta compression occurring and so the
overall repository compression ratio is much lower.  Note also that
quite a bit more bandwidth is required to clone SLT than SQLite.

For the first nine years of its development, SQLite was versioned by CVS.
The resulting CVS repository measured over 320MB in size.  So, the
developers were surprised to see that this entire project could be cloned in
fossil using only about 23.2MB of network traffic.  (This 23.2MB includes
all the changes to SQLite that have been made since the conversion from
CVS.  Of those changes are omitted, the clone bandwidth drops to 13MB.)
The "sync" protocol
used by fossil has turned out to be surprisingly efficient.  A typical
check-in on SQLite might use 3 or 4KB of network bandwidth total.  Hardly


worth measuring.  The sync protocol is efficient enough that, once cloned,
Fossil could easily be used over a dial-up connection.

The questions will inevitably arise:  How does Fossil perform? 
Does it use a lot of disk space or bandwidth?  Is it scalable?

In an attempt to answers these questions, this report looks at several
projects that use fossil for configuration management and examines how
well they are working.  The following table is a summary of the results.
(Last updated on 2015-02-28.)
Explanation and analysis follows the table.

<table border=1>
<tr>
<th>Project</th>
<th>Number Of Artifacts</th>
<th>Number Of Check-ins</th>
<th>Project&nbsp;Duration<br>(as of 2015-02-28)</th>

<th>Uncompressed Size</th>
<th>Repository Size</th>
<th>Compression Ratio</th>
<th>Clone Bandwidth</th>
</tr>

<tr align="center">
<td>[http://www.sqlite.org/src/timeline | SQLite]
<td>56089
<td>14357
<td>5388&nbsp;days<br>14.75&nbsp;years

<td>3.4&nbsp;GB
<td>45.5&nbsp;MB
<td>73:1
<td>29.9&nbsp;MB
</tr>

<tr align="center">
<td>[http://core.tcl.tk/tcl/timeline | TCL]
<td>139662
<td>18125
<td>6183&nbsp;days<br>16.93&nbsp;years

<td>6.6&nbsp;GB
<td>192.6&nbsp;MB
<td>34:1
<td>117.1&nbsp;MB
</tr>

<tr align="center">
<td>[/timeline | Fossil]
<td>29937
<td>8238
<td>2779&nbsp;days<br>7.61&nbsp;years
<td>2.3&nbsp;GB
<td>34.0&nbsp;MB

<td>67:1
<td>21.5&nbsp;MB
</tr>

<tr align="center">
<td>[http://www.sqlite.org/slt/timeline | SLT]
<td>2278
<td>136
<td>2282&nbsp;days<br>6.25&nbsp;years

<td>2.0&nbsp;GB
<td>144.7&nbsp;MB
<td>13:1
<td>142.1&nbsp;MB
</tr>

<tr align="center">
<td>[http://www.sqlite.org/th3.html | TH3]
<td>8729
<td>2406
<td>2347&nbsp;days<br>6.43&nbsp;years

<td>386&nbsp;MB
<td>15.2&nbsp;MB
<td>25:1
<td>12.6&nbsp;MB
</tr>

<tr align="center">
<td>[http://www.sqlite.org/docsrc/timeline | SQLite Docs]
<td>5503
<td>1631
<td>2666&nbsp;days<br>7.30&nbsp;years

<td>194&nbsp;MB
<td>10.9&nbsp;MB
<td>17:1
<td>8.37&nbsp;MB
</tr>

</table>

<h2>Measured Attributes</h2>

In Fossil, every version of every file, every wiki page, every change to
................................................................................
changed, it still only counts as one check-in.

The "Uncompressed Size" is the total size of all the artifacts within
the repository assuming they were all uncompressed and stored 
separately on the disk.  Fossil makes use of delta compression between related
versions of the same file, and then uses zlib compression on the resulting
deltas.  The total resulting repository size is shown after the uncompressed
size.



On the right end of the table, we show the "Clone Bandwidth".  This is the
total number of bytes sent from server back to the client.  The number of
bytes sent from client to server is negligible in comparison.
These byte counts include HTTP protocol overhead.

In the table and throughout this article,
"GB" means gigabytes (10<sup><small>9</small></sup> bytes)
not <a href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gibibyte">gibibytes</a>
(2<sup><small>30</small></sup> bytes).  Similarly, "MB" and "KB"
means megabytes and kilobytes, not mebibytes and kibibytes.

<h2>Analysis And Supplemental Data</h2>

Perhaps the two most interesting datapoints in the above table are SQLite
and SLT.  SQLite is a long-running project with long revision chains.
Some of the files in SQLite have been edited over a thousand times.
Each of these edits is stored as a delta, and hence the SQLite project
gets excellent 73:1 compression.  SLT, on the other hand, consists of
many large (megabyte-sized) SQL scripts that have one or maybe two
edits each.  There is very little delta compression occurring and so the
overall repository compression ratio is much lower.  Note also that
quite a bit more bandwidth is required to clone SLT than SQLite.

For the first nine years of its development, SQLite was versioned by CVS.
The resulting CVS repository measured over 320MB in size.  So, the
developers were surprised to see that the equivalent Fossil project (the
first nine years on SQLite) would clone with only 13MB of bandwidth.


The "sync" protocol
used by fossil has turned out to be surprisingly efficient.  A typical
check-in on SQLite might use 3 or 4KB of network bandwidth.
For example, the [04eef9522386a59e] check-in used a single HTTP request
of 2099 bytes and got back a reply of 1116 bytes.
The sync protocol is efficient enough that, once cloned,
Fossil can easily be used over a dial-up connection.

       contain no profanity, obscenity, or innuendo.

  16.  All C-code conforms to ANSI C-89.

  17.  All comments and identifiers are in English.

  18.  The program is single-threaded.  Do not use threads.
       (One exception to this is the HTTP server implementation for windows,
       which we do not know how to implement without the use of threads.)


<b>C preprocessor macros</b>:

  20.  The purpose of every preprocessor macros is clearly explained in a
       comment associated with its definition.
................................................................................

<b>Function header comments</b>:

  30.  Every function has a header comment describing the purpose and use
       of the function.

  31.  Function header comment defines the behavior of the function in
       sufficient detail to allow the function to be reimplemented from
       scratch without reference to the original code.

  32.  Functions that perform dynamic memory allocation (either directly
       or indirectly via subfunctions) say so in their header comments.


<b>Function bodies</b>:

       contain no profanity, obscenity, or innuendo.

  16.  All C-code conforms to ANSI C-89.

  17.  All comments and identifiers are in English.

  18.  The program is single-threaded.  Do not use threads.
       (One exception to this is the HTTP server implementation for Windows,
       which we do not know how to implement without the use of threads.)


<b>C preprocessor macros</b>:

  20.  The purpose of every preprocessor macros is clearly explained in a
       comment associated with its definition.
................................................................................

<b>Function header comments</b>:

  30.  Every function has a header comment describing the purpose and use
       of the function.

  31.  Function header comment defines the behavior of the function in
       sufficient detail to allow the function to be re-implemented from
       scratch without reference to the original code.

  32.  Functions that perform dynamic memory allocation (either directly
       or indirectly via subfunctions) say so in their header comments.


<b>Function bodies</b>:

a way to change settings for all repositories with a single command, rather
than having to change the setting individually on each repository.

The configuration database also maintains a list of repositories.  This
list is used by the [/help/all | fossil all] command in order to run various
operations such as "sync" or "rebuild" on all repositories managed by a user.

On unix systems, the configuration database is named ".fossil" and is
located in the user's home directory.  On windows, the configuration
database is named "_fossil" (using an underscore as the first character
instead of a dot) and is located in the directory specified by the
LOCALAPPDATA, APPDATA, or HOMEPATH environment variables, in that order.




<h3>2.2 Repository Databases</h3>

The repository database is the file that is commonly referred to as 
"the repository".  This is because the repository database contains,
among other things, the complete revision, ticket, and wiki history for
a project.  It is customary to name the repository database after then
name of the project, with a ".fossil" suffix.  For example, the repository
................................................................................

<h4>2.2.2 Project Metadata</h4>

The global project state information in the repository database is
supplemented by computed metadata that makes querying the project state
more efficient.  Metadata includes information such as the following:

  *  The names for all files found in any checkin.
  *  All check-ins that modify a given file
  *  Parents and children of each checkin.
  *  Potential timeline rows.
  *  The names of all symbolic tags and the checkins they apply to.
  *  The names of all wiki pages and the artifacts that comprise each
     wiki page.
  *  Attachments and the wiki pages or tickets they apply to.
  *  Current content of each ticket.
  *  Cross-references between tickets, checkins, and wiki pages.

The metadata is held in various SQL tables in the repository database.
The metadata is designed to facilitate queries for the various timelines and
reports that Fossil generates.
As the functionality of Fossil evolves,
the schema for the metadata can and does change.
But schema changes do no invalidate the repository.  Remember that the
................................................................................
  *  The name of the repository database file.
  *  The version that is currently checked out.
  *  Files that have been [/help/add | added],
     [/help/rm | removed], or [/help/mv | renamed] but not
     yet committed.
  *  The mtime and size of files as they were originally checked out,
     in order to expedite checking which files have been edited.
  *  Other checkins that have been [/help/merge | merged] into the
     working checkout but not yet committed.
  *  Copies of files prior to the most recent undoable operation - needed to
     implement the [/help/undo | undo] and [/help/redo | redo] commands.
  *  The [/help/stash | stash].
  *  State information for the [/help/bisect | bisect] command.

For Fossil commands that run from within a working checkout, the

a way to change settings for all repositories with a single command, rather
than having to change the setting individually on each repository.

The configuration database also maintains a list of repositories.  This
list is used by the [/help/all | fossil all] command in order to run various
operations such as "sync" or "rebuild" on all repositories managed by a user.

On Unix systems, the configuration database is named ".fossil" and is
located in the user's home directory.  On Windows, the configuration
database is named "_fossil" (using an underscore as the first character
instead of a dot) and is located in the directory specified by the
LOCALAPPDATA, APPDATA, or HOMEPATH environment variables, in that order.

You can override this default location by defining the environment
variable FOSSIL_HOME pointing to an appropriate (writable) directory.

<h3>2.2 Repository Databases</h3>

The repository database is the file that is commonly referred to as 
"the repository".  This is because the repository database contains,
among other things, the complete revision, ticket, and wiki history for
a project.  It is customary to name the repository database after then
name of the project, with a ".fossil" suffix.  For example, the repository
................................................................................

<h4>2.2.2 Project Metadata</h4>

The global project state information in the repository database is
supplemented by computed metadata that makes querying the project state
more efficient.  Metadata includes information such as the following:

  *  The names for all files found in any check-in.
  *  All check-ins that modify a given file
  *  Parents and children of each check-in.
  *  Potential timeline rows.
  *  The names of all symbolic tags and the check-ins they apply to.
  *  The names of all wiki pages and the artifacts that comprise each
     wiki page.
  *  Attachments and the wiki pages or tickets they apply to.
  *  Current content of each ticket.
  *  Cross-references between tickets, check-ins, and wiki pages.

The metadata is held in various SQL tables in the repository database.
The metadata is designed to facilitate queries for the various timelines and
reports that Fossil generates.
As the functionality of Fossil evolves,
the schema for the metadata can and does change.
But schema changes do no invalidate the repository.  Remember that the
................................................................................
  *  The name of the repository database file.
  *  The version that is currently checked out.
  *  Files that have been [/help/add | added],
     [/help/rm | removed], or [/help/mv | renamed] but not
     yet committed.
  *  The mtime and size of files as they were originally checked out,
     in order to expedite checking which files have been edited.
  *  Other check-ins that have been [/help/merge | merged] into the
     working checkout but not yet committed.
  *  Copies of files prior to the most recent undoable operation - needed to
     implement the [/help/undo | undo] and [/help/redo | redo] commands.
  *  The [/help/stash | stash].
  *  State information for the [/help/bisect | bisect] command.

For Fossil commands that run from within a working checkout, the

TH1 is a very small scripting language used to help generate web-page
content in Fossil.

Origins
-------

TH1 began as a minimalist reimplementation of the TCL scripting language.
There was a need to test the SQLite library on Symbian phones, but at that
time all of the test cases for SQLite were written in Tcl and Tcl could not
be easily compiled on the SymbianOS.  So TH1 was developed as a cut-down
version of TCL that would facilitate running the SQLite test scripts on
SymbianOS.

The testing of SQLite on SymbianOS was eventually accomplished by other
................................................................................
So, you see, even though the example above spans five lines, it is really
just a single command.

Summary of Core TH1 Commands
----------------------------

The original TCL language after when TH1 is modeled has a very rich
repetoire of commands.  TH1, as it is designed to be minimalist and
embedded has a greatly reduced command set.  The following bullets
summarize the commands available in TH1:

  *  break
  *  catch SCRIPT ?VARIABLE?
  *  continue
  *  error ?STRING?
................................................................................
  *  utime
  *  wiki

Each of the commands above is documented by a block comment above their
implementation in the th_main.c source file.

**To Do:** We would like to have a community volunteer go through and
copy the documentation for each of these command (with appropriate
format changes and spelling and grammar corrections) into subsequent
sections of this document. It is suggested that the list of extension
commands be left intact - as a quick reference.  But it would be really
nice to also have the details of each each command does.

TH1 is a very small scripting language used to help generate web-page
content in Fossil.

Origins
-------

TH1 began as a minimalist re-implementation of the TCL scripting language.
There was a need to test the SQLite library on Symbian phones, but at that
time all of the test cases for SQLite were written in Tcl and Tcl could not
be easily compiled on the SymbianOS.  So TH1 was developed as a cut-down
version of TCL that would facilitate running the SQLite test scripts on
SymbianOS.

The testing of SQLite on SymbianOS was eventually accomplished by other
................................................................................
So, you see, even though the example above spans five lines, it is really
just a single command.

Summary of Core TH1 Commands
----------------------------

The original TCL language after when TH1 is modeled has a very rich
repertoire of commands.  TH1, as it is designed to be minimalist and
embedded has a greatly reduced command set.  The following bullets
summarize the commands available in TH1:

  *  break
  *  catch SCRIPT ?VARIABLE?
  *  continue
  *  error ?STRING?
................................................................................
  *  utime
  *  wiki

Each of the commands above is documented by a block comment above their
implementation in the th_main.c source file.

**To Do:** We would like to have a community volunteer go through and
copy the documentation for each of these commands (with appropriate
format changes and spelling and grammar corrections) into subsequent
sections of this document. It is suggested that the list of extension
commands be left intact - as a quick reference.  But it would be really
nice to also have the details of what each command does.

     href='../../../tree?ci=trunk&type=tree&mtime=1'>Example</a>
     All files for the latest check-in on a branch (trunk) sorted by
     last modification time.

  *  <a target='_blank' class='exbtn'
     href='../../../fileage?name=svn-import'>Example</a>
     Age of all files in the latest checking for branch "svn-import".
     last modification time.

  *  <a target='_blank' class='exbtn'
     href='../../../brlist'>Example</a>
     Table of branches.  (Click on column headers to sort.)

  *  <a target='_blank' class='exbtn'
     href='../../../stat'>Example</a>

     href='../../../tree?ci=trunk&type=tree&mtime=1'>Example</a>
     All files for the latest check-in on a branch (trunk) sorted by
     last modification time.

  *  <a target='_blank' class='exbtn'
     href='../../../fileage?name=svn-import'>Example</a>
     Age of all files in the latest checking for branch "svn-import".


  *  <a target='_blank' class='exbtn'
     href='../../../brlist'>Example</a>
     Table of branches.  (Click on column headers to sort.)

  *  <a target='_blank' class='exbtn'
     href='../../../stat'>Example</a>

  *  Status information
  *  Timelines
  *  Graphs of revision and branching history
  *  [./event.wiki | Technical notes]
  *  File and version lists and differences
  *  Download historical versions as ZIP archives
  *  Historical change data
  *  Add and remove tags on checkins
  *  Move checkins between branches
  *  Revise checkin comments
  *  Manage user credentials and access permissions
  *  And so forth... (some [./webpage-ex.md|examples])

You get all of this, and more, for free when you use Fossil. 
There are no extra programs to install or setup.
Everything you need is already pre-configured and built into the
self-contained, stand-alone Fossil executable.
................................................................................
menu bar.  Fossil uses simple and easy-to-remember
[/wiki_rules | wiki formatting rules] so you won't have to spend a lot
of time learning a new markup language.  And, as with tickets, all of
your edits will automatically merge with those of your co-workers when
your repository synchronizes.

You can view summary reports of <b>branches</b> in the
check-in graph by visiting the "Branche" links on the
menu bar.  From those pages you can follow hyperlinks to get additional
details.  These screens allow you to easily keep track of what is going
on with separate subteams within your project team.

The "Files" link on the menu allows you to browse though the <b>file
hierarchy</b> of the project and to view complete changes histories on
individual files, with hyperlinks to the check-ins that made those
changes, and with diffs and annotated diffs between versions.

The web interface supports [./embeddeddoc.wiki | embedded documentation].
Embedded documentation is documentation files (usually in wiki format)
that are checked into project as part of the source tree.  Such files

  *  Status information
  *  Timelines
  *  Graphs of revision and branching history
  *  [./event.wiki | Technical notes]
  *  File and version lists and differences
  *  Download historical versions as ZIP archives
  *  Historical change data
  *  Add and remove tags on check-ins
  *  Move check-ins between branches
  *  Revise check-in comments
  *  Manage user credentials and access permissions
  *  And so forth... (some [./webpage-ex.md|examples])

You get all of this, and more, for free when you use Fossil. 
There are no extra programs to install or setup.
Everything you need is already pre-configured and built into the
self-contained, stand-alone Fossil executable.
................................................................................
menu bar.  Fossil uses simple and easy-to-remember
[/wiki_rules | wiki formatting rules] so you won't have to spend a lot
of time learning a new markup language.  And, as with tickets, all of
your edits will automatically merge with those of your co-workers when
your repository synchronizes.

You can view summary reports of <b>branches</b> in the
check-in graph by visiting the "Branches" link on the
menu bar.  From those pages you can follow hyperlinks to get additional
details.  These screens allow you to easily keep track of what is going
on with separate subteams within your project team.

The "Files" link on the menu allows you to browse through the <b>file
hierarchy</b> of the project and to view complete changes histories on
individual files, with hyperlinks to the check-ins that made those
changes, and with diffs and annotated diffs between versions.

The web interface supports [./embeddeddoc.wiki | embedded documentation].
Embedded documentation is documentation files (usually in wiki format)
that are checked into project as part of the source tree.  Such files